NormalizeHEADmain

73 files changed, 17 insertions, 13085 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b62e66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #55472 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55472)
diff --git a/old/55472-0.txt b/old/55472-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c907cd..0000000
--- a/old/55472-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5496 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Ski-running, by 
-David M. M. Chrichton Somerville and Willi Rickmer Rickmers and Ernest Cushing Richardson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Ski-running
-
-Author: David M. M. Chrichton Somerville
-        Willi Rickmer Rickmers
-        Ernest Cushing Richardson
-
-Editor: Ernest Cushing Richardson
-
-Release Date: August 31, 2017 [EBook #55472]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SKI-RUNNING ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Anita Hammond, Wayne Hammond and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  SKI-RUNNING.
-
-  BY
-
-  D. M. M. CHRICHTON SOMERVILLE,
-  W. R. RICKMERS,
-  AND E. C. RICHARDSON.
-
-  DEDICATED TO
-  THE SKI CLUB OF GREAT BRITAIN.
-
-  EDITED BY
-  E. C. RICHARDSON.
-
-  _WITH NUMEROUS PHOTOGRAPHS AND DIAGRAMS._
-
-  SECOND EDITION.
-
-  LONDON:
-  HORACE COX,
-  WINDSOR HOUSE, BREAM’S BUILDINGS, E.C.
-
-  1905.
-
-  LONDON:
-  PRINTED BY HORACE COX, WINDSOR HOUSE, BREAM’S BUILDINGS, E.C.
-
-[Illustration: “PAA SKARE.”]
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE.
-
-
-Since the first edition of this book was produced two years ago popular
-interest in the sport has increased by leaps and bounds. We have
-endeavoured to keep pace with the times, and the present volume is an
-attempt to give a really complete account of the sport, which will be
-useful to beginners and experts alike. To the historical part has been
-added a chapter on Continental ski-running, whilst the technical part
-has been remodelled, enlarged, and, we trust, rendered more lucid and
-complete. Wherever necessary new diagrams have been added, and the
-whole-page illustrations have been chosen with a view to indicating the
-great beauty and variety of the snow regions of the earth.
-
-Here and there actual alterations of views previously expressed will be
-found. We make no apology for these, but desire frankly to acknowledge
-our errors, and to thank those friendly critics who have pointed them
-out. With ignorant criticism we have been very little troubled, and
-with actual hostility simply not at all.
-
-We are further greatly indebted to the many friends who have rendered
-us positive assistance. The frontispiece is from Herr Halström’s
-wonderful picture “Paa Skare,” which that gentleman has given us
-unqualified leave to reproduce. The ski-runner which it depicts also
-serves as a central figure for the cover, designed by Mr. Nico Jungman.
-To those who have kindly permitted us to copy their photographs
-we hereby take the opportunity of expressing our best thanks. The
-outline of the Solberg Hill is from an accurate drawing by Herr Von
-de Beauclair published in _Ski_, to the editor of which paper we are
-also indebted for the drawings illustrating Herr Sohm’s detachable
-seal’s-skin and climbing-irons. To Herr S. Höyer-Ellefsen, Herr Fredrik
-Juell, Herr Trygve Smith, Herr Durban Hansen, and numerous other
-skilful Norwegian runners we are grateful for many a useful hint and
-word of advice, whilst we owe to Herr Zdarsky a valuable practical
-demonstration of his methods of teaching. Messrs. C. W. Richardson,
-E. H. Wroughton, and H. P. Cox have been kind enough to help with the
-actual production of the little work, and if there be any others who we
-have omitted to mention we would hereby beg them to accept at once both
-our apologies and thanks.
-
-  E. C. R.
-
-_November, 1905._
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS.
-
-
-                                          _Pages._
-  PREFACE                                   iii-iv
-
-  THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF SKI               1-13
-
-  CONTINENTAL SKI-RUNNING                    13-17
-
-  THE ELEMENTS OF SKI-RUNNING                18-85
-    _Introduction_                           18-20
-    Part I.--_The Ground and the Snow_       20-27
-    Part II.--_Outfit_                       28-52
-      The Ski                                28-35
-      The Binding                            35-43
-      Footplates                                44
-      The Stick                              44-47
-      Footgear                               47-49
-      Other Clothes                          49-50
-      Accessories                            50-51
-    Part III.--_Technical_                   52-85
-      Preliminary advice                     52-53
-      Lean forward!                             53
-      To lift the point of the ski           53-55
-      Turning on the spot                       55
-      Walking with ski on the level             55
-      Up-hill                                56-61
-      Gliding down                           61-65
-      Falling and getting up                    65
-      Slight changes of direction               65
-      “Skating”                                 66
-      Braking with the stick                 66-68
-      Snow-ploughing                         68-69
-      Side stepping                             69
-      Stemming                               69-72
-      To make a down-hill curve              72-77
-      The “Telemark” Swing                   78-82
-      The “Christiania” Swing                82-85
-
-  JUMPING                                    86-98
-      How to select and prepare the hill     90-92
-      How to jump                            92-98
-
-  SKI MOUNTAINEERING                        99-104
-
-  ODDS AND ENDS                            105-116
-    _Antidotes to Sticking, &c._           105-111
-    _Common Faults and Failings_           111-113
-    _Ski-running Etiquette_                113-114
-    _Some Useful Figures_                  115-116
-
-
-
-
-  THE YEAR-BOOK
-
-  OF THE
-
-  SKI CLUB
-
-  OF
-
-  GREAT BRITAIN
-
-  CONTAINS
-
-  Articles by Practical Men about Ski-running
-  Centres in
-
-  _GREAT BRITAIN_,
-  _NORWAY_,
-  _GERMANY_,
-  _SWITZERLAND_,
-  _AUSTRIA_,
-  _ETC._, _ETC._
-
-  As well as a great deal of other interesting
-  and useful information about the Sport.
-  The book is edited by
-
-  E. H. WROUGHTON,
-
-  and is published for the Club by Horace
-  Cox, Bream’s Buildings, London, E.C.
-
-  PRICE ONE SHILLING.
-
-
-
-
-THE
-
-ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF SKI.
-
-By D. M. M. CRICHTON SOMERVILLE.
-
-
-There are many people to whom the word “ski” must be an enigma, and
-everything connected with the pastime “ski-ing” as a sealed book. The
-object of the present treatise is, therefore, to solve the puzzle,
-open the pages of the closed volume, and thus throw light on a sport
-which, when once learnt, will be found more attractive, healthy, and
-invigorating than any other winter exercise, provided, of course, that
-it be not carried on (as often is the case) to excess, but is indulged
-in only by those who are sound of wind and limb.
-
-For the sake of the uninitiated, it may be explained that _ski_
-(pronounced she) is a word of foreign origin, which, up to
-comparatively recent years, has been translated “snowshoe,” a term
-which conveys a wrong idea of the appliances in question, even
-supposing it might be more fitly given to the forerunners of the ski,
-viz., pattens formed of withes or wood, which are used in many parts
-at the present day, and of which the Indian or Canadian snowshoe is
-a modified type, and best known to British sportsmen.[1] The ski,
-however, are of different construction, being formed of narrow boards,
-7ft. and more in length, upturned at the toe to allow of their being
-shoved or slid over the snow, when attached to the feet of the wearer.
-
-With the exception of snow skates (iron shod runners some 2ft. in
-length, for use on roadways and hard surfaces) they are the only kind
-of foot gear used for the purpose of gliding on snow, and possess many
-advantages over other snowshoes, not the least being their capability
-of being used for pleasure, as well as the necessary outdoor pursuits
-of daily life.
-
-Until comparatively late years the employment of ski as contrivances
-for travelling on the snow was unknown to the majority of those
-inhabiting the more populated parts of the civilised globe, where
-communication can nearly always be kept open by rail, steamboat, or
-other means; notwithstanding that they are, and have been used from
-time immemorial during many months of the year by a large portion of
-the population of Northern and Central Asia, Russia, Scandinavia,
-and even the southern parts of Eastern Europe, where the winters are
-severe. Casual allusions to them in the writings of some few sporting
-authors did not suffice to bring the ski into other than mere passing
-notice; and they would probably have remained in obscurity but for
-the somewhat recent discovery that they could be employed for other
-purposes than those of mere locomotion, or keeping open communication
-in lands and districts where snows are deep, and highways lie buried or
-are unknown.
-
-It may be of interest to mention here that, in remote parts of England,
-ski appear to have been employed so late even as the middle of the past
-century, their use being discontinued as communication with the outer
-world became easier. Thus, apart from information derived from other
-sources respecting finds of ski, or their remains in various parts, one
-gentleman, writing from Cumberland in February, 1904, states that, in
-the dales of Yorkshire and Durham, the sport is by no means new, and
-that forty years ago he went to his school on “skees,” which were made
-of beech wood, some 5ft. in length, with “nibs” about 3in., and that
-it was no uncommon practice in those days for the Weardale miners to
-go to and from their work on such snowshoes, it being a fine thing to
-see thirty or forty men gliding down the steep slopes from the mines at
-a speed equal to that of a railway train. The writer also adds that,
-amongst the youths, skee-jumping was a favourite pastime, and that he
-believes the practice was a very old one from the fact that he knew
-boys of his own age who had come into possession of “skees” once owned
-by their grand-fathers.[2]
-
-To judge from the description given by the author of “Lorna Doone,”
-a form of ski was, probably, known in Devonshire some 300 years ago,
-where also sledges were employed throughout the entire year instead of
-wheeled vehicles for carting in farm products. In the story he relates
-how when, during the great frost of 1625, John Ridd was told that, in
-the Arctic regions, any man might get along with a “boat” on either
-foot to prevent his sinking in the snow--such “boats” being made very
-strong and light, of ribs with skin across them, 5ft. long by 1ft.
-wide, and turned up at each end, even as a canoe is--he built himself
-a pair of strong and light snowshoes, framed of ash, and ribbed of
-withy with half-tanned calf skin stretched across, and an inner sole to
-support his feet. “At first,” he says, “I could not walk at all, but
-floundered about most piteously, catching one shoe in the other, and
-both of them in the snowdrifts (just as a beginner would now), to the
-great amusement of the maidens who were come to look at me.”
-
-From the above description such ski would have resembled those of the
-Chukchis in North-East Asia.
-
-It is due, however, to the youth of Norway that ski-ing has of late
-years been reduced to a pleasure and an art; while the notice it
-has received abroad is owing mainly to the prominence given to it
-by accounts furnished to, and published in, English sporting and
-illustrated journals, and to allusions to it in the writings of various
-arctic explorers who have lately taken ski with them on their journeys
-as part of their travelling outfit.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 1.--An early form of Snowshoe.
-
-From a Sketch by Laurentius Urdahl.]
-
-In turning to the history of the ski, it will be found that their
-origin is as much lost in oblivion as that of the wheel; but it is not
-too much to assume that human beings who have been created to adapt
-themselves to their surroundings at all times, have, in lands far
-separated and entirely apart, invented somewhat similar appliances
-with which they could float, as it were, and proceed over depths of
-snow that would otherwise bury them, or cross tracts of treacherous
-ice which would give way under the tread of a human foot. In this
-connection one need not refer solely to inhabitants of wintry
-countries, for it will be found that the natives of other regions, who
-have to traverse yielding surfaces, such as the great mud flats of
-Hampshire and elsewhere, wear pattens on their feet, and are thus able
-to wander in safety over a substance too soft to bear them otherwise.
-Such pattens are almost identical with those employed elsewhere for
-travelling over snow, and consist of slabs of wood, some 16in. to
-18in. long, by 12in. or so in width, which are attached to the feet
-by toe straps and thongs. In these pattens, no matter whether they be
-made of withes or solid wood, we undoubtedly find the earliest form of
-snowshoes or ski, a form which, however, exists to the present day,
-and is met with in the north-eastern and northern portions of Asia,
-Thibet, the Caucasus, Armenia, Scandinavia, Germany, Switzerland, and,
-in a modified form, in North America, the principle of construction
-there being identical, viz., a ring or framework of wood supporting a
-net work of withes or sinews. There are, however, various modifications
-of the original round pattern; some of the shoes, possibly to prevent
-straddling, are more or less elongated, the length being increased as
-the breadth is diminished, while some, thus shaped, have occasionally
-leather stretched between the frames to allow of their wearer gliding,
-instead of walking, over the snow, and thus become veritable ski; for
-while the original object of the snowshoe or patten and the ski are
-identical, viz., to support a weight on yielding surfaces, the patten
-remains a shoe for walking purposes, while the ski becomes a blade on
-which to slide. From this explanation the difference between patten or
-snowshoe and ski is possibly made clear for the first time.
-
-While, as previously mentioned, it is impossible to trace the origin
-of the ski, mention of snowshoes is made hundreds of years before the
-Christian era. Xenophon refers to their being worn (as in Scandinavia
-to the present day) by the horses of the Armenians to prevent their
-sinking in the deep snow. Historical mention, from a period before
-Christ, is also made of the mountaineers of the Caucasus attaching
-discs of leather (probably leather-covered wood), studded with nails,
-to their feet to enable them to move over the snows of the fells. The
-ancient accounts, however, all refer to the patten, but Norwegian
-traditions dating back some 1,600 years make mention of the ski. The
-Greek historian, Prokopius, as well as other writers, including King
-Alfred of England, from 550 A.D. to 1070 A.D., drew attention to the
-Lapps, who were called “Skrid Finner,”[3] one saying they were the best
-of all men at ski-ing, and the fact of it being the Lapps who wore the
-ski, or who were the great exponents of ski-ing in those early times,
-would tend to confirm the theory of the ski themselves originating in
-Central Asia--those parts of the old world from which the Ugrians or
-Finns, Samoyeds, and other tribes of Mongols migrated northward and
-westward, till stopped by the waters of the Atlantic on the shores of
-the Scandinavian peninsula. There can be little doubt, however, that
-pattens were used for hundreds, if not thousands, of years before
-the thought of sliding over the snow, which led to the introduction
-of ski, entered the head of some inventive genius. The original ski
-were probably constructed by the Chukchis, or similar tribes, near
-the Behring Straits, or Sea of Okhotsk. They were formed, as already
-intimated, of elongated frames covered with leather, and were modified,
-subsequently, as migration increased, forests were met with, and wood
-was found to be a better and more durable material for the purpose
-required.
-
-It will thus be seen that ski were extensively used in olden times
-by the Scandinavians as well as others. They also found their way
-from Norway to Iceland and Greenland. Of ski there are many types.
-The skridsko (sliding shoes), or ski of the Lapps, appear, if one is
-to judge from old illustrations from the sixteenth century (Figs. 2
-and 3), to have been veritable shoes, the feet being placed in a hole
-made for the purpose at the heel of the ski. They are thus depicted
-as elongated (some 3ft. long) sabots. There is, however, no reason for
-assuming these sabot skis to have been the original form, for they
-were, at best, but a hybrid type of ingenious construction, possibly
-only used by the inhabitants of certain districts. The true Lapps’
-ski, on the other hand, were comparatively short and broad, attached
-to the feet by toe straps and thongs, and covered with the skins of
-reindeer calves for the purpose of letting them glide easily without
-accumulating snow on the soles, of keeping the wood from splitting or
-fraying, and because, when thus covered, it was easier to ascend the
-slopes of the hills, the hairs which lay fore and aft, checking the
-tendency to slide backwards.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 2.--Skrid-Finner hunting (Olaus Magnus, _ca._
-1550).]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 3.--Skrid-Finner (Olaus Magnus, _ca._ 1550)].
-
-Such skin-clad ski were, and are still, employed by the Lapps, as
-well as by others in Scandinavia, Finland, and throughout Siberia;
-but several other types have, nevertheless, been used in Lapland for
-centuries. In Scandinavia and the North, these skin-covered appliances
-go by the name of “aandre,” “ondurr,” “andor,” to distinguish them from
-the plain ski. As, however, the advantages of the skin are not now
-generally considered sufficient to counterbalance the disadvantages,
-they are gradually disappearing.
-
-There can be little doubt but that the greatest development of the ski
-has taken place in Europe, notably in Scandinavia, where they have
-been modified to suit the different requirements of the districts in
-which they are employed. Thus have the varied types hitherto been
-many, but may be divided generally into two groups, viz., the short
-and broad, or loose snow ski, and the long and narrow, or compact
-snow variety (“skare ski”), this latter pattern being represented by
-the Oesterdal and Swedish ski (originally one very long and one short
-ski, but now generally of equal length). These are the most suitable
-for open country, whether in the lowlands or mountains, and on level
-or undulating land are superior, so far as speed is concerned, to all
-others; but in broken country, or on mountains where obstacles such
-as trees, rocks, &c., are to be met with, the shorter or “loose snow”
-patterns, owing to their handiness, are invariably employed.
-
-Almost every province, it may be said almost every district, throughout
-Scandinavia possessed its own type of ski. In Russia they have possibly
-been of a more homogeneous character than elsewhere, owing to the
-snow-clad portions of that empire consisting of vast plains which call
-for no variety of form. Of comparatively late years, however, there has
-been a tendency in Norway to adopt one sort for universal use, and a
-sub (lighter) variety for leaping purposes. It is a modified Telemarken
-(loose snow) type, eminently suited to every purpose, and is gradually
-superseding all other forms throughout Scandinavia.
-
-Of accessories to the ski, the staff has invariably been recognised
-as a necessity (except in leaping competitions, when it becomes a
-source of the greatest danger) and should always form part of the
-outfit on all long excursions or journeys. It assists the skier both
-in aiding him when ascending, and as a brake when descending difficult
-slopes, or as a means of defence if attacked by animals. The Lapps
-use it, too, as an offensive weapon when attacking wolves, which
-they occasionally run down on their ski, and kill by a well-directed
-blow on the snout, or across that most vulnerable spot, the loins of
-the beast. The most effectual use of the staff can only be learnt
-by experience or teaching. The fastenings may be regarded as other
-important accessories, and but a few years ago, and in many parts even
-still consist solely of toe straps formed of withes or leather. These
-simple contrivances suited all the requirements of the expert peasants,
-and it is only of late years, when leaping was introduced, and the
-ski put to other and harder purposes than originally intended, that
-stronger and more secure bindings became necessary. Of these, there are
-many sorts, all good, but none perfect as yet. In some instances the
-latter may be a source of great danger owing to its being impossible,
-when peril faces one, or accidents occur, to remove the ski from the
-feet, and notably so when a man breaks through treacherous snow-covered
-ice, owing to the ski preventing him from regaining the surface. But
-while several fatal accidents have occurred in this manner, it is
-possible that others have been avoided by the greater command of the
-ski afforded to most people by secure fastenings.
-
-[Illustration: HOLMENKOLLEN.
-
-_Photo by Rude, Christiania._]
-
-Having now given an outline of the history and origin of the ski, it
-may be well to refer to the movement by which ski-ing has been brought
-into the prominent notice of sportsmen and admirers of winter pastimes.
-In the extensive and mountainous district of Telemarken, Norway, one in
-which ski were employed possibly more extensively than in any other,
-owing to its remoteness, and the wretched state of the few highways and
-byways to be found there, the peasants discovered that the ski might be
-used for pleasure as well as ordinary pursuits, and arranged meetings
-at which races were run, and the leaping powers of competitors tested
-on the slopes of selected hills. By degrees news of these trials of
-skill found its way to the towns and the populated districts in their
-neighbourhood, and some few citizens having found ski-ing to be a good,
-and to them attractive, exercise, determined to hold similar meetings
-at Christiania each winter. The accounts given of those meetings are
-very ludicrous, the hill being neither steep nor long, the competitors
-riding astride their poles down the track, and only jumping, if jumping
-it could be called, a few yards. The exhibitions did not “catch on,”
-and were discontinued for many years. The townsfolk knew too little
-about the sport to appreciate it, and the absurd, if not painful,
-appearance of the competitors was not encouraging to aspirants. Towards
-the end of the seventies, however, owing chiefly to the exertions
-of the Christiania Ski Club--a select institution with but few
-members--some Telemarken peasants[4] were induced to visit the capital,
-and in the early part of 1879 a ski meeting was held on the slopes of
-the hill at Huseby, near Christiania, which was attended by a couple
-of the countrymen, who took part, together with other competitors, in
-the races and leaping that had been arranged. The Huseby slope was
-one which, only a few years previously, had been described as highly
-dangerous, and impossible to descend when the snow was fast and in good
-condition.
-
-The leaping competition proved most highly interesting. though in
-some respects quite comical. Every man, except the Telemarkings,
-carried a long, stout staff, and on that, so they thought, their lives
-depended. Starting from the summit, riding their poles, as in former
-times, like witches on broom-sticks, checking the speed with frantic
-efforts, they slid downwards to the dreaded platform or “hop” from
-which they were supposed to leap, but over which they but trickled,
-as it were, and, landing softly beneath, finally reached the bottom
-somehow, thankful for their safe escape from the dreaded slide. But
-then came the Telemark boys, erect at starting, pliant, confident,
-without anything but a fir branch in their hands, swooping downwards
-with ever-increasing impetus until with a bound they were in the air,
-and 76ft. of space was cleared ere, with a resounding smack, their ski
-touched the slippery slope beneath, and they shot onwards to the plain,
-where suddenly they turned, stopped in a smother of snow dust, and
-faced the hill they had just descended! That was a sight worth seeing,
-and one never to be forgotten, even if in after years such performances
-have been, in a way, totally eclipsed.
-
-This wonderful exhibition of the peasants’ skill naturally excited
-the greatest interest, and acted on the townsfolk like a charm.
-Their leaping was regarded as one of the wonders of the world, and
-in subsequent years people flocked to Christiania from far and wide
-to witness it. Then came the turn of the tide, the eyes of the city
-youths became opened--the eyes of those who, during the long winter
-days had, for want of better occupation, frequented billiard-rooms or
-ill-ventilated cafés, where the seeds of idleness and vice lay ready
-to strike root. By degrees such old haunts became forsaken, for the
-attractions of the newly-found sport proved greater than those of the
-bottle, and even if they failed to attract and reform the _majority_
-of men just at that period, they certainly had a most beneficial
-influence on many, and, as time advanced, on the younger generation,
-who were able to take to the pastime before bad customs could affect
-their ways. Like other things, especially before its novelty had worn
-off, ski-ing was, and often still is, carried to an excess, but that it
-is a healthy pastime is a fact beyond all doubt. To men it came as a
-boon and a blessing, and subsequently to women and girls, who, in the
-short winter days and close confinement to the house, suffered terribly
-from anæmia and all its attendant evils. At the time referred to the
-fair sex was debarred by public opinion from participating in masculine
-pursuits, and it is not so very long ago that pater and materfamilias
-looked askance at girls who donned the ski. That is all changed now,
-however, and ski-ing has produced of later years a race of robust men
-and healthy women, presenting the greatest possible contrast to those
-who lived “in the good old times,” unconscious of the benefits of
-exercise and fresh air, shut up in close and dingy rooms to escape from
-the dreaded cold and the touch of an icy blast.
-
-For some years the peasants carried all before them, both in the racing
-and leaping competitions. They were steady on their legs, accustomed
-to the mountain slopes from their infancy, and could out-pace and
-out-distance all competitors. They did not, however, understand the art
-of training; the townsmen soon saw they could not get on without that,
-and ended at last in beating their teachers on all points, first in
-jumping, which they practised as an art, and, secondly, in racing given
-distances.
-
-It may be well now to touch upon ski-ing proper, or the employment of
-ski for the purpose for which they were originally intended, viz.,
-travelling over snow-clad land or ice. By means of these appliances
-people are enable to roam at will, enjoying the fresh, crispy air, the
-pretty landscape, and changing scenery, combined with the pleasant
-sensation of gliding, instead of tramping, over the surface of the
-country. The speed attained is certainly not very great, and is about
-the same in hilly as on level country, for in the former the time lost
-in ascending slopes is made up on the descent. In racing, the time
-made by the best men, travelling lightly clad, and under the best
-conditions of snow and weather, works out at about eight and a half
-miles an hour on a course of a little over nine miles, and nearly
-eight miles an hour on one of eighteen and a half miles. In racing,
-the longest distance ever run at a stretch was covered by a Lapp,
-who, at Jokkmokk, in Sweden, made a good 137 miles in 21 hours and 22
-minutes, over comparatively level ground, thus at a rate of about six
-and a half miles an hour. Ordinary travellers, or soldiers on ski,
-would find five to five and a half miles an hour quite sufficient
-to tax their powers. In 1900, a detachment of the Norwegian Guards
-accomplished a march of 125 miles in seven and a half days, an average
-of some seventeen and a half miles a day, which must be looked upon as
-a very good performance, considering that they carried canvas wherewith
-to improvise tents, sleeping bags, and provisions, and moved up hill
-and down dale, once ascending to a height of 4,000ft. above the sea
-level. It will thus be seen that, in marching trim, soldiers on ski
-do not travel faster, or to any great extent faster, than infantry at
-other times, the only advantage of the ski being that, when the snow
-lies, they are able to move about, and get along in parts where men
-not provided with such appliances, or snowshoes, would be compelled to
-remain idle.
-
-Attention may now be drawn to leaping, which was originally learned by
-the Norwegians on the slopes of their hills when inequalities of ground
-would, during a rapid descent, cause the wearer to bound through the
-air for some distance, possibly only a yard or two, but sufficient,
-anyway, to create a longing for a little more. This led the peasants
-to make an artificial rise on the face of a hill, and there meet to
-see who could leap farthest. In no other country was the leaping ever
-attempted, and it is primarily due to it that ski-ing caught on, and
-became so popular in Norway as to throw all other pleasures into the
-shade, and attain its present position as _the_ national pastime of
-the people. To be understood ski-leaping must be seen. No photograph
-or description can ever give a proper idea of it. Many of those who
-now appear as the best leapers are men who devote their chief energies
-to this branch of the sport, and who attend all the meetings they
-possibly can. They might be called “pot hunters,” but this term can,
-fortunately, be hardly applied to them as yet, for the remuneration of
-a prize can scarcely repay the expenses they incur in loss of time,
-travelling, &c. They, in fact, perform for the love of the amusement,
-and, it may be said, nothing else except, possibly, renown. Ever since
-the peasants, in 1879, startled the country by their leaping powers,
-jumping has steadily improved, _i.e._, in length, and in the courage
-or daring of the leapers. But, while acknowledging this to some
-extent, it must be considered doubtful whether the modern wonderful
-accomplishments equal or surpass those of the Telemarken peasants, who,
-some twenty odd years ago, made bounds of 70ft. and upwards, with their
-ordinary country outfit of home-made ski, simply fastened with toe
-straps of twisted withes, whereas now men wear ski specially made for
-the purpose, strapped securely to their boots.
-
-It may be of interest to conclude by giving a list of those who have
-made the longest leaps, and continued their course without a spill.
-
-
-Records of leaps in which the men kept their feet after landing on the
-snow, so-called “standing leaps”:
-
-  Year.         Name.                  Place.            Length of Jump.
-  1879.  Torjus Hemmestvedt     Christiania                 76   feet.
-  1893.  Torjus Hemmestvedt     Red Wing, U.S.A.           103      ”
-  1898.  Sven Sollid       }
-                           }    Solberg, pr. Christiania   103½     ”
-    ”    Cato Aal          }
-    ”    Tollef Hemmestvedt
-           (16 years old)       Telemarken                  99      ”
-  1899.   Asbjörn Nielsen  }
-                           }    Solberg, pr. Christiania   107      ”
-    ”     Morten Hansen    }
-  1900.   Olaf Tandberg         Solberg, pr. Christiania   116½     ”
-  1902.   Paul Nesjö (18 years
-            old)                Trondhjem                  130      ”
-    ”     Nils Gjestvang        Modum                      134½     ”
-
-From the above it will be seen that the longest leap recorded was one
-of 134½ft., truly a wonderful performance, and one that could only be
-accomplished on an exceedingly steep hill by most able performers.
-
-In penning the above the writer trusts that he has thrown some light on
-the origin and history of ski, and the purpose to which they have been
-devoted of late years by the Norwegians, the founders of the sport of
-ski-ing.
-
-
-
-
-CONTINENTAL SKI-RUNNING.
-
-By W. R. RICKMERS.
-
-
-If dates there must be, historians will do well to take February 8th,
-1891, as the day on which the sport of ski-ing took root outside of
-Scandinavia. On that day Dr. Pilet, French Consul at Kolmar, appeared
-at the Hotel Feldbergerhof, Feldberg, Black Forest, with a pair of ski,
-and since then the Black Forest has been the centre of ski-running
-in Germany, whence it has spread to Switzerland, chiefly through the
-efforts of W. Paulcke, whose crossing of the Bernese Oberland in the
-nineties caused a great sensation and induced many mountaineers to show
-an interest in the new sport.
-
-There had been many sporadic efforts before and outside of Dr. Pilet’s
-enthusiastic propaganda, but his was destined to bear fruit before all
-the others owing to the favourable conditions under which it started,
-for the Feldberg is an admirable field to insure the rapid growth of
-such a seed. The hotel lies at a height of over 3,000ft., and has for
-many years been open throughout the entire winter, whereas, most other
-places of a similar character were formerly shut up and deserted during
-the snowy season. Even before the days of ski-ing many lovers of Nature
-had visited the mountain to spend a few days above the mist and slush
-to which a series of mild winters has now accustomed the inhabitants of
-the plains. Add to this the close proximity of Freiburg, a university
-town full of young and energetic men, and we have the explanation why
-here the first ski-missionary was so successful. True, St. Moritz had
-a far better chance, but there the first impulse would have been
-smothered by the conservative inertia of a fashionable crowd.
-
-In the usual course of events Austria would simply have followed the
-lead of Freiburg, and have been content with a very gradual increase of
-the ski-running public. But here there arose a man, Herr Zdarsky, who,
-single-handed, and through his untiring personal efforts, furthered
-the sport by leaps and bounds. He invented a special ski of his own,
-commonly known as the “Lilienfeld” (see p. 42). He taught himself, for
-he had never seen a ski-runner, and he elaborated a scientific method
-of teaching the various movements and evolutions. He may have opinions
-of his own, some of which may have been proved to be relatively wrong,
-or have been vetoed by a majority, but the fact remains that he was
-the first systematic teacher of ski-running. To him we owe a published
-theory of ski-ing as specially applicable to steep and difficult
-Alpine ground; while many, including the writer of these lines, enjoy
-the honour of being his disciples. This honour was not, in the first
-instance, without its drawbacks, for a theory, especially if it be
-new and original, is a fertile source of dissension. The theory would
-perhaps have been forgotten, and the “Lilienfeld” fastening might now
-be rusting in the patent office, had Herr Zdarsky not been a man of
-action endowed with an iron will. Practice carried the day. Ten years
-ago there was one pupil at Lilienfeld; last winter (1905) over 1,200
-received instruction from this indefatigable pioneer, to whose village
-special trains carry devotees from Vienna every Sunday.
-
-The differences between the Zdarsky school and the Black Forest
-threatened to assume alarming proportions, for, strange to say, both
-sides had seen little of each other, and a host of misunderstandings
-arose between them over theoretical opinions concerning style and
-fastening. Fortunately the storm has now blown over, for many things
-have been cleared up, and the old hands have ceased to bother their
-heads about the best fastening or the best method. Thus the “Lilienfeld
-Strife” is a chapter of history, an interesting phase in the evolution
-of our noble sport. To put the matter in a nutshell, the Black Forest
-looks at the question of ski and style exclusively from the Norwegian
-point of view of all-round excellence, whereas Lilienfeld approaches
-the subject with the sole idea of quickly teaching the beginner how to
-run safely on mountainous ground. Had this been properly understood at
-once, there would have been no quarrelling, for these two standpoints
-are not antagonistic, but complementary. The general theoretical truth
-is the mean between the two, whereas the absolutely practical method is
-their application to the age, physique, talents, and inclinations of
-each particular individual intent upon learning to ski.
-
-In Switzerland there has been no less interest shown in ski-ing than
-elsewhere, and it is doubtless destined to be the great ski-ing country
-of the future, boasting, as it does, of mountains, snowy valleys, and a
-thriving population. Norwegians have told me that, according to their
-belief, they may some day be surpassed by the Swiss, who have at their
-disposal a much greater choice of long and steep slopes. In Switzerland
-the natives and the visitors, as a rule, know very little of each
-other. The natives have taken the cue from the Black Forest, whereas
-the visitors, mostly English, have exhibited a laudable impartiality
-and an enthusiasm which bids fair to raise ski-running to the first
-rank among British winter sports.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-    NOTE.--In the foregoing article Mr. Rickmers has omitted one or
-    two points in the development of Continental ski-running which
-    may here be mentioned.
-
-    The translation of books treating of polar expeditions, and,
-    in particular, the eloquent passage about ski in Dr. Nansen’s
-    First Crossing of Greenland, was largely responsible for the
-    first growth of the sport on the Continent. History, too, has
-    repeated itself, and Norwegian students resident in foreign
-    universities and technical schools have played much the same part
-    in Germany and Switzerland as the early Telemarkings played in
-    Christiania. We remember well the astonishment and enthusiasm
-    which was aroused at the meeting of the Glarus Club in 1903, when
-    Messrs. Heyderdahl and Holte gave an exhibition of leaping and
-    quick turning. Never had the people seen such a sight before, and
-    the good seed sown took root, and bore green shoots at once in
-    the shape of numerous little jumps constructed by the juvenile
-    population. And as in Glarus, so in other places, people were
-    suddenly awakened by an exhibition of expert skill to the immense
-    possibilities of the long unwieldy-looking boards.
-
-    Great praise is also due to such men as Dr. Paulcke, of Freiburg;
-    Herr Iselin, of Glarus; Herr Von de Beauclair, of Bern (to
-    mention only three), for the organisation and conduct of ski
-    clubs in their special districts, and the holding of race
-    meetings and courses of instruction presided over by Norwegian
-    experts. Other clubs sprang up in all directions, and a great
-    number of meetings began to be held in different parts of the
-    country. In Switzerland, indeed, this soon became a source of
-    inconvenience, for every little club had its championships which
-    professed to cover a far larger area than fact warranted. It was
-    accordingly arranged last year (1904) to form a large central
-    association for all Switzerland, which, in due course, held its
-    meeting at Glarus on January 21st, 1905.
-
-    Even as these lines are going to press the news comes to hand
-    of a large association of all the clubs of Central Europe, and,
-    although in the meanwhile no central meeting is contemplated, it
-    seems more than probable that some arrangement of the sort will,
-    at no very distant period, be found convenient.
-
-    At these Continental gatherings it was last year (1904) decided
-    to observe the same principles as in Norway, and the chief
-    honours are now awarded to those competitors who show the
-    greatest skill in both long-distance racing and jumping. The
-    long-distance race is thus, in the main, a test of speed and
-    endurance, whilst the jump shows whether a runner is courageous,
-    quick-witted, and skilful as well as strong.
-
-    The use of ski from a military point of view is somewhat outside
-    the scope of a book of this kind which proposes to deal with them
-    chiefly as instruments of sport. It is sufficient to say here
-    that the military authorities of all the principal Continental
-    Powers have given practical recognition of the value of ski
-    in winter warfare, and it is now usual to hold races designed
-    specially for soldiers at all ski meetings of importance. In the
-    opinion of all _competent_ judges, ski would be of great value
-    in the north-west frontier of India, but up till the present no
-    good ski-runner has been invited by the Government to put matters
-    to the test. For an interesting essay on the subject see Mr. H.
-    Chubb’s article in the Ski Club of Great Britain’s Year-Book, No.
-    1., Vol. I.--ED.
-
-[Illustration: A NORWEGIAN SOLDIER.
-
-_Photo by A. B. Wilse._]
-
-
-
-
-THE ELEMENTS OF SKI-RUNNING.
-
-By W. R. RICKMERS and E. C. RICHARDSON.
-
-
-INTRODUCTION.
-
-Ski-running is a sport which literally throws one into a whirl of
-excitement from the moment one starts learning it. Thus the novice
-who has once tried will not worry over the question as to how long he
-will take to master the art. The constant repetition, however, of the
-inquiry: “How long does it take to learn ski-running?” forces us to
-make some kind of reply, though unwilling to compromise ourselves by
-laying down a hard and fast rule. Given, then, a pair of ski, snow,
-correct methods, and a certain amount of patience, anyone gifted with
-average pluck and muscle should know enough after a week’s practice to
-enjoy excursions of four or five hours’ length. The practice of the
-first day or two is always the most trying, but after this progress
-becomes rapid. Every beginner falls continually and expends an enormous
-amount of energy in getting up again, and every beginner misapplies the
-greater part of his strength in other directions. But an elementary
-balance is soon gained, and one quickly learns how to make those
-little movements of the thigh muscles which save so much. We are far
-from saying that at the end of a week you will be even a moderately
-good ski-runner. Downhill your more skilful companions will be able
-to leave you far behind, and you will be sorely embarrassed when the
-ground is at all difficult. But at the end of that time you ought to
-be far enough advanced to enjoy something of the sensations of a swift
-descent, and to enter upon the confines of that territory of snow-clad
-forest and mountain which it will be your special privilege to visit.
-And that is already much.
-
-Whilst it is our belief that no other form of exercise offers greater
-opportunities for the development of individual skill, it is certain
-that in no other are the surroundings more beautiful or more novel.
-The landscape is, as it were, transfigured, for the commonest objects
-become ennobled when swathed in the flowing garb of the snow-drift,
-with its sparkle of iridescent hues. There is a stillness and a
-clearness and a blueness of the atmosphere, and a play of golden
-sunlight through the branches of the pine trees, standing so erect and
-silent, sleeping till the return of spring. And above the trees fresh
-wonders lie in store. Vast slopes of snow, broken here and there by
-some dark rock, and behind them the soaring watch-towers of the Alps,
-with their time-worn battlements and shattered walls. Below, in the
-gulf of the valley, lies the village, diminutive like a German toy at
-the bottom of a staircase; and on the other side rise whitened slopes,
-with clusters of tiny châlets, snow-covered and silent; and far away in
-the enchanted distance, clear-cut, yet mystical, stretches a fairyland
-of filmy peak and glacier, blending its opalescence with the blue
-of heaven. A week is surely a short apprenticeship to serve for the
-enjoyment of these wonders, and we honestly believe that, if you are
-reasonably strong and diligent, you can see them at the end of that
-time.
-
-Like most things, ski-running is best learnt young. A certain
-suppleness of limb characterises the style of those who have begun
-in childhood, and this, like the true accent of a foreign language,
-is most difficult to acquire in after years. Nevertheless, it is
-astonishing what can be achieved long after the muscles have set. In
-proof of which we may instance that two really good runners with whom
-we are acquainted did not begin, in the one case till after thirty and
-in the other till after fifty. We do not, therefore, consider it likely
-that you are too old to learn, though we are willing to believe that
-you may be too lazy!
-
-An encouraging feature of the sport is the constant improvement one
-makes. In many other pursuits a point seems soon to be reached beyond
-which further progress is very difficult. But with ski-running
-every season brings its due measure of advance. A well-known skater
-is credited with the observation that anybody could learn to skate,
-but that to be a first-class ski-runner one must not only be born on
-ski, but live on them constantly for eighty years--an hyperbole which
-contains a strong element of truth. Of course, as in other things, an
-early beginning is of great value, but a natural aptitude can very well
-be developed late in life. It is the object of a book of this kind to
-provide instruction in those methods which experience has shown to be
-useful, and we believe that if the beginner will himself help us by
-using his intelligence, he will be very materially assisted by the
-perusal of these pages. At the same time, it must not be forgotten that
-the best we can hope to do is to place before him a sort of grammar
-of the sport. The spoken language, the unconscious and instantaneous
-adaptation of the various positions advocated to the circumstances of
-the case, can only be acquired by practice directed by common sense.
-
-
-PART I.
-
-THE GROUND AND THE SNOW.
-
-Wherever there is snow, there one _can_ ski; whether one safely _may_
-is another question, whereof more anon. Absence of snow, or snow
-transformed into blue ice, are therefore the well-defined limits to the
-possibilities of the sport.
-
-There is no kind of surface capable of harbouring snow which has not
-been tried on ski, from the plain, with its unbroken sheet of white, to
-the rugged mountain side, where narrow channels have to be navigated
-amid toothed reefs and giddy precipices.
-
-Every pedestrian knows the infinite variety there is in landscape; how
-an ever-changing aspect of the surface is created by the geological
-nature of the soil (sand, moor, rock)--the vegetation (grass, heather,
-forest)--the inclination of the slopes and other topographical features
-(downs, hills, mountains, valleys, lakes); not to forget the work of
-man (his houses, fences, roads, and ditches). For the ski-runner this
-great variety of ground is increased a hundredfold by the different
-states of the snow, which he learns to distinguish in the course of his
-outings. The changes snow is capable of are wonderful to behold, and
-the observant tourist never ceases to discover some kind or condition
-which is new to him. There is soft, flaky, fresh-fallen snow; there
-is downy, fluffy, powdery, floury, crystalline, brittle, salt-like,
-slithery, gelatinous, watery snow; there is snow as hard and white
-as marble, and snow with a thick crust which breaks into big slabs;
-there can be a layer of soft or powdery stuff on a hard sheet, or a
-thin, glassy film over loose snow. We have seen it in thin scales,
-the size of half-crowns, rustling under the ski like the leaves of an
-autumn forest, or, again, in the form of long, streaky crystals, like
-asbestos. Often it lies pat and smooth over the rounded hills; at other
-times it will be a frozen turmoil of waves, ridges, and grooves!
-
-
-VARIABLE GROUND IS DESIRABLE.
-
-In stating that it is possible to ski on every kind of snow and on
-every form of snow-covered ground, it is at the same time to be
-observed that some kinds of snow and some kinds of ground are more
-suitable for the sport than others. And as regards the ground, most
-people prefer it to be as varied as possible. We do not like it to be
-all precipitous mountain-side or all dead level, or, for that matter,
-all undulating glade. Nor do we desire our slopes to be always smooth
-and easy, any more than we wish them always broken and difficult. A
-happy combination of all these things is best. We adore the straight,
-smooth descent of a long incline, with its wind-song in the ears and
-its snow spray in the face, but we have also an affection for turning
-hither and thither amongst trees and rocks. And even level running,
-which the beginner is apt to despise, is much more interesting and much
-more difficult than many people are inclined to believe.
-
-
-THE SNOW SHOULD BE UNIFORM.
-
-But, whilst the ground itself should be varied, it is most desirable
-that the snow upon it should be of uniform quality throughout. Sudden
-changes, as, for example, when a thin crust will bear for some distance
-and then suddenly give way, are not only unpleasant, but sometimes
-positively dangerous. Perhaps the best of all snow is that which has
-rested for some time undisturbed at a temperature a few degrees below
-freezing point. Under such favourable conditions the tiny crystals of
-which it is composed settle down and pack together, forming a mass, the
-compactness of which increases with its depth. Nor does the surface
-remain unchanged, for here the dew condenses, and in freezing forms
-the innumerable thin leaf-like films above mentioned. The ski glide
-very easily over these, and sink into the compacter substratum just far
-enough to admit of easy steering.
-
-Another capital snow condition is when a hard crust has been formed,
-on the top of which more snow falls to the depth of a few inches, the
-first few flakes of the new fall being wet, so as to adhere to the old
-crust and prevent slipping.
-
-Wind-driven snow is not usually very good, but sometimes, if the
-temperature be not too low, it will form itself into a compact floury
-sort of substance, which will stick slightly to the ski to a degree
-just sufficient to help up-hill, but not enough to cause annoyance or
-to prevent a free passage downwards. Very hard snow is bad both for
-climbing and for glissading, for up-hill it becomes necessary to stamp
-vigorously in order to obtain a footing, and down-hill the lack of side
-grip renders steering very difficult. But quite watery snow, especially
-if it be shallow, often affords capital sport.
-
-
-STICKY SNOW.
-
-The worst condition possible for ski-running is when, the temperature
-being slightly above freezing, the snow “balls.” This sometimes occurs
-with old snow when the sun is very hot, but much more frequently
-immediately after a fresh fall. The cause of balling is that water
-is formed on the surface, which, being pressed down into the colder
-substratum, re-freezes, and adheres to the bottom of the ski: to this,
-being again wetted, large clods of the “binding” snow readily attach
-themselves; sliding becomes out of the question, and one is obliged at
-every step to lift many pounds’ weight of mingled snow, water, and
-ice. Some partial cures for this evil exist, and will be found at the
-end of the book at page 105; but they are at the best but makeshifts,
-and to our minds ski-running in sticky snow is never really enjoyable.
-Fortunately, this state of affairs is not nearly so common as one might
-at first imagine, for after the snow has settled, even if the air be
-warm, the ski do not usually sink in sufficiently to reach the cold
-under-surface, and no re-freezing, the primary cause of sticking, takes
-place.
-
-
-CRUSTED SNOW.
-
-Another kind of bad snow occurs after warm weather followed by frost,
-when an ice crust is formed. If sufficiently thick to bear, and if
-slightly warm, this is not so bad; but if it bears in some places
-and not in others a very irritating, and sometimes even dangerous,
-state of affairs exists. The evil is aggravated when the sun’s rays,
-penetrating, but not melting, the clear ice surface, are strong enough
-to reach the ground below. This being dark coloured, is warmed, and,
-of course, melts the snow which is close to it, forming large hollows,
-which, though capital hot-houses for plants, are veritable traps for
-the unwary ski-runner. On such a surface, when the crust is strong, the
-ski will slide rapidly, but when it is rotten they will break through,
-precipitating the runner forward, cutting his face and hands, and not
-improbably spraining his limbs and breaking his ski. Turning on such
-snow is a matter of extreme difficulty, for the pressure involved
-usually breaks the crust, with similar disastrous results. It behoves
-us to avoid such places, or, if we must cross them, to exercise extreme
-caution in doing so.
-
-
-PATCHY SNOW.
-
-A third, but less serious, sort of bad snow is commonly encountered,
-when the surface, being for the most part firm and in good order,
-becomes interrupted here and there by marble-like patches of very fine
-powder. This is a state of affairs which often occurs high up, when the
-cold is intense, and when strong winds blow fine snow over an otherwise
-good surface. The powder settles on the lee side of any inequalities
-and adheres to any slight irregularities. The ski glide very well
-over the old snow, but are checked by the powder, and a fall forward
-results. A little practice, however, soon enables one to distinguish
-between the semi-transparent, crystalline, darker-looking, old snow
-and the more opaque, white, fresh powder; and one learns how to make
-allowances by leaning backwards or forwards.
-
-
-“SKAVLER.”
-
-Another disagreeable variety of snow worthy of special mention is the
-frozen turmoil of waves previously mentioned. This, too, occurs very
-high up, and is caused by wind. In the Norwegian tongue it is known by
-the expressive name of _skavler_. The ridges are sometimes as much as a
-couple of feet high, and, being quite hard, they are very unpleasant to
-traverse. They occur, of course, on the sides of mountains more exposed
-to the wind. If one _must_ cross them, a long ski is preferable to a
-short ski for the purpose, but there is often a way round if one looks
-for it intelligently.
-
-
-AN EYE FOR COUNTRY.
-
-In this connection it may be said at once that to choose one’s way
-correctly and quickly, either up hill or down, is a most important part
-of ski-running, demanding just about as much skill as the preservation
-of the balance. What is known as _an eye for country_ seems to be
-very largely a natural gift. Some people are always in difficulties,
-whilst others, often less skilful in other respects, are able to find
-their way almost intuitively across unknown ground. But, of course,
-experience in this, as in other matters, counts for a great deal, and
-what may at first sight strike the beginner as prophetic inspiration is
-often nothing more than an application of previously acquired knowledge
-to present conditions. It is impossible to give much information of
-this kind in a book, but, nevertheless, a few hints on the subject may
-be found useful.
-
-In the first place it may be said that as a general rule snow is in
-better running condition on the north sides of hills, which are shaded
-from the sun, than on the south, which are exposed to it. And this is
-true not only of mountains as a whole, but of every little hillock
-and inequality throughout their contour. Also it is to be observed
-that the sun is warmer towards the middle of the day than in the
-early morning, but that the temperature usually falls about a degree
-Fahrenheit for every 300 feet one ascends. From which considerations
-it is evident that it generally pays to climb a mountain on the south
-side, where the snow will be firm, and, at all events late in the year,
-to start early in the morning. The north side will usually be the
-best for the descent, as there the snow will probably be powdery and
-manageable.
-
-[Illustration: IN NORDMARKEN, NEAR CHRISTIANIA.
-
-_Photo by H. Abel._]
-
-Again, the direction of the prevalent winds, as above mentioned, has
-considerable influence, and one will as a rule find the surface harder
-on the weather than on the lee side of mountains.
-
-Another thing worth remembering is to proceed very carefully over stony
-ground early in the year. If a stone be struck it will almost certainly
-damage the ski, and very probably cause a spill; and in December many
-stones are concealed by an inch or two of fluffy snow, which is no
-adequate protection. By February, however, the covering will be both
-deeper and firmer, and the risk will not be so great. Grass or small
-heather, on the other hand, even though half exposed, does not stop the
-free passage of the ski, but earth--as, for instance, that cast up by
-a mole--is almost as bad as stones. So much for the mole-heap.
-
-Let us now pass to the consideration of mountains.
-
-
-THE ETERNAL SNOWS.
-
-Concerning this kind of ground it is needful to give a word of serious
-advice, to sound a note of warning--that is, about Alpine ground,
-the high mountain, and more particularly the region of the glacier.
-Winter among the _highest_ Alps taxes to the utmost the experience
-and the qualities of the mountaineer. While affording the intensest
-excitement and causing a feeling of the greatest elation when
-successful, expeditions to these are never free from grave danger, as
-is sufficiently demonstrated by the victims whom ski-mountaineering has
-already claimed. The proportion of accidents is really appalling, and
-should make the ski-runner pause before venturing unwarily into the
-region of _eternal_ snow. To mountaineers we need only say: “Observe
-the rules of your craft with redoubled watchfulness when ski-ing in the
-Alps.” Others we must earnestly implore not to undertake an excursion
-in the higher regions unless accompanied by experienced companions or
-native guides. Good “ski-hills” recommended for downright enjoyment,
-and free from conditions causing undue anxiety, are rarely higher than
-8000 feet (sometimes 10,000 feet); and we strongly advise the beginner
-to stick to such and to leave the more ambitious summits severely alone.
-
-In drawing this danger zone it must not, however, be assumed that every
-mountain under the limit is safe. The mountains, as it were, recede
-from us in the winter, and many summits and passes which afford a
-pleasant stroll in the summer become fraught with difficulty when the
-snow queen annexes them for a time to her dominions. Gracious to those
-who have been properly “presented,” and who approach her in a spirit
-of reverence, that lady arms herself against the _parvenu_ who would
-force his way to her presence and shake her by the hand. Giddiness,
-snow-blindness, frost-bites, snow-storms and mists, steep ice slopes,
-hidden crevasses, tottering cornices, and last, but not least, the
-avalanche, are amongst her weapons. In the use of these she is quite
-pitiless, and she usually contrives to cunningly conceal them and to
-pounce upon her victim when he is most off his guard.
-
-
-GEOGRAPHICAL.
-
-The beginner who has followed us so far is probably now imbued with
-the idea that ski-running is a most dangerous sport, and that if he is
-not overwhelmed by an avalanche, he is pretty sure to break his leg in
-some one or other of the kinds of bad snow which have been mentioned.
-Let him take heart. By far the greater part of the snow-covered ground
-within easy reach of his abode is sure to be perfectly safe, and,
-provided that he is reasonably careful, the chances of an accident
-are very small. During the months of January and February the snow is
-usually in excellent condition in any of the usual winter resorts in
-Norway or on the Continent,[5] and by going further afield very good
-going may often be found until the end of April.
-
-Still, it is quite exceptional to enjoy a day’s expedition without
-encountering a little bad or indifferent snow during some part of it,
-on which occasions the difference between the beginner and the expert
-will be more than ever apparent. The great secret is to go carefully,
-but to keep moving. Make up your mind what you are going to do, and do
-it. A hill is never anything like as difficult as it looks from the
-top, but it is usually considerably higher than it looks from below.
-In the clear atmosphere of such countries as Norway and Switzerland it
-is very difficult to judge distances. The moral is to consult maps. In
-Switzerland these are specially excellent, but even the very old and
-somewhat inaccurate surveys of Norway are far more reliable than your
-own or even the natives’ opinion about such matters.
-
-A corollary to the importance of maps is the importance of the pocket
-compass, without which no party of ski-runners should ever venture far
-from home. It is surprising how easily a mist or a heavy snow-storm
-will cause one to lose one’s way, even on ground with which one is
-perfectly familiar at other times. In doubtful weather take a bearing
-or two as you go along. To do so takes very little time, and your
-knowledge _may_ be of great value on your return journey.
-
-We may conclude this section by directing the reader’s attention to the
-Year-Book of the Ski Club of Great Britain, which contains a great deal
-of information about ski-running from a geographical point of view. No.
-1 of Vol. I., which has just been issued, deals with important centres
-for the sport in Great Britain, Norway, Switzerland, Germany, Austria,
-&c., &c. The articles are all written by disinterested and practical
-men, who are themselves ski-runners, and the reader could not do better
-than turn to it for detailed information concerning any country which
-he intends to visit. The book is edited by Mr. E. Wroughton, and is
-published for the club by Horace Cox, Bream’s Buildings, London. It is
-issued free to members of the club and for one shilling to the general
-public.
-
-
-PART II.
-
-OUTFIT.
-
-THE SKI.
-
-Almost every valley in Norway had at one time its own special type
-of ski, supposed by its inhabitants to be peculiarly suited to their
-requirements; and in other lands the variations have been no less
-numerous and remarkable. Those interested in antiquities of this kind
-are recommended to visit Herr Welhaven’s very large and complete
-collection in Christiania, which it is to be hoped the Norwegian nation
-will acquire and exhibit in a suitable museum before it is purchased
-by some wealthy foreigner. We do not propose to weary the ordinary
-reader with a minute description of the various types, especially
-as time has shown the special virtues claimed for them to have been
-largely imaginary. The very curious Oesterdal ski are, however, worthy
-of special notice. In that district the natives used on the left foot
-a very long (about 11ft.) and narrow ski, and on the right a shorter
-(about 8ft.) and broader one, covered with elk’s or seal’s skin. The
-hairy ski was used to push, climb, and turn on, and was called the
-_Andor_; whilst the long one, called the _Langski_, was for resting on
-when running straight. The long ski was of special value in crossing
-the hard, lumpy snow so common in that wind-swept region. There was
-much sense in this arrangement, for in point of fact one does as
-a rule, even now, run on one ski and steer with the other; but we
-fancy that the uneven movements on the level must have been somewhat
-fatiguing. Be this as it may, the _Andor_ and the _Langski_ are now
-practically extinct, and in hilly countries the _Telemark_ ski has now
-superseded all others. In Sweden, Finland, and Russia, and in flat
-countries generally, a very long, thin, and narrow ski is found to be
-faster. The curve in front is very flat, and there are considerable
-variations in the form of groove used underneath. But for a mountainous
-country these are too long for up-hill work, and the sharp, flat point
-is not suitable for glissading. The Telemark type can, on the other
-hand, be used everywhere, and we have no hesitation in recommending it
-to our readers.
-
-To the inexperienced eye there is very little difference between the
-shape of the ski used by the Telemarkings who first came to Christiania
-and those now for sale in that town or on the Continent. Differences,
-however, do exist, and some of them are important; besides which it
-is unquestionably pleasant to be the owner of a handsome pair of ski
-which, in addition to possessing certain advantages, are always a
-source of gratification to oneself and of envy and admiration to one’s
-friends. We will accordingly mention all the points of a really good
-pair, beginning with the most important.
-
-
-THE WOOD.
-
-It is, of course, necessary that they should be made of very
-well-seasoned wood, but, unless you happen to be a timber expert, you
-will have to take your dealer’s word for this. Ash is the wood most
-widely used, and the one which we would recommend the beginner to
-purchase. Hickory ski are faster than ash, but they are considerably
-heavier, and frequently brittle. Fir ski are cheap, light, and suitable
-for children, but it is difficult to get really good wood strong enough
-for adults; moreover, they are considerably slower than ash. Walnut
-is also said to be excellent, but it is difficult to procure in long
-enough and straight enough planks, and it is little used. A combination
-of pine and hickory is often employed for racing, where extreme
-lightness and speed are of importance, but it is not as strong as good
-ash.
-
-Having decided on the wood, see that the grain is as straight as
-possible, and that if at any place it runs out its lines when doing
-so point downwards towards the heel, and not upwards towards the toe;
-otherwise when the ski begins to wear splinters will be formed, which
-will stick downwards into the snow and act as brakes. Beware of very
-light ash, which is apt to be brittle; the best is somewhat heavy
-even when thoroughly dry and well seasoned. By-and-by, when you have
-acquired some skill, you may perhaps like to have a pair of light ski
-for the mountains where you intend to go carefully and take no risks,
-and where consequently the chance of a break is considerably less; but
-you will appreciate them all the more if you have got into the way of
-using a heavier article down below.
-
-
-SHAPE.
-
-The bend in front is of importance. It should begin very gradually at
-a point about four-fifths of the distance between the heel end and
-the tip, and should not be too steep. A rise of about 5in., measuring
-from the ground to the bottom of the tip, is amply sufficient. A good
-ski should also be fairly “whippy” about the point, but the elasticity
-should be distributed gradually from centre to tip, and should not come
-suddenly at one point only. We also like a ski to be broad at the bend,
-a shade broader even than the beautiful form shown in Figs. 4 and 5.
-The two qualities of gentleness of curve and breadth at the tip assist
-a rapid passage _on the top_ of smooth snow, whilst the elasticity is
-valuable on lumpy ground, besides being conducive to lightness. The
-desirability of elasticity is, we think, a reason for eschewing the
-round-upper-sided ski sometimes sold in Norway. The round upper-side
-does not, of course, permit of so much loose snow resting upon it
-as the flat, but it makes the front part of the ski very stiff, and
-consequently unpleasant to run on, slow, and liable to break.
-
-Besides the bend at the point, there is a long upward curve throughout
-the length of the ski, running from heel to entrance. The object of
-this is, of course, to prevent any bending in the opposite direction
-caused by the weight of the body; it also serves to provide an
-agreeable elasticity when one is running on the level.
-
-
-COLOUR.
-
-The colour of the ski is very largely a matter of taste, and in nine
-days out of ten is of no practical importance. Every now and again,
-however, there will be a time when the sun will beat fiercely on
-dark-coloured ski and warm them, causing the snow to adhere to them
-top and bottom more readily than to those of lighter colour, which
-throw off a greater proportion of the rays. For which reason we
-unhesitatingly give our vote for plain varnished or white-painted
-ski. Black-painted ski are, however, very common in Norway. They look
-very smart and present a pleasing contrast to the snow, and they are
-frequently recommended for mountain use, for the reason that when
-the eye is dazzled by vast expanses of unbroken white they afford a
-valuable point of focus, and so act as a preventive to snow-blindness.
-We would, however, strongly advise the reader not to rely too much
-on this, or sooner or later his eyes will surely be affected. Smoked
-goggles, or some such arrangement as that recommended on page 50,
-are infinitely preferable to any black paint. Besides which, plain
-varnished ski are ever so much darker than the snow, and one can focus
-one’s eyes almost equally well on them. The painting of ski is, on
-the other hand, often a cunning device on the part of unscrupulous
-dealers to hide defects in the wood--a fact which may account for their
-popularity to a greater extent than the guileless may suppose.
-
-[Illustration: SKI.
-
-Modern “Telemark” Type.
-
-  FIG. 4.
-
-  FIG. 5.]
-
-Having, then, given our vote for plain-varnished, flat-topped, fairly
-heavy ash ski of Telemark type, with a long, easy, flattish elastic
-entrance and a broadish point, it remains for us to consider how broad
-they shall be at the middle and how long over all, and whether they
-shall or shall not be provided with a groove underneath them running
-from end to end. We approach these questions with a certain degree of
-diffidence, for, in the first place, investigations with a view to
-their answer have not been, and perhaps cannot be, carried out with
-much scientific precision, and, in the second place, they will always
-remain very largely matters of personal taste.
-
-
-SMOOTH-BOTTOMED AND BROAD _versus_ GROOVED AND LONG.
-
-Evidently to some extent the length and breadth of a ski must be
-proportionate to the weight of the runner, a certain degree of carrying
-surface being necessary to obviate sinking. But, apart from all
-questions of support, length is of great importance. In this respect
-ski resemble ships, for, generally speaking, the longer they are the
-faster they go. Area for area long ski are faster than broad. On the
-other hand, the shorter a ski is the more readily it will turn, and it
-is, of course, very important to be able to steer easily. There comes
-a point, however, when ease of turning develops into wobbling,
-and seriously interferes with one’s balance when running straight.
-Nor is the unsteadiness of short and broad ski confined to what may
-be considered as _horizontal_ wobbling, due to inequalities of the
-ground, but broad ski are also more subject to what may be regarded
-as _vertical_ wobbling, due to unequal snow consistency. For in the
-case of the long ski variations in the carrying power of the snow and
-consequent errors of balance occur in a backward and forward direction,
-but in the case of a broad ski in a sideward direction, which latter
-is, of course, more upsetting.
-
-[Illustration: THE GATES OF THE JOTUNHEIM.
-
-_Photo by E. C. Richardson_]
-
-Again, almost all ski are nowadays provided with a groove along the
-bottom, beginning at a point a little distance below the bend and
-continuing to the heel. The object of this is to prevent _horizontal_
-wobbling and to assist straight running. Its working is most powerful.
-Clearly, then, some sort of compromise must be arrived at between
-a very smooth and broad ski on the one hand, and a very long and
-grooved one on the other. Now in Norway straight running is all the
-order of the day. Around Christiania there is scarcely a hill which
-cannot be, and is not, taken at full speed, and the smooth, glacier
-polished mountains of that country are equally suitable for a straight
-descent. In the Black Forest, too, straight running is paramount. For
-these countries we recommend grooved ski about as long as the distance
-between the ground and the roots of the fingers when the hand is held
-above the head, and of a width proportionate to the weight of the
-runner. In Switzerland, however, the ground is both steeper and more
-irregular, and in general far more difficult for straight running,
-hidden water-courses, rocks, and other obstacles being of common
-occurrence. There, it is accordingly of paramount importance to the
-beginner to be able to control his speed and to turn, and our advice
-is that in that country he should, for ordinary going, use somewhat
-shorter and slightly broader ski--say, about 6in. shorter than in
-Norway. We advise him _for all-round purposes_ in Switzerland to retain
-the groove. But if he is going to do much climbing on very steep and
-difficult ground, or if he is advancing in years and has lost something
-of his pristine dash, he may find it convenient to omit the groove and
-to travel on perfectly smooth boards.
-
-
-LONG ALPINE TOURS.
-
-For really long and arduous mountain tours in the Alps, where every
-ounce of weight tells, we would recommend a further reduction of about
-a foot in all from the customary Norwegian length, and only a slight
-increase (if, indeed, any) in the ordinary breadth. On such expeditions
-careful going and power of control are of paramount importance, and
-ski-running becomes more of a means to an end than an end in itself. A
-little extra sinking in up-hill is not of much moment, and is more than
-equalised by the gain in lightness; and down-hill the loss in speed is
-of no consequence--indeed, in some cases a positive advantage. On such
-ski, too, the groove is better omitted.
-
-
-ORDINARY USE.
-
-The following table may help the reader to select ski of about the
-usual Norwegian proportions:--
-
-                           HEIGHT OF THE SKI-RUNNER.
-  --------+--------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+------+------+-----
-          |        |     |4' 3"|5' 0"|5' 3"|5' 5"|5' 7"|5' 9" |5' 11"|
-          |  ----  |Up to| to  | to  |to   | to  | to  | to   | to   |Over
-          |        |4' 3"|5' 0"|5' 3"|5' 5"|5' 7 |5' 9"|5' 11"|6' 1" |6' 1"
-  ========+========+=====+=====+=====+=====+=====+=====+======+======+=====
-         }| Under  | 2½" | 2½" | 2½" | 2½" | 2½" |     |      |      |
-  WEIGHT }|10 STONE| 51" | 59" | 65" | 71" | 77" | --  |  --  |  --  |  --
-         }|--------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+------+------+-----
-  OF     }| 10 TO  |     |     |     | 2¾" | 2¾" | 2¾" | 2¾"  |      |
-  THE    }|13 STONE| --  |  -- |  -- | 71" | 75" | 79" | 83"  |  --  |  --
-         }|--------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+------+------+-----
-  SKI-   }|  OVER  |     |     |     |     |     | 3"  | 3"   | 3"   |  3"
-  RUNNER.}|13 stone| --  |  -- |  -- |  -- |  -- | 79" | 83"  | 87"  |  91"
-  --------+--------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+------+------------
-
-
-PRESERVATION.
-
-Ski should be treated properly if they are to retain their full
-efficiency. It is a capital plan to oil them from time to time like a
-cricket bat. Linseed oil is best for the purpose, and a small quantity
-of paraffin should be added to it to help it to penetrate. This
-treatment hardens the wood, and renders it waterproof and not liable
-to splinter. Ski should be kept in a cool place, but should they be
-taken out of a warm room they should be left standing in the cold air
-for about ten minutes before they are allowed to touch the snow. One
-should avoid walking on them over earth and stones. After use they
-should be cleaned. To “set” them, place their under sides in contact,
-and strap them loosely together at the points where they touch--viz.,
-extreme heel end and base of the tip. Insert a piece of wood about 2in.
-square and ½in. thick at a spot indicated by the usual position of your
-boot-heel; then strap tightly. They will then be in close touch at the
-ends, 2in. apart under the heel, and the “feathering” is thus preserved.
-
-
-THE BINDING.
-
-No part of a beginner’s outfit is likely to cause him so much “sweet
-sorrow” as his binding. The chances are enormous that whatever he buys
-will afford him plenty to think about, and, alas! to talk about, for a
-considerable time to come. During his early efforts he is certain to
-attribute most of his misfortunes to its manifest imperfections, and
-if, as we hope, he is a person of an inventive turn of mind, he will
-spend the greater part of his evenings, and perhaps even some of the
-watches of the night, in designing something new and original which
-will at one and the same time overcome all his difficulties and make
-his fortune.
-
-It is our sincere desire to assist him in this laudable endeavour,
-and accordingly we shall give below a few of the qualities which a
-perfect binding ought to possess. Before proceeding to do so it will,
-however, be necessary to notice some of those actual forms which other
-ski-runners use or have used--a task which is not nearly so agreeable
-or so easy. For legion is their name, and it is difficult to make a
-selection without hurting somebody’s feelings. During the early days
-of the sport in Central Europe (that is to say, till quite recently)
-the fiercest controversy raged about bindings (see p. 15). But now,
-partly because of the impossibility of saying anything new on the
-subject, and partly because the discovery has been made that after
-all one’s fastening is not of paramount importance, the topic is no
-longer of absorbing interest. Not but what our Teutonic friends retain
-their love of controversy, and their earnest methods of conducting
-such, but the Scotchman in search of an argument would do better to
-start some theme other than bindings, as, for example, seal’s skin or
-wax. A reaction has, in fact, set in, and whereas two years ago the
-most complicated was the best, we were surprised last season to find
-a Continental friend using the old (and very excellent) Lapp binding,
-which was so much in vogue in Norway years ago when we first learnt to
-go on ski. He, of course, was under the impression that he had the very
-latest thing, and we did not enlighten him, but we should not be much
-astonished to find him next year twisting birch twigs after the manner
-of the early Telemarkings!
-
-Now this plan of making a stiff and strong rope by twisting birch twigs
-was the earliest method of connecting the _heel_ of the foot with the
-ski. Prior to that a strap across the toe was all that was used. Any
-other arrangement was considered dangerous. Then came the Telemarkings
-(see p. 9) with their new methods. They bound the ski firmly to the
-toe, and lead ropes of twisted birch from the toe round the back of
-the heel. This arrangement was at once felt to be an advantage. Not
-only did it prevent the foot continually slipping out of the toe strap,
-but it relieved the toe itself from much of the strain involved when
-the ski has to be pulled forward in walking on the level or up hill;
-moreover, it enormously helped steering, and so it was adopted.
-
-
-SOME COMMON FASTENINGS.
-
-People living in towns, however, either could not procure birch twigs
-or lacked skill in preparing and fixing ropes made from them. Something
-else had to be substituted, and that something was the thin cane, which
-so long held the field. The canes were steamed, and bent round the back
-of the heel and secured in front by a clamp. This form of binding was
-and still is widely used. But the canes, even when covered with leather
-and strengthened with steel wire, were found to be inconvenient. They
-broke and they were cumbersome, and the guiding power they allowed
-of was limited. So taboo was broken and metal was admitted into the
-construction of the fastening. Contrary, however, to expectation,
-people’s legs did not break oftener than before, and, as the iron also
-stood the strain, a binding like that given below (Fig. 6) became very
-popular.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 6.--Lapp Binding, Huitfeldt’s pattern (left foot).
-
-The heel is secured by means of a single thong about 7ft. long, with
-a loop at the end. The loop end is doubled close to the loop, and the
-bight passed through the hole in the ski below the ball of the foot.
-The long end is then passed round the back of the heel, through the
-bight, back round the heel, and through the hoop thus:--]
-
-[Illustration: The whole is then pulled tight, and the long end passed
-over the instep, under the thongs on the inside of the foot, back over
-the instep, and under and round the thongs on the outside, where it is
-secured by a couple of half-hitches. The loose end is then tucked away,
-as shown in Fig. 6.]
-
-The LAPP BINDING shown above is Huitfeldt’s pattern. The novelty
-about it was the iron toe piece; the thong arrangement had long been
-used by the Lapps. As previously mentioned, many people still employ
-this binding, and when skilfully adjusted it can be very firm, and it
-possesses the merits of extreme simplicity and ease of repair.
-
-We have, however, several objections to it. In the first place, it
-takes some little practice and some little strength to fix the thong
-properly, an operation rendered doubly difficult when the leather is
-frozen and the fingers cold. Again, the thong, especially if changes
-of temperature occur, is continually expanding and contracting; the
-knots in it are apt to make sore places on the foot, and, like a
-boot-lace, it has an irritating way of breaking just when one is in a
-hurry. Again, the iron toe piece must be _most carefully_ adjusted to
-fit the boot. In short, we dislike the whole fastening for the reason
-that, unless it is very carefully put on and attended to, it becomes
-altogether toe wobbly.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 7.--Huitfeldt Binding. Iron Toepiece and Straps.]
-
-The HUITFELDT BINDING given above is considered by many people to be an
-improvement on the Lapp binding, and it has attained a vast popularity
-in Norway. In principle it differs from the latter but little; but
-very stout straps are substituted for the thong with its troublesome
-knots, and the iron toe-piece is made of a solid piece of metal, which
-is bent up on either side of the ski, and which can be hammered into
-the exact shape of the sole of the boot. This is an advantage, as an
-accurate fit is insured. The disadvantage is that it is liable to be
-bent out of shape by the heavy-soled boot which it is necessary to
-wear with this and with the Lapp-binding. The straps, with it too,
-expand and contract with the temperature, and a very slight degree of
-slackness is sufficient to make the whole very loose. Moreover, the
-side straps catch the snow to some extent and act as a brake, though
-usually this is not of much consequence. The Huitfeldt binding is also
-troublesome to put on firmly, especially when the straps are frozen.
-Höyer-Ellefsen’s shortening clamp (Fig. 8) is designed to get over this
-difficulty, but it is new, and we have not had sufficient experience of
-it to offer any criticism.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 8.--Höyer-Ellefsen’s Patent Clamp for use with
-Huitfeldt’s binding.]
-
-We now come to a new class of fastening, where the heel is connected
-with the ski by means of some sort of sole, generally made of the
-“belting” used for driving machinery, fixed to the top of the ski in
-front of the toe. There are innumerable variations of this plan, a very
-simple one being to fix a piece of the belting in front of the foot
-and to attach it to the heel of the boot by means of a dummy heel and
-a strap leading round the instep. The toe is held in position either
-by side irons and a strap, as in the Huitfeldt binding, or by a simple
-broad strap passing through the ski and buckling across the toe. In
-the latter form it has attained to considerable popularity on the
-Continent, especially in the Black Forest. We do not, however, think
-it worth while to give a picture of this fastening, as it is not one
-which we can recommend for any purpose. The dummy heel fills up with
-snow, and becomes uncomfortable; and as to the belting, one is in this
-dilemma, that if one uses it thin it buckles and if one uses it very
-thick it becomes heavy and too stiff for comfortable walking unless it
-be fastened very far forward, in which case it rises off the ski at
-every step and presses the toe against the toe strap, thereby causing
-discomfort and cold feet.
-
-TORGERSEN’S “HANDRY” BINDING (Fig. 9) is, we think, vastly preferable,
-for it has no heel to collect snow, and the belting, only reaching
-half-way down the foot, is not so liable to buckle.
-
-It cannot, however, claim to be a really firm binding, though if
-the strap leading from the belting round the instep be pulled tight
-(and a tight strap at this part of the foot does not seem to affect
-the circulation) it is not so loose as might be supposed at first
-sight. But the chief advantage of Torgersen’s binding is its extreme
-adjustability. It will fit almost anybody, and can be taken on and off
-in a moment. On this account it is a very good binding for clubs or
-shopmen in Switzerland who let out ski to a number of different people
-for short periods. Its only moderate firmness also recommends it to
-nervous beginners who want to run straight and fast, and who are afraid
-of the slight extra risk involved by using a rigid fastening.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 9.--Torgersen’s Handy Binding. Driving Belt and
-Straps. Half the sole is Driving Belt.]
-
-ELLEFSEN’S PATENT BINDING (Fig. 10) is of the same class. It appeared
-last season (1904-5), and has scarcely been in use long enough to allow
-of exhaustive criticism.
-
-As with Torgersen’s, the belting only reaches about half-way down
-the foot, where it is terminated by an iron cross-piece with upright
-cheeks fitting on either side of the heel (see Fig. 10). From these
-cheeks a strap leads round the back of the heel, by means of which the
-belting is pulled tight. This stretching of the belting is the novelty
-of the arrangement, and is very ingenious, as, of course, it prevents
-all buckling. The iron toe-pieces are much the same as in Huitfeld,
-but they are fixed firmly to the ski by means of the little metal
-tongues which are part of them. The tongues at the same time secure
-the driving belt under the toe, giving it due stiffness in a vertical
-direction and preventing pressure of the toe strap. But obviously this
-is the weak spot of the front part of the arrangement, and unless the
-belting is of the very best quality it is liable to tear there. The
-makers, however, claim that the best belting will not tear, and time
-alone can decide whether this is so or not. The binding is not readily
-adjustable, and when ordering it is necessary to send a sketch of the
-boot which one intends to use with it.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 10.--Ellefsen’s Patent Binding.]
-
-The figure with the boot also shows a little strap sewn on to the heel
-of the boot to prevent the heel straps slipping off. This is very
-useful with all the above-named fastenings. See _infra_, pp. 47 and 48.]
-
-The LILIENFELD BINDING has caused more discussion and provoked more
-criticism than any other. It, too, is on the “sole” principle, but
-differs from all others in this respect, that (except for the heel and
-toe straps) it is made entirely of metal.
-
-The vertical axis of the sole is, moreover, placed _in front_ of the
-toe, and not under it as in other fastenings, and vertical stiffness
-is secured by means of a very ingenious spring arrangement embedded
-in the ski. This shifting of the axis forward makes the binding feel
-curious at first, but one gets accustomed to it after a while, and then
-it becomes very comfortable and pleasant. An objection to the plan is,
-however, that one is deprived of much control over the heel of the ski,
-and is placed, so to speak, at the mercy of the spring. It is, however,
-often convenient to raise the heel of the ski when going up hill, and
-it is annoying to find when one tries to do so that it refuses to
-obey on account of the spring being insufficiently screwed up. On the
-other hand, if the spring be tight the heel keeps “clappering” up and
-down at every step. Another decidedly bad point about this fastening is
-its weight. It is unquestionably heavy. It is necessary, therefore, to
-use a considerably lighter ski with it than with any of the ordinary
-arrangements, and light ski are apt to be brittle. It is, however, a
-very powerful binding, very suitable for making “S” turns on steep
-and difficult ground. It seldom or never breaks, and it is adjustable
-to almost any boot. It is usually sold fitted to a special ski with a
-hole in it cut for the spring. The so-called “Alpine skee” is shortish,
-broadish, and flat-bottomed, with a sharply turned-up bluff entrance.
-These qualities render it less suitable for straight running, but
-useful for turning on the mountain-side, for which special purpose
-it is, indeed, designed. People somewhat advanced in years will find
-the “Alpine skee,” with its special fastening, of value for mountain
-tours, and it is, we think, easier to learn to turn on it than on any
-other; but your dashing youth and your jumper will certainly prefer the
-Norwegian article. Of course, the Lilienfeld fastening can be fixed to
-a Telemark ski.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 11.--The Lilienfeld Binding. “Alpine Skee.” Movable
-Steel Sole.]
-
-
-METHOD OF FIXING.
-
-The right way of attaching all the above-named bindings to the boot
-will have been evident from the descriptions appended to each. It
-is sufficient to observe here that the straps (and particularly the
-toe-straps) should never be pulled tighter than occasion demands.
-Tight straps are the surest road to frost-bite, besides being very
-uncomfortable. For all ordinary going--that is to say, during far the
-greater length of time that the ski are on the feet--the straps may be
-worn comparatively loose. It is quite easy to tighten them up for a
-difficult piece of ground or a jump, and there is no occasion to run
-unnecessary risks.
-
-Another important matter is that with all ordinary bindings care
-should be taken not to thrust the foot too far into the toe-strap. The
-toe-strap should never cross the foot lower than the middle of the
-great toe. People are apt to neglect this simple precaution, but in
-doing so they run the risk of spraining the foot in the event of a fall
-forwards. In the case of the Lilienfeld binding, it is not necessary to
-be quite so careful, as with it the vertical axis is in front of the
-foot.
-
-
-CONCLUSION.
-
-The beginner who has read the above remarks probably realises by now
-that _there is no such thing as a perfect ski binding which will
-satisfy everybody_! Some people want extreme lateral rigidity, others a
-little play, and others, again, comparative looseness. It is much the
-same with the vertical movement; if very stiff there is great control,
-valuable for jumping and for lifting the heel in steep hill climbing,
-but the ski “clappers” on the level. If very loose, the toe has to
-carry too much weight,[6] and the advantages of stiffness vanish. There
-can really be no such thing as a happy mean in these matters, and
-everybody must choose that which on the whole is best suited to his
-requirements. Nor can any form of fastening last for ever, and the most
-that one can expect is that a binding should not be continually giving
-way. Do not, therefore, begin by worrying yourself too much about this
-part of your equipment. Buy one or other of the bindings depicted above
-which you think will suit you best, and learn all about its little
-peculiarities and something about ski-running before you decide that
-it is no good. Above all things, avoid boring your more experienced
-friends with binding talk, of which they have all had enough and to
-spare.
-
-
-FOOT-PLATES.
-
-In order to protect the ski and to prevent snow adhering to it under
-the foot it is necessary to fix some sort of anti-sticking material
-to that part which is touched by the boot; and a thin plate of some
-non-corrosive metal is best for this purpose; the india-rubber or
-seal’s skin commonly sold are of little use, and soon wear out.
-
-
-THE STICK.
-
-The stick is a good servant, but a bad master. It is little used by
-first-class runners, except to enable them to increase the speed by
-punting. There can, however, be no doubt that it greatly assists a
-beginner in preserving his balance on difficult ground and in turning.
-On the other hand, it is equally certain that it is frequently the
-cause of his adopting a bad style, of spoiling his balance, and of
-hindering or entirely blocking his progress in the art of turning. To
-jump with a stick in the hand is most dangerous, and, of course, there
-is always the possibility of the stick being lost or broken on tour.
-
-Accordingly there are those who recommend the beginner to leave
-this part of his outfit at home; and much is to be said in favour
-of such advice, especially in the case of a young and active pupil.
-When, however, it is argued that anybody who can go on ski without a
-stick will not have any difficulty in subsequently taking to one, we
-venture to differ. Perhaps in rare cases it may be so, but we have
-had a somewhat extensive experience of beginners of all ages, and we
-have always found it otherwise. The novice who has learnt without a
-stick seems to be greatly embarrassed when one is first placed in his
-hand. Moreover, we have met not a few ski-runners, no longer novices,
-who make very pretty Telemark and Christiania swings on the practice
-ground with hands free, but who break down hopelessly on tour when
-encumbered with a stick. But everybody is agreed that a stick of some
-sort or other should be taken on tour, and we fail to see the use of
-these pretty manœuvres if they cannot be accomplished when really most
-required. This, however, is far from being the whole case for the pole.
-What is your poor elderly friend to do when he tumbles in deep snow?
-It frequently requires considerable activity to get up under such
-circumstances, and what is here mentioned half in jest might really be
-an ugly matter. Besides, nobody over twenty-five can be expected to
-enjoy continual struggling head downwards. People get exhausted, people
-begin to think that it is impossible to learn, and people take to some
-inferior sport which they find easier, and therefore more amusing. Did
-you mutter “Let them go”? Nay; but there we touch the very root of the
-matter. Is ski-running merely a pretty form of athletics for the few,
-or is it a noble sport for the people, leading them forth from stuffy
-houses and narrow roads to the glories of the winter landscape? Surely
-the latter; and we would rather the runner sat on his pole at every
-hill and visited the woods and mountains than that he was the cleverest
-performer on the practice ground and went nowhere else. “But,” it is
-said, “if the beginner accustoms himself to run with a stick in his
-hand he will be quite helpless when he loses it or breaks it, or when
-he wishes to jump.” This is, of course, to some extent true, but the
-case is not so bad as all that. In reality, as above hinted, it is a
-good deal easier to run without a stick than with one after a certain
-stage has been reached; our experience is that the more advanced pupil
-soon learns to appreciate this, and that the transition from stick to
-no stick is seldom difficult. Besides, there is no reason to carry
-matters to extremes and _never_ to practise with the arms free.
-
-[Illustration: THORWALD HANSEN. King’s Prizeman, Norway, ’05.
-
-_Photo by Th. Thorkelsen._]
-
-Our advice, then, is:--_Begin by carrying a stick in the hand, but use
-it only to overcome a difficulty. Endeavour to be as independent of it
-as possible, and practise sometimes without it._
-
-Shall the ski-runner use two sticks or one? and shall it or they be
-furnished with a basket arrangement at the end (see Fig. 12)? These
-are questions which have also been much discussed, and frequently
-rather unprofitably. We think that it all depends on circumstances.
-Two light bamboos with wicker-work discs (Norwegian _Trindser_) at the
-end are very serviceable when one has got beyond the beginner’s stage.
-They help one up hill and along the level, and down hill they may be
-trailed behind in each hand, or on difficult ground held together
-and used as one. The discs are, of course, intended to prevent the
-point penetrating the snow to too great a depth--_not_ to act as
-brakes. But on very steep and hard mountain sides where one may find
-oneself--sometimes with a precipice below--they are far from being a
-source of comfort. On such occasions one prefers to have a single stout
-staff, which one can thrust deeply into the snow, and which one knows
-will not slip or break. And in general we have not found two sticks to
-be of much service in the high Alps, though for lower excursions in
-Switzerland and in the Black Forest and everywhere in Norway we prefer
-them. The novice, however, should, we think, _begin_ with a simple
-staff of good ash or other strong wood, without any disc at the end. He
-is sure to require to use his stick to some extent (indeed, we shall
-advise him lower down to do so), and he would probably only break light
-double sticks. He should get into the habit of holding his stick in
-either hand, and should begin to practise with two as soon as he thinks
-he is far enough advanced to do so. In choosing his stick he will
-select one about as long as from the ground to the top of his shoulder.
-It should be furnished with a metal ferrule and a spike at the lower
-end, and a _broad_ leather loop at the top for the hand.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 12.--Disc for bottom of ski stick, attached by
-metal ears. Staub of Zürich’s pattern.]
-
-The double bamboo sticks should also be about as long as from the
-ground to the shoulder. They are best out from the root end of the
-plant, where it is strongest; the root also serves as a convenient
-lump for the hand to hold. The discs are best attached by a metal
-arrangement, as shown in Fig. 12, and not by boring a hole in the cane
-and passing a piece of leather through it, as is common in Norway. The
-one method holds for a long time; the other breaks very soon.
-
-
-FOOTGEAR.
-
-This is a very important part of a ski-runner’s outfit, and too much
-attention cannot be paid to it. Nevertheless, nothing is commoner in
-Switzerland than to see the early efforts of beginners enormously
-handicapped by unsuitable boots. English ladies, particularly, seem to
-find it difficult to make up their minds to spend the necessary amount
-of money on a suitable pair, and usually appear in thin, high-heeled
-shoes covered by “gouties.” But the acme of thoughtlessness was in our
-experience achieved by a man who went out in patent-leather boots and
-openwork silk socks! The consequences were, of course, frost-bite, and
-he narrowly escaped losing a few toes.
-
-A strongly made, waterproof, low-heeled boot is a necessity, and with
-most modern bindings the sole should be not less than half an inch
-thick. It should be roomy enough to permit of _at least_ three pairs of
-extra thick socks being worn, and there should be plenty of room for
-the toes to “waggle.” With bindings such as Huitfeldt’s it is better
-not to have the toe cut too square, for a more or less wedge-shaped end
-fits better into the toe-irons. In order to resist the pressure of the
-toe-strap it is best to have the leather extra thick in front. The boot
-should fit fairly tightly round the ankle and instep, for reasonable
-firmness at this point does not interfere with the circulation, and
-is of value in preventing sprained ankles and chafed heels. With
-Ellefsen’s binding, where there are no straps across that part of the
-foot, this is of special importance. Nothing is gained by wearing a
-sloppy sort of boot and subsequently imprisoning the foot in tight and
-narrow straps. The strain of moving the ski has to be borne somewhere,
-and it is best to distribute it evenly where it is least felt. In order
-to prevent the heel straps slipping down it is strongly advisable with
-all the bindings mentioned above (except the Lilienfeld) to have a
-small strong strap and buckle sewn to the heel of the boots. The buckle
-should point upwards, and should be fixed quite close. The end of the
-strap then points downwards, and is useful as a sort of shoehorn for
-pulling on the binding.
-
-For Switzerland we would advise the addition of a _few_ nails to the
-sole of the boot. They prevent any slipping about on icy places round
-the house, and they make all the difference to one’s happiness in
-climbing on foot over a pass, or the last few yards of some rocky and
-icy summit. They are not, however, to be recommended in Norway, where
-nobody wears them. Not but what there is plenty of ice round the hotels
-and sanatoria there, but in that country custom is everything, and it
-is better to bear with a bump or two than to offend.
-
-In the Black Forest ski boots are often made of dog or calf skin, with
-the hair left on _outside_. An inner coating of hair is often added,
-but this we think is a mistake, as it is difficult to dry after use.
-The exterior coating of hair is, however, a great protection against
-cold. It wears out in course of time, and then the thing to do is to
-follow the classical example of the King of the Jews and buy another
-pair.
-
-Arctic explorers and others who go to very cold places are unanimous
-as to the virtues of outside hair, and various devices exist to enable
-the runner to fix a covering of it over his ordinary boots. These
-inventions are, however, apt to be too bulky, or to fill up with snow,
-or to be cut by a nailed boot, and we cannot recommend any we have
-seen. A very simple plan is, however, to nail a piece of skin (or
-canvas-covered felt) to the ski in front of the foot, and to pass it
-between the toe-strap and the boot. It should be wide enough and long
-enough to cover the toes, but not, of course, so wide as to project
-and act as a brake. This little dodge helps to keep the toes warm, not
-only by the extra covering which it affords, but also by distributing
-the pressure of the toe-strap over a greater surface; it also to
-some extent prevents snow collecting under the toes and forming an
-uncomfortable lump there.
-
-Boots should be greased now and again, but in moderation, for excessive
-greasing is said to cause cold feet. The boots should be warmed (with
-hot water or otherwise) before the grease is applied. Castor oil is
-excellent for this purpose.
-
-The best kind of socks to wear are very thick ones made of goat’s
-hair; but nowadays they are difficult to get. In Norway so-called
-“Ragge Sokker” are no longer made of pure material, and the modern
-imitation is harsh and uncomfortable. Thick woollen socks known as
-“Ladder” are now largely used, and a pair of these over a good ordinary
-sock are sufficient for most purposes. It is, however, always advisable
-to take a dry pair in one’s rucksack, for, however waterproof one’s
-boots may be, a considerable amount of moisture always accumulates
-inside them. This is due to the condensation of perspiration against
-the cold outer surface of the boot, and is most dangerous in very cold
-weather, when the leather freezes and its pores are choked by ice.
-When this occurs the toe-straps should be loosed and the toes should
-be kept moving. Frost-bite is very insidious, and is frequently quite
-unnoticed by the sufferer till he reaches home and it is too late. The
-consequences may be very serious, and it is impossible to be too much
-on one’s guard.
-
-From the above it will be seen that there is plenty of room for
-improvement in the ski-runner’s footgear. We recommend a thick
-under-sock, a pair of good “Ladder,” a stout boot, fitting well about
-the ankle, but with plenty of room at the toes, and a piece of skin
-covering the toes and held in position by the toe strap. But, all the
-same, we frequently suffer from cold feet, and we wish somebody would
-invent something better.
-
-
-OTHER CLOTHES.
-
-Other clothes are of minor importance. Remember that the season and
-the snow are cold, that the latter melts, that the exercise is at
-times very violent, and then you are not likely to try wading trousers
-or an umbrella. The best clothes for ski-runners are, perhaps,
-knickerbockers and a double-breasted jacket. Choose a material of
-smooth texture, for woolly stuffs catch the snow, which soon forms into
-icy lumps, betraying the novice and melting unpleasantly in a warm
-room. All openings at the neck, sleeves, knees, and ankles must have
-an arrangement to fit closely to keep out the snow, which is apt to
-find its way in, especially in the earlier stages of practice. Let the
-cap, or soft felt hat, be provided with flaps, to protect the ears in
-a sharp breeze. The so-called St. Moritz cap is excellently adapted to
-the purpose. Thick woollen gloves, long enough to reach high above the
-wrist, are indispensable, and a second pair ought to be in the pocket
-as a change, for wet gloves in a cold wind are the surest road to
-frost-bite. Puttees are probably the best means to shut the top of the
-boot and to cover the stockings. Some sort of wind-jacket is necessary
-in the Norwegian mountains and elsewhere where strong winds prevail.
-A capital one is in use in Austria. It is made of very thin oil-silk
-in the form of a sort of smock-frock, with a hood at the back for the
-head. It weighs almost nothing, and is warmer than any sweater. With
-this and a pair of trousers of the same material one may laugh at the
-most biting wind that ever blew, and the dangers of a night out become
-greatly minimised.
-
-
-ACCESSORIES.
-
-The RÜCKSACK--Norwegian Rypesæk--came originally from the Tyrol, and is
-by far the best means of carrying things. It should be made of stout
-waterproof canvas, and should be provided with broad shoulder-straps.
-We advise the novice to buy as good a one as he can afford; he will
-find it useful for other things besides ski-running.
-
-SMOKED GLASSES, or some such device as that recommended below, will
-generally have to be worn above the tree-line to protect the eyes from
-snow-blindness. The precise nature of this complaint does not appear
-to be understood. It appears to be more prevalent in some countries
-than in others, and is not, we think, entirely a matter of intensity
-of light. It seems, for example, to be more dangerous in the Norwegian
-mountains than in Switzerland. Like frost-bite, it is insidious, and
-the patient frequently is not seriously inconvenienced till after the
-damage is done. Some people, too, are far more susceptible to it than
-others. Instead of smoked glass, which is liable to become dimmed by
-the condensation upon it of moisture, we prefer a simple oblong piece
-of leather, 6in. long and about 1in. broad, with two oval-shaped holes
-in it opposite the eyes, say, ½in. long by ⅜in. broad; a slit for the
-nose to hold it in position, and two pieces of string to bind it round
-the head.
-
-[Illustration: IN DERBYSHIRE, NOVEMBER, ’04.
-
-_Photo by C. R. Wingfield._]
-
-The WATER-BOTTLE should be of sufficient capacity; one to hold about a
-litre is convenient. It should be provided with a felt covering and a
-tight-fitting cork. What to put into it is a matter of choice, though
-much alcohol is not to be recommended. Personally we have given up
-compounding drinks of cold tea, sugar, and wine, for the reason that
-they are so nice that we drink more at a time than we should. Our
-companions, too, look at us with such longing eyes that it is difficult
-to resist their dumb appeal. Such a water-bottle is soon empty. Plain
-sugar and water is not so nice, but is very sustaining, the sugar being
-very rapidly digested, and a raw egg or two adds to the value of the
-compound. Dried prunes, acidulated drops, and other sweetmeats will be
-found very pleasant on a ski tour, even though one never touches them
-at other times. Louis Stevenson has observed that the hungrier a man is
-the more he appreciates delicacies, so do not let your luncheon consist
-entirely of plain beef sandwiches. Remember, too, that it is better to
-eat little and often than largely and all at once.
-
-SOME SORT OF REPAIRING OUTFIT and a spare ski tip should always be
-taken with one. There are little light metal tips on the market made
-to fit over a broken ski which are very useful. The kind that fixes
-with a screw is best, as the other is apt to come off. If, however, one
-has the latter, a small screw-nail through it would keep it in place.
-With one of these tips, and the means of making an improvised binding
-with a few screw eyes and nails, a washer or two, and some straps, the
-runner should be able to get home easily enough wherever his ski may
-break. The reader must use his ingenuity in such matters, remembering
-always that it is impossible to execute very elaborate repairs with
-cold fingers.
-
-There are other odds and ends more or less useful on tour, a
-description of which will be found in any dealer’s list.
-
-
-PART III.
-
-TECHNICAL.
-
-
-PRELIMINARY ADVICE.
-
-We would very strongly recommend the beginner to make his first efforts
-on some one or other of the good snow conditions described on pp. 21
-and 22. Freshly fallen deep snow is especially to be avoided, for not
-only does it afford heavy and difficult going, but a fall in it is apt
-to be dangerous. This is, of course, the reverse of what one would
-expect; but what happens is that the ski sink in deeply, and in the
-event of a fall they are apt to stick and sprain the ankle or knee.
-The firmer the snow the better it is, provided always that it be of
-sufficient depth and that it be fair snow, and not ice-crust.
-
-All things considered, we would advise the beginner to learn to go
-slowly before he learns to go fast. That is to say, as soon as he can
-run straight fairly well, we would have him learn how to regulate
-his speed and steer by means of what is known as “stemming” (see
-_infra_, p. 69). In practising this movement he will at the same time
-learn how to balance himself with the weight on one foot, a necessary
-accomplishment; for, though in ski-running both ski are usually kept
-on the ground, _the weight is nearly always mainly on one foot_. It is
-well to pause and try to appreciate this very important fact before
-reading further.
-
-After he has learnt something of stemming, and provided that he has
-followed our instructions and used his pole as little as possible
-(and then only as we direct), he should not find much difficulty in
-acquiring some speed in glissading. He should then begin to take short
-tours of, say, an hour or two’s duration, gradually lengthening them as
-his proficiency increases. _He should when on tour endeavour to apply
-the knowledge which he has gained on the practice ground, and on the
-practice ground he should try to overcome those difficulties which he
-has encountered on tour._ There is no sense in keeping on climbing up
-and sliding straight down the same easy hill; yet such is the commonest
-form of ski-ing at fashionable Swiss winter resorts!
-
-As soon as the beginner can “turn on the spot,” run straight fairly
-well, and “stem,” he _can_ (we do not say he _should_) go where he
-pleases. He will, however, remain slow and awkward, and he will miss a
-great deal of the beauty of the sport if he rests content with these
-easy accomplishments. We trust that he will be of a more ambitious
-disposition, and that he will proceed to the mastery of the “S” turn
-and of the “Telemark” and “Christiania” swings; and we strongly
-recommend him to learn something of jumping, not only on account of the
-amusement which he will certainly derive from it, but because it is the
-very best means of gaining a good balance for ordinary running.
-
-It is of the greatest importance to cultivate a freedom and elasticity
-of movement and position. The muscles should be as strong as iron,
-but as flexible as rope. The knees should be pliant, and should act
-like the springs of a carriage in relation to the rest of the body. Be
-watchful, but courageous, and try hard not to fall.
-
-
-LEAN FORWARD!
-
-Lean forward is the watchword of the ski-runner, and it is just as well
-to explain what is meant by it before proceeding further.
-
-Place your ski parallel, one about a foot in front of the other, and
-throw the body forward as much as possible; one ought to feel as if
-about to fall on one’s nose. To the onlooker one seems to be standing
-on the _entire_ sole of the foot, but in reality all the weight rests
-on the front part and the toes. Thus, stand erect on the ski, the knees
-a little bent, and then lean forward without bending any part of your
-body (especially not the region of the hips) and without raising the
-heel; then you ought to feel what is meant. Never assume a position as
-if sitting down or about to do so, because that would press down the
-heel. Every violation of this great rule of leaning forward is punished
-by the ski “bolting” from under one.
-
-
-TO LIFT THE POINT OF THE SKI.
-
-To lift the point of the ski seems a very simple matter, but it is at
-least ten to one that the novice will do it wrong. Press the heel of
-the ski down on the ground with your heel, and lift the point upwards
-with your toe. _Do not raise any part of your foot from the ski._
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 13.--Turning on the Spot.]
-
-To lift the heel of the ski reverse the above. Here it will not be
-possible to keep the heel of the foot on the heel of the ski, but the
-binding will raise the latter from the ground to some extent.
-
-
-TURNING ON THE SPOT.
-
-Turning on the spot is a puzzle to the beginner, though simple when
-shown.
-
-Lift one ski straight to the front (see Fig. 13 (1)), putting the heel
-end as far away from you as you can, then turn it outwards and away
-from you smartly, swinging the point right round and leaving the heel
-resting on the snow, then put it down, point by heel, alongside of the
-other ski. This twisted position (Fig. 13 (2)) is the only difficulty,
-but very few attempts will soon show that it is not so bad or cramped
-as it seemed at first. In this position hold the knees slightly bent.
-Lastly, _raise the point_ of the other ski and swing it round. You
-will find it easier to learn this movement with the assistance of your
-stick, which should first be held obliquely across the body, pointing
-in the opposite direction to that in which you are turning. Then after
-assuming position (2) shift it across as in (3), and lastly swing round
-the other ski. As soon as you are proficient with the help of the stick
-practise without it--and, of course, both to right and to left. It is
-not necessary to stand on the snow in order to learn these movements.
-The carpet will do, but remove all Dresden china from the immediate
-neighbourhood.
-
-
-WALKING WITH SKI ON THE LEVEL.
-
-Walking with ski on the level differs from ordinary walking or skating
-in this, that _one must not strike out_, there being no fulcrum or
-point of resistance. Keep the ski _parallel_ and _as close together as
-possible_ (closer than shown in the diagram), for a narrow spoor has
-many advantages, besides being “good form.” Throw the weight of the
-body forward and _slide on the advanced leg_; the “hind” leg must be
-absolutely disengaged--that is to say, do not strike out by trying to
-press the snow with it. Begin with long, slow steps, lunging forward
-with bent knee (Fig. 14). Do not lift the ski from the ground, but
-slide along regularly and conscientiously; do not hurry or flurry, but
-save your breath. In one’s first steps one must specially cultivate
-precision, sliding forward with ski exactly parallel, and distributing
-the weight properly. Lean forward! slide![7]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 14.--On the Level.
-
-The ski should be kept closer together than shown. The closer the
-better.]
-
-A single stick on the level is of but little service, but with two
-sticks the pace can be considerably increased, especially on a good
-firm surface. Both sticks should be thrown forward simultaneously,
-and the slide on the advanced leg accelerated by a vigorous push with
-both arms. When proceeding in this way it is well to observe some kind
-of rhythm; and, as the snow is seldom slippery enough to admit of a
-push at each step, one should run, for example, one, two, three steps
-(swinging the sticks forward), and then push with the arms, sliding on,
-say, the right leg; then run one, two, three steps and push, sliding on
-the left leg, and so on.
-
-
-UP-HILL.
-
-To the laity it is a matter for wonder how it is possible to climb any
-considerable hill at all on ski. We remember well the look of polite
-incredulity which passed across the face of a mountaineering friend
-some years ago when we told him that a certain well-known pass in the
-Alps had been traversed in winter. He had tried ski himself, but had
-made very little of them, and the pass in question is a stiff one to
-negotiate even in summer. But now long climbs on ski in winter have
-become so common that it is unnecessary to pursue the subject further
-than to quote the classical observation of Olaus Magnus, “There exists
-no mountain, however high, which by means of cunning by-ways he (the
-ski-runner) cannot surmount.”
-
-[Illustration: A STIFF CLIMB.
-
-_Photo by E. C. Richardson._]
-
-It is, however, well to observe here that some of the accounts of the
-ease with which one can climb hills on ski have been exaggerated. In
-rare conditions of perfect snow one may perhaps ascend as quickly as
-in summer, but, roughly speaking, it may be said that ski are about
-twenty-five per cent. slower up-hill than boots. We are here, of
-course, speaking of climbing a steep mountain where it is necessary
-to zig-zag (see _infra_), and not of walking straight up a moderate
-slope. Moreover, whether we slide the ski upwards in winter or whether
-we carry a corresponding weight on our backs in summer, the fact
-remains that some 10lb. or so have to be raised so many feet, and we
-are handicapped to that extent. Where ski really have the advantage is
-after the summit has been reached--of which more anon.
-
-Up to a certain degree of steepness (varying with the quality of the
-snow) there is little or no difference between the methods used for
-climbing and for walking on the level. Snow is not an absolutely
-slippery substance, and the ski always adhere to it to some extent.
-There comes, however, very soon a point beyond which we can no longer
-slide as on the level, and shortly after-wards another, where the force
-of gravity overcomes the “stickiness” of the snow and we begin to slip
-back. These points are very different with the expert and the beginner,
-and the former will slide easily straight up a slope upon which the
-latter will slip hopelessly.
-
-In ascending a steep incline the art lies (1) in knowing (and only
-experience can teach one) just how steeply one can go without a slip;
-(2) in the correct placing of the ski in the snow; and (3) in the
-correct balancing of the body upon the ski when so placed. The correct
-placing of the ski is not a difficult matter. The secret lies in
-raising the point of the ski (see p. 53) an inch or two from the ground
-and bringing it _straight_ down with a _firm_ stamp. The stamp is at
-first nearly always made too gently by ladies and too hard by men.
-Imagine you are cracking a walnut--that will be about right. Remember
-that _where the foot is brought down there it must stop_. If it slips
-even the least tiny bit you must stamp again.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 15.--_Climbing a slope._--_s_ = the fall of the
-slope; _t_ = turn here. The shaded parts are obstructions (rocks, thick
-growth, &c.).]
-
-Next bring the weight forward as evenly as possible on to the ski you
-have stamped, and advance the other leg. In doing so take the greatest
-care to balance the weight of the body _straight over_ the stamped ski;
-lean neither backwards nor forwards, or you are certain to slip.
-
-In hill-climbing it is, of course, expedient to go as steeply as
-possible, but the beginner will find that it pays best to take things
-easily at first, as a single slip backwards is more exhausting than
-twenty steps forwards.
-
-To negotiate a steep slope one must go across and upward at a
-convenient angle, making a zig-zag track, as an engineer would plan a
-good mountain road (Fig. 15). Turn at the corners as described, p. 55,
-and when so doing remember to assume a safe standing position, for
-a slip on a steep slope may be attended by unpleasant consequences.
-The correct position in which to stand before turning is clearly with
-the ski horizontally in space--that is to say, at right angles to the
-direction of the gradient; then one cannot slip while engrossed in the
-task.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 16.--“_Herring-boning._”--The figure is in the act
-of lifting the right ski over the heel of the left. The light lines are
-his tracks.
-
-NOTE.--Swing the body well, as shown.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 17.--_Hill climbing sideways._--Used only on very
-steep slopes. The light lines are old tracks.]
-
-The diagrams on page 59 show two other methods of hill-climbing which
-are chiefly useful for short slopes. They are both too fatiguing to
-be employed for any length of time. A modification of the style shown
-in Fig. 17 is, however, very useful, especially on crusted snow. It
-consists in going forwards and upwards at the same time, lifting the
-ski at every step. This is not so very tiring, and may on a hard
-surface be kept up for a considerable length of time without undue
-fatigue. The track formed will appear as under.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-                       ----------
-                   ----------
-               ----------
-           ----------
-      ----------
-  ----------
-]
-
-It is important when proceeding in this way to remember, when lifting
-the _upper_ ski, _to raise its heel from the snow_ (see p. 55) _and
-place it well up-hill in a horizontal position_. Most beginners move
-only the front part of the ski, and place it in the snow with the
-heel pointing down hill. Even if the upper ski does not slip in this
-wrong position (as usually happens), the lower ski, when it comes to
-be lifted, is sure to be placed across the heel of the upper ski,
-imprisoning it and preventing the next step being taken. You are
-certain to make this mistake very frequently at first, and it will land
-you in all sorts of difficulties and entanglements, but do not forget
-that we warned you against it.
-
-A single stick is not of any very positive assistance up-hill, though
-it has a negative value on _very_ steep ground both in aiding the
-balance and in giving a feeling of security against slipping. In
-traversing a slope it should be held across the body with the point
-touching the snow on the upper side. The beginner will also find it
-useful to assist him in rising to his feet after a fall. He should,
-however, entirely abandon all idea of pulling himself up-hill with
-his stick; to do so is quite impossible. Balance is what is required,
-_plus_ a little thigh muscle, which will come with practice.
-
-Two sticks are, however, of considerable help, especially on moderate
-slopes up which it is possible to go straight. They should be placed
-in the snow alternately, after the manner which nature dictates. In
-traversing steep ground they cease to be of service, for the lower one
-is not long enough to reach the slope below one’s feet, and the upper
-one cannot be used effectively on the bank at one’s side. Under such
-circumstances it is better, and safer, to hold them together and to use
-them as one, as described above.
-
-In general for long climbs it is best to go comparatively slowly and to
-“keep at it.” The speed of a party should be that of the slowest man.
-If you happen to be that unfortunate individual, don’t lag behind if
-you can help it, but don’t hesitate to shout to the others if they are
-going too fast for you. If, however, they are novices and persist in
-rushing, slow down and go your own pace. It is not at all improbable
-that if you go steadily you may be the first at the top, after all; but
-even if you arrive twenty minutes later than the others you are in no
-wise dishonoured.
-
-Strictly between ourselves, we rather like to be last man, and to allow
-our more energetic friends to go on ahead. The last man has far the
-easiest place on a newly made track, and we do not thirst for the glory
-of breaking the snow.
-
-But, of course, a properly organised party should keep together, and
-its members should take it in turns to go ahead. It is in itself
-a pleasure to move steadily upwards in this way, the ski and the
-sticks keeping time, and it makes the way seem shorter and easier for
-everybody.
-
-One concluding word of advice may here be given. Eat your lunch
-some little distance below your intended highest point. The tops of
-mountains and passes are apt to be draughty, and, besides, it is much
-better to begin the run down when the muscles are warm and supple than
-to wait till after they have turned cold and stiff from sitting about.
-
-
-GLIDING DOWN.
-
-Gliding down is the characteristic part of ski-running, as distinct
-from the use of pattens, Canadian snow-shoes, &c. It is the reward
-reaped after the labours of the climb. The ascent is, indeed, a
-struggle against gravity, but the descent is the highest advantage
-that any physical exercise can safely derive from terrestrial
-attraction.
-
-Let us imagine ourselves on the top of some long Norwegian mountain
-ready for the plunge. There is a clear course between the steep rocks
-near the top, and an open run across the glacier below to the terminal
-moraine a mile off. We can see every yard of the way, and all is fair
-going, yet we feel just the merest tinge of nervousness, for the
-incline is steep, and looks steeper than it is. But there is really no
-danger, so it is over the edge and off! In an instant all fears are
-left behind, for now balance and quickness of eye are to be put to the
-test, and the wind is whistling and the snow dust spurting. We whiz
-past the rocks and over a few inequalities, negotiated here by a spring
-and a flight of a few yards through the air and there by a compensating
-yielding of the knees. Now we rush out on to the smooth surface of the
-glacier, where there is no jar and no vibration. Our feet seem to have
-vanished, and we lean, as it were, in space, with the ice-wind pressed
-against us. There is no more need for balancing, and no thought of
-falling, so even is the motion and so trustworthy the snow. Smoothly
-our wooden wings bear us onwards, and the furlongs lie behind! But the
-end approaches, the slope becomes less steep, the pace slackens, and
-presently we glide gently up the opposite slope of the moraine and turn
-to watch our companions.
-
-Such is the best picture we can give you of a good straight glissade
-on ski; but there is not the slightest reason, friend novice, why you
-yourself should not enjoy the reality ere long. You must, however,
-learn to walk before you can run, and we would have you make your first
-attempts on some quite easy slope, removed if possible from the public
-gaze. A few obstacles, such as trees, scattered about do not matter,
-as you are not in the least likely to run into them, and they serve to
-accustom the eye to their presence. If possible, let there be a gradual
-outrun at the bottom of the hill. Practise there awhile, and as soon as
-you can run down without a fall move on somewhere else to a place where
-the ground is steeper and more uneven.
-
-To start on steep ground is a little difficult at first. Stand
-horizontally to the direction of the slope. Then _as quickly as
-possible_ lift round first the lower and then the upper ski. Lean
-forward and off! If you are quick and lean forward, the ski will not
-bolt from under you; if you are slow and hang back, they will.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 18.--_Gliding on ski._--1. Correct position; 2 and
-3. Dangerous and incorrect.]
-
-The correct position for descending a hill is that shown in Fig. 18
-(1) above. Keep the ski parallel and _as close together as you can_
-(touching if possible), advance one foot about twelve inches, and let
-the main weight of the body rest on the ball of the “hind” foot; feel
-your way, so to speak, with the front foot. _Lean forward. Bend the
-knees slightly, and be as free and as elastic about them as possible._
-Practise with either foot leading. Avoid any affected and ridiculous
-pose. Do not, for example, if you are running without a stick, hold
-the arms straight out from the body as though you were walking a
-tight-rope. To do so may slightly assist the balance, but you cannot
-run like this with a stick in your hand, and it is far better not to
-get into bad habits. No. 3 in the diagram (p. 63) is a very common
-attitude, but it is as bad as bad can be. The wide spoor is a cause of
-instability, the _extreme_ bending of the knee is a source of weakness,
-and there is a very fair chance of the runner (if he falls forward)
-knocking out his front teeth against his stick. Hold that article
-_clear of the ground_ in a safe position as shown (No. 1, p. 63), and
-practise sometimes without it. _Above all things, do not lean backwards
-on to the pole_, for the consequence of so doing is that the upper part
-of the body is retarded in its speed, and, being thus left further and
-further behind, a spill on lumpy ground becomes inevitable. There is
-a right way of using the pole for braking and turning, which will be
-explained further on, but until some little skill in simple straight
-glissading is gained it is best not to trouble about this. We strongly
-advise you in the meanwhile not to use the stick at all, but, for
-reasons previously stated (see pp. 44 and 45), to practise with it held
-in the hand clear of the ground.
-
-Double sticks should be held up one in each hand or trailed behind.
-
-The position shown in Fig. 18 (1) is the safest position for running
-over unbroken snow, for by advancing the foot one lengthens the running
-surface and so glides more easily over any inequalities, and by holding
-the ski together one is less disturbed by any lateral irregularities.
-But on an icy road it will be found easier to run with the feet more
-level and somewhat apart, for there another disturbing factor, side
-slip, comes into play.
-
-So, again, when changes of the snow’s surface are likely to occur,
-causing the ski at one time to run freely and at another to stick, it
-will be found better to crouch close down to the ground, for by doing
-so one lowers the centre of gravity, and is less likely to be pitched
-forward when entering the slow snow. And there will be other occasions
-when the runner will find it necessary to more or less modify the
-position shown in Fig. 18 (1). Nevertheless, this attitude may safely
-be considered the _normal_ one for descending hills on ski, and the
-beginner is recommended to study it carefully, and to adhere to it as
-closely as circumstances will permit.
-
-
-FALLING AND GETTING UP.
-
-As to the former, we beg to offer Mr. Punch’s advice to those about
-to marry--“don’t.” Every ski-runner falls more or less, the beginner
-very much, the expert very rarely. But most novices are apt to throw
-themselves down far oftener than there is any occasion for. Do not,
-therefore, give up simply because you lose your balance a little; very
-frequently if you try hard you will be able to keep upright. If you
-make up your mind to “stand” down a difficult hill, the chances are
-that you will succeed in doing so; but if you are nervous and hang
-back, you are almost certain to come to grief. It is specially true
-of ski-running that fortune favours the brave. When, however, a fall
-cannot be avoided, we would advise you, if possible, to cast yourself
-down sideways and backwards; but if the whole affair is beyond your
-control, then relax every muscle in your body and let yourself go. Make
-no attempt to save yourself or stop rolling. Then there will be no
-snapping of tense sinews.
-
-You will generally find out the easiest way of getting up for yourself,
-but two little artifices may here be mentioned. One is to get on to the
-back of your ski in deep snow; and the other is to bring the ski below
-you on a steep slope and to place them at right angles to the gradient
-before attempting to rise.
-
-
-SLIGHT CHANGES OF DIRECTION.
-
-Slight changes of direction can be made by leaning the body a little
-this way or that. This is very easy, and requires no explanation.
-
-
-“SKATING.”
-
-Another way of steering is to lift one of the ski and place it down in
-the direction in which one wishes to go, at the same time striking out
-with the other foot as in skating. This accomplishment is not exactly
-pretty, but it is very useful. One can thus help the ski round a bend
-in a road or thread one’s way down a gentle slope amongst trees without
-losing speed. It is, however, impossible to execute a very rapid turn
-in this manner. A good way of practising “skating” is to do a sort of
-“inside edge” on any firm surface (_e.g._, a snow-covered lake) on the
-level. One strikes out with the ski in the same manner as with skates
-on ice.
-
-
-BRAKING WITH THE STICK.
-
-This method of controlling the speed has been the subject of a good
-deal of discussion. The objections to it are (1) that it is a less
-powerful method than any of the others to be mentioned later on; (2)
-that it requires greater strength; (3) that the stick is liable to
-break and leave the runner helpless; (4) that _its constant use is
-conducive to a bad style of running, spoiling the balance, and making
-the learning of the other movements more difficult_. Nevertheless, we
-doubt whether even the cleverest novice will be able to stop quickly
-by means of the “Telemark” or “Christiania” swings for at least a
-month or two, and most people will take far longer to learn to do them
-even moderately well. How, then, are the poor things to manage in the
-meantime? “By snow-ploughing and by stemming,” you reply. Certainly,
-but the fact is that with these methods when no stick is used it is
-quite impossible, when travelling very fast, to stop suddenly, though
-with the help of the stick it is easy to do so.
-
-But we will here go a step further and assert that there are places and
-conditions of snow where the use of the stick becomes imperative even
-to the expert, as, for example, when traversing a steep and crusted
-slope with a precipice below it. We propose therefore, to deal with the
-proper way of managing it before proceeding further.
-
-_The important thing to remember in using the stick is to hold it quite
-short_, and _as far in front as possible_. Do not let it drag behind.
-
-The accompanying diagrams illustrate a right and a wrong method. Note
-that in (1) the left forearm and hand of the runner should rest against
-the inside of the shin of his left (advanced) leg. The left hand serves
-as a fulcrum, the long end of the lever being held in the right.
-Considerable power may be obtained in this manner, but it is not always
-feasible on lumpy ground. You must use your own judgment as to when to
-employ it, bearing in mind the above principle. But, above all things,
-do not assume the position depicted in (2). Here, even though the
-entire weight of the body rests on the stick, its braking value (owing
-to the angle at which it touches the snow) is very slight. In this
-position the ski gradually slide further and further ahead, leaving the
-stick, with the runner clinging to it, further and further behind; all
-balance and all control are lost, and as soon as a little inequality is
-met with a spill occurs.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 19.--_Braking with the stick._--1. A right way; 2.
-A wrong way.]
-
-There exists a way of sitting with the _thigh_ on the pole (_not_ with
-the junction of the legs) for braking on narrow, steep, and icy roads,
-where all other means are simply out of the question (see Fig. 20);
-and for the successful execution of this manœuvre it is necessary to
-note the following points very carefully. Assuming one wishes to sit
-on the left thigh, then the left hand grasps the end of the pole which
-protrudes below. Let this hand be close to the seat, and let the part
-of the stick between hand and point be as short as possible. The right
-hand _rests on the right knee_, and seizes the upper end of the pole.
-This is important, for it is the use of the knee as a support for the
-upper hand which gives rigidity to the whole arrangement and allows
-one to hold out over long distances. The leg--the one on which one
-sits (in the example to the left)--is stretched out in front, and by
-shifting the weight from the ski to the point of the pole one can stop
-instantly, even on clear ice.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 20.--_Correct stick riding._]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 21.--_Snow ploughing._ Showing a method of using
-the stick.]
-
-
-SNOW-PLOUGHING.
-
-We now come to a better method of stopping and braking. Snow-ploughing
-is used for reducing the pace and stopping _when running straight
-down_. In principle it is very simple, and it is quite easy to learn.
-The heels of the ski are pressed apart, and the toes held together,
-by which means a V-shaped kind of plough is formed, the friction of
-which against the snow causes one to stop. The wider the angle of the
-V the greater, of course, will be the braking power. The weight is
-distributed evenly between the two ski, and when the snow is hard both
-are turned slightly on to their inner edges. When the snow is soft it
-is best to hold them flat. The method is particularly serviceable on a
-hard road, and under such conditions, even when travelling fast, it can
-be employed quite suddenly without fear of accidents. But on soft snow
-any attempt to use it when running fast will result in the ski crossing
-and a fall forwards. Under such conditions nobody has strength
-enough to hold the ski apart. One must accordingly stop (by some other
-means) and then, if one wishes to proceed slowly, place the ski in the
-V-shaped position and restart.
-
-[Illustration: RECONNOITRING. Half-way up Piz Nier.
-
-_Photo by E. C. Richardson._]
-
-The stick is a useful adjunct to snow-ploughing, and Fig. 21 shows a
-serviceable way of holding it.
-
-
-SIDE-SLIPPING.
-
-On _very_ steep slopes, especially if such be icy, it is sometimes
-necessary to slip down sideways. This is simply accomplished by holding
-the ski at right angles to the fall of the slope and keeping them
-_flat_ on the snow (or ice-crust) instead of edging them. The stick
-is held in the snow above the runner, and assists him in preserving
-his balance, for the motion is necessarily somewhat irregular.
-Side-slipping is, however, nothing but a method of descending a
-dangerous slope where snow-ploughing, “stemming,” &c. (see _infra_),
-are out of the question. It is not amusing or pretty, but merely
-occasionally useful.
-
-
-STEMMING.
-
-Stemming is akin to snow-ploughing, and by some German writers the
-stemming position is termed the half-snow-plough position. It is a most
-valuable way of reducing the speed when _traversing_ a slope which one
-does not desire to, or cannot, descend straight, and it is also of
-great service for turning and stopping under all circumstances. Whilst
-of ancient origin and known to all good Norwegian runners, stemming
-is but little used in Norway. The chief reasons for this are that the
-ground in that country is not in general steep enough to necessitate
-traversing, and that most Norwegians are from early childhood familiar
-with the more difficult Telemark and Christiania swings. On the
-Continent, however, the ground is usually steeper and the skill of the
-runner less, and there stemming has been found to be very useful. We
-have no hesitation in recommending the beginner to learn it at this
-stage if he wants to tour as soon as possible, and eventually to become
-a good all-round ski-runner.
-
-At Lilienfeld, a small village near Vienna, stemming was hit upon,
-quite independently, by a Herr Zdarsky (an Austrian gentleman to
-whom we have already referred), who turned a philosophical mind to
-its scientific development. The description which we give of it
-is practically the same as that given in his book. Herr Zdarsky
-recommends the use of his own special binding, and employs a shortish,
-smooth-bottomed ski with a bluff entrance. We have found, however, that
-the movements can be made with any good firm binding and with any ski,
-though they are undoubtedly easier, both to learn and to accomplish, on
-a flat-bottomed short ski, than on a relatively long and grooved ski.
-(See p. 32.)
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 22.--_Stemming._]
-
-In learning stemming one distinguishes between the “glider” (the
-sliding ski) and the “braker” (the stemming ski). On a hillside the
-glider is the upper of the two. The glider must point in the direction
-in which one wishes to go. The lower ski, the braker, is kept a little
-behind the other, so as to prevent the glider crossing it, and is held
-in the position shown in the above diagram (Fig. 22). In order to
-ensure smooth and accurate progress it is highly important to remember
-to _keep both ski flat on the snow_.
-
-Begin by running obliquely across and down a good steep slope in this
-position, _keeping all the weight of the body on the glider, and
-merely brushing the snow lightly with the braker_. Choose a gradient
-of sufficient steepness to keep you moving at a rate of, say, three
-or four miles an hour, and endeavour to run smoothly and to keep in a
-straight line.
-
-In practising this you will discover that by pressing more or less on
-the braker you can turn up-hill, stop, or go slow, just as you please.
-We accordingly formulate directions for so doing.
-
-TO TURN UP-HILL.--Press lightly on the braker, edging it into the snow.
-
-TO STOP.--Press hard, and turn the body up-hill. You will find yourself
-come round with a swing. This method of stopping can, of course, be
-used anywhere--_e.g._, on the level after running straight down, where,
-if one wishes to stop by (say) a turn to the right, one stems with the
-left ski, at the same time turning the body to the right.
-
-TO SLIGHTLY REDUCE THE SPEED.--Press a little on the braker without
-altering your direction.
-
-Practise these three things patiently, constantly remembering the
-injunctions: Glider flat! Weight on glider! (or on braker, to stop!)
-Lean forward! Heels apart! Points together! (which latter means that
-one must keep the tip of the braker close to the _side_ of the glider,
-and about a foot behind its tip).
-
-On hard snow both ski will have to be edged so as to afford a grip on
-the impenetrable surface and to prevent side-slip. And between the
-extremes of the softest and the hardest snow the runner will discover
-many instances where he may have to edge the braker a little while
-going. But let him, all the same, interpret these remarks as absolutely
-as he can, and always try hard to hold the ski _as flat as possible_.
-
-_Practise on steep ground_, because there mistakes are more easily
-discovered, and the correct way soon proclaims its advantages.
-
-Fig. 23 illustrates the proper position for the ski in stemming. The
-arrow “s” is the fall of the slope, for the reader is looking straight
-at the mountain; “d” is the direction in which the runner wishes to go
-obliquely across this slope. This direction is on the whole that of
-the glider “g.” The braker “b” brushes the snow with its entire length,
-thus producing a _broad_ track, the direct evidence of the braking
-power--_i.e._, friction. Therefore, weight _off_ the braker for going,
-_on_ for stopping. The steeper the slope the wider must be the angle
-formed by the two ski. The little circle “p” shows whereabouts the
-point of the pole should be--that is, a little behind the upper foot.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 23.--_Position for the ski in stemming._]
-
-The pole may be used to facilitate balance when executing these
-movements, its point lightly furrowing the snow. It will also be found
-to considerably assist a sudden stop, for by pressing it into the
-ground and throwing all the weight on to the braker the glider becomes
-entirely disengaged, and there is less chance of its crossing the
-braker, as is otherwise apt to happen when running very fast. Hold the
-pole fairly short, do not lean back on it, and do not use it more than
-is really necessary.
-
-
-TO MAKE A DOWN-HILL CURVE.
-
-The foregoing section gave the beginner directions for turning quickly
-up-hill, but how shall he, when crossing a steep slope, turn quickly
-down-hill and, without stopping, continue his traverse in the opposite
-direction?
-
-To do this is evidently a most valuable accomplishment, for if the
-runner cannot achieve it he is obliged at the end of his traverse to
-stop and turn as described on p. 55 before he can start off again on
-the other tack.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 24.
-
-_A circular curve to the left._
-
-(=O= represents the =pole=.)
-
-This is the fall of the Slope.
-
-=1.=--You are coming obliquely from above, in the direction of the
-arrow “_d_.” First give a vigorous stem with the lower ski “_b_.” Then
-
-=2.=--Let your body sink forward to the left; pull heels more apart.
-
-=3.=--Now you are looking straight down the slope. Just before this
-moment you had time to change your stick over. _Both ski flat. Weight
-on ski nearest this print._ Note the position for the pole.
-
-=4.=--Coming into stemming “right.”
-
-=5.=--_Done._ Continuing your way stemming “right.”]
-
-Here is the easiest way to learn.
-
-First reduce the speed by a vigorous “stem,” _taking care not to turn
-up-hill_ in so doing. Then, keeping _both_ ski rigidly _flat_ and
-holding the heels far apart and the points of the ski close together,
-turn the body down-hill. LEAN FORWARD, AND THROW ALL THE WEIGHT ON TO
-THE OUTSIDE (LOWER) SKI.
-
-You will then, if you have followed these directions _in every
-particular_, come round with a delightful swish and find yourself
-starting off comfortably in the other direction.
-
-Change the stick to the other side of the body when about half round,
-because at that instant one is almost stationary for half a second or
-so.
-
-The more one pulls the heels apart the shorter and neater the curve
-will be.
-
-If success does not follow, it is due to some mistake, such as not
-leaning forward (one will then sit down), or edging the ski (they
-catch in the snow and overthrow the runner), or not tearing the heels
-sufficiently apart and throwing the weight on to the lower ski (which
-causes one to go off at a tangent instead of completing the arc).
-
-The words of command for the curve are, then: Lean forward! Ski flat!
-Heels apart! Weight on the lower ski!
-
-The diagrams pp. 73 and 75 should be of assistance in enabling the
-beginner to understand what is meant. On a really steep hill it
-requires a considerable amount of nerve to make up one’s mind to plunge
-for an instant headlong downwards. One’s natural inclination is to hang
-back and lean inwards, but this is precisely what one must not do.
-
-The stick will be found to be of considerable assistance in making this
-curve, a little touch with it in the snow just as one is coming round
-being a great help to the balance. When shifting it across as above
-described, hold it rather short and place it in the snow well _in front
-of you_. This will assist you in leaning forward. Do not, however,
-attempt to spin round leaning on it; to do so throws the weight inside,
-which is quite fatal. It is, of course, perfectly possible to make
-the turn without a stick at all, but to do so is difficult on very
-steep ground. Practise on a moderate slope to begin with; when you
-become proficient move on to steeper and yet steeper places; but, of
-course, look out for avalanches!
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 25.--Positions 1-5 arranged on a curve. It must,
-however, be remembered that in nature the movements follow so closely
-that the ski on the drawing would have to overlap. The sweep of a
-well-made curve clears a semi-lunar space with a wall of snow at its
-lower rim.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 26. Shows this.]
-
-Coming down a long and complicated slope one joins one curve to another
-without a break, thus dodging the trees and rocks. On a steep incline,
-if there are obstacles in the way of a straight descent, the S-track,
-as it is called, affords a safe reduction of speed and a prolongation
-of the pleasurable slide.
-
-The ski-runner who has reached this stage enjoys himself wherever there
-is snow, even if there be little of it, for he can circumvent the
-patches where it has melted away. The photograph on the opposite page
-shows what can be done after a single winter’s patient practice. It is
-a “snake-line” made in the winter of 1903 by one of the writers of this
-chapter, and by no means an accomplishment requiring more than ordinary
-skill or talent. The slope in question descends from Alp Laret, near
-St. Moritz, to the valley in which lies the world-famed Cresta toboggan
-run. The gradient is between 40 deg. and 50 deg. (55 deg. to 60 deg.
-near the top), and the vertical distance from top to bottom amounts to
-exactly 300 metres (1,000ft.). The small avalanche about the middle was
-started by the ski of the runner, and the marks and remains of older
-avalanches on the left give sufficient testimony as to the steepness of
-the spot. The length of the run must be at least half a mile, and the
-entire distance was covered without a single fall or stumble. May the
-beginner draw the proper conclusion: that where there’s a will there’s
-a way, and that both in this case are within the reach of the ordinary
-individual who can walk, row, shoot, ride, play tennis, cricket, or
-football.
-
-What is it that makes the votary of the slender plank count the
-shortening days, and greet with boyish glee the slowly falling flakes?
-What makes him tremble with excitement at the sight of the whitening
-hills? It is the memory of past delights, the impatience to taste them
-again. He sees himself on the top of the mountain. From his feet a
-vista of stately firs on a slope of dazzling white stretches away
-into the valley a thousand feet below. Above, the clear blue sky.
-Off he goes! For ten minutes the swish of the spurting snow is sweet
-music to his ears; for ten minutes he scorns the soaring albatross, as
-he feels himself buoyed by the feathering ski, swaying from curve to
-curve. The excitement of the start has left him, and though ten minutes
-may seem a short time he enjoys them to the full, for he is calm, and
-glides easily, without a show of strength, without effort or strain. He
-feels the mighty power of the rush, the living force which is gathering
-as he flies, which drives him along, but which is nevertheless under
-his absolute control. He toys with the weight that impels him; by small
-movements of his ski he steers and directs the energy within. He can
-make the snow yield like water, or resist like steel. He is swung from
-turn to turn, irresistibly, but with safe and stately motion, by the
-force which he commands; he feels himself rocking softly, like the
-petrel on the waves.
-
-[Illustration: THE SNAKE OF LARET.
-
-_Photo by W. R. Rickmers._]
-
-Then comes the end; the stream at the bottom is near. A sudden twist; a
-swirling cloud of white, and, as the crystals settle glittering in the
-sun, there one sees him firm and erect, the ruler of the mountain, the
-master of the snow and ski!
-
-
-THE “TELEMARK” SWING.
-
-We now come to other more rapid, more brilliant, and more difficult
-methods of turning and coming to a sudden standstill. The stemming
-turn can hardly be performed quickly when running very fast without
-the aid of the stick, especially when long grooved ski are used. But
-with the “Telemark” and “Christiania” swings, about to be described,
-a good runner can stop suddenly almost anywhere when travelling much
-faster. It is indeed a worthy sight to see such a one come sailing
-past, his every sinew as pliable and strong as the good ash beneath
-his feet, yielding to each dip, as a smart racing vessel yields to the
-waves. Twenty-five miles an hour he is travelling, and not a furlong
-less. To stop suddenly at such a speed seems impossible. But, swish!
-and he is round as easily and as quickly as you can read these words.
-How was it done? It was all so rapid you could not follow. You saw
-a little sinking on one knee--perhaps not even that. The snow hid
-nearly everything. You slide up to our friend and ask him to show
-you what he did. He will be most polite and most anxious for you to
-learn--especially if he be a Norwegian, as will almost certainly prove
-to be the fact. You will be shown just how to place your feet, and just
-how to bend the knees, and just how to lean the body. And you will
-start off and fail hopelessly again and again. By and by, however,
-especially if your teacher be an intelligent man who has had previous
-experience with beginners, you will begin to understand the knack of
-the movement, and by the end of the afternoon you should be rewarded by
-some measure of success.
-
-But perhaps you may not be fortunate enough to meet with such a runner,
-or, what is by no means improbable, it may be that, though a clever
-performer on ski, he is not a good instructor. He makes the swing, but
-knows not himself how he does it. And small blame to him, for how many
-people trouble to analyse the things they have learnt as children?
-
-We venture to offer our services. But is it possible to learn these
-subtle manœuvres from a book? Most certainly it is; but you must either
-take it with you into the field, or else (what is as good, or better)
-have some preliminary practice in your bed-room, where you will have
-only your looking-glass for an audience, and no small boy in the
-immediate neighbourhood to point the finger of scorn. If you do this,
-we are sure that you will learn very quickly, or if you fail, then our
-instructions must be wrong. If, however, you simply glance through what
-we have written without making practical experiments, book in hand, we
-can accept no responsibility. These turns are really not at all hard
-to make fairly well, which is all that we can pretend to teach; but
-to make them with certainty requires long practice. And that is, of
-course, entirely your own affair.
-
-We propose to deal with the “Telemark” first--not because it is easier
-or more useful, for in this respect there is little to choose between
-them, but because it is customary to do so. Besides, the Telemark is a
-much prettier swing than the “Christiania,” and it will make a greater
-impression on your admiring friends should you be so lucky as to
-succeed in making one when showing off.
-
-You will not find your stick (on which we trust you are not in the
-habit of riding) of the slightest assistance to you in _learning_
-either of these swings. It _may_ help you a little to _make_ the
-Christiania once you have acquired the knack of it, but we are very
-doubtful even about that, and we strongly advise that from now on you
-do not use it at all. Hold it in your hand, except when jumping, as
-previously recommended (p. 45), but make no attempt to use it.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 27.--The Telemark swing.]
-
-Each of these swings can be made in two directions--to right or to
-left; and each has its special use for special occasions. Apart,
-therefore, from being a graceful accomplishment and from the excellent
-practice it affords, it is of considerable practical value to be able
-to make all four of them. Nevertheless, most people are content with
-one of each kind--a Telemark to the left and a Christiania to the
-right--which enables them under ordinary conditions to turn in either
-direction without changing the foot (see _infra_). But the best
-runners can make all four swings, and we recommend you to emulate their
-example.
-
-The Telemark swing is easiest in loose snow, where there is little
-side slip. We find it rather easier on the level than the Christiania
-(_e.g._, to stop after making a jump), but it is more difficult to make
-quickly on a hillside, and in general it is not quite so rapid as the
-Christiania.
-
-Fig. 27 (_a_) shows the position in which the body and limbs are held
-throughout a Telemark swing to the left. It is convenient to call this
-position the Telemark position. Fig. 27 (_b_) shows the position which
-the ski assume after the swing is over.
-
-The following directions are for making a Telemark swing to the left.
-
-The directions for making a Telemark swing to the right are identically
-the same, substituting left for right and right for left throughout.
-
-TO MAKE A TELEMARK SWING TO THE LEFT.--(_a_) From the normal position
-for running down (see p. 63) advance the right ski till the right
-ankle is opposite the bend of the left ski. Raise the heel of the left
-foot off the left ski, bend the left knee, and throw all the weight
-forward on to the right foot. (This is what we mean by “the Telemark
-position.”) (_b_) Place the right ski slightly on its left edge and
-turn and lean the whole body to the left.
-
-If these directions are correctly carried out, the runner will come
-round with a sweep, the sharpness of which will depend upon the force
-with which he turns his body as advised in (_b_).
-
-An excellent way of learning this turn is to practise running straight
-down hill in the Telemark position. Note especially to raise the heel
-of the left foot as shown. This is highly important, and is, in fact,
-the key to the whole affair, for if the runner raises his heel he is
-almost compelled to throw the weight forward on to the right foot, and
-if he can once succeed in doing this everything else is comparatively
-easy. So remember to _raise the heel of the left foot and to kneel well
-down on the left ski_. Cultivate as narrow a spoor as possible, and as
-soon as you can run straight like this at a moderate speed try turning
-the body ever such a little. _Look the way you wish to go._ You will
-be delighted to discover what a small amount of turning will cause you
-to come round very quickly.
-
-To compensate for the centrifugal force exercised by the turn on the
-upper part of the body, you will have to lean inwards; in fact, after
-you begin to get the knack of the thing, you are pretty certain to
-be thrown outwards once or twice. But do not trouble about that too
-much; _do not at first make any conscious effort to lean inwards_, or
-you will probably fall in that direction; you will very soon begin to
-compensate for the outward throw quite unconsciously.
-
-Do not try to turn too quickly when learning, but rather take matters
-easily; _speed will come by and by_--in which connection note that both
-the “Telemark” and the “Christiania” are _swings_ and _not jerks_, and
-that, however rapidly they be performed, the body should be turned
-_crescendo_ and _not_ (to continue the music metaphor) _sforzando_.
-
-Another capital way of practising is to stand on some level space at
-the edge of a steep hill in the position shown in Fig. 27 (_a_) and
-then to slip over the edge and instantly to begin to swing. This method
-will allow you to practise a great number of swings in a short time
-without the trouble of walking a long way up-hill in order to gain
-speed. The following diagram shows graphically how to do so:--
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 28.--A C B is the edge of a steep slope falling in
-the direction of the arrow. Stand at the point C. Slip over the edge,
-and at once make a swing to the left, stopping at E. Walk up the dotted
-line to O, turn (_see_ p. 55) and return to C. Then make a swing to the
-right, stopping at D, and returning to C _via_ L. Next, run a little
-further down, and swing to G, &c., &c. In this manner the difficulty of
-the swing is gradually increased.]
-
-The “Telemark” swing can also be used to make down-hill turns in the
-manner described above, p. 72, and the principles there given hold good
-here, except that the “Telemark” position, instead of the stemming
-position, is held throughout.
-
-A succession of S turns made in this way looks very pretty, but on a
-very steep hill their execution becomes rather uncertain, for the snow,
-unless perfect, is apt to slip irregularly, and with a true “Telemark”
-the stick is no use to help matters out. We have found, however, that a
-sort of half-stemming, half-“Telemark” position plus a little stick is
-useful in inducing long ski to come round.
-
-
-THE “CHRISTIANIA” SWING.
-
-The “Christiania” swing differs materially from the “Telemark” swing
-in this, that in making it the normal position of the ski is retained,
-and the turn is effected in the direction of the advanced foot--that
-is to say, to the right if the right foot is leading, and to the left
-with the left foot in front. It is easiest on hard snow and on steep
-hills, where the ski are liable to skid, on which ground the “Telemark”
-is especially difficult.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 29.--The Christiania swing.]
-
-The term “Christiania” swing for this movement appears to be a
-misnomer. For we are assured on very high authority that it was in
-common use in Telemarken long before the inhabitants of the capital
-acquired any skill in the art of ski-running. We are inclined to
-suspect that the name is of Continental origin, for, though we
-practised the “Christiania” years ago in Norway, we never there heard
-it called by any other name than “Telemarking.” Be this, however, as
-it may, the turn in question is a perfectly distinct one, and well
-deserves a name of its own, and, as it is known all over Switzerland,
-Germany, and Austria as the “Christiania,” we have not dared to take
-upon us to alter the name.
-
-Besides being easier in shallow snow and on hillsides than the
-Telemark, the Christiania is considerably the more rapid swing of
-the two, and a skilful runner can by means of it stop suddenly when
-travelling at almost any speed.
-
-Fig. 29 shows the position which the ski usually assume _after a swing
-to the right is over_, but diagrams are, in describing this turn, of
-very little value, for the great secret of success is to endeavour to
-hold the ski in the normal position (see p. 63) throughout.
-
-Here are formal directions for making the swing to the right. To make
-it to the left all that is necessary is to substitute left for right
-and right for left throughout.
-
-TO MAKE A “CHRISTIANIA” SWING TO THE RIGHT:--(_a_) hold the ski in
-the normal position (see p. 63), _press the feet close together_ and
-distribute the weight evenly on both ski. Bend both knees a little.
-(_b_) Gently _swing_ the whole body, but especially the region about
-the hips, round to the right, at the same time leaning in that
-direction, throwing the weight on to the _heels_ and edging both ski.
-
-You will, when you have mastered the knack of the movement, be
-astonished how quickly you will come round. The ski will assume the
-position above shown, and the weight will of itself fall almost
-entirely on to the right foot. This latter fact accounts, we believe,
-for the directions commonly given for making this turn--viz., to swing
-almost entirely on the inner (here the right) foot and to place the
-ski as shown. This was also the description given in the first edition
-of this book, but a closer analysis and more experience in teaching
-have induced us to alter it. We have found that any conscious effort
-to swing on the right foot and to place the ski in the position shown
-invariably results in the left ski rushing off at a tangent. To avoid
-this it is necessary to press the ski tightly together throughout and
-to _begin_ the turn with the weight evenly distributed on both.
-
-Beginners will find that the great difficulty in this swing is to get
-it started. It involves a peculiar kind of catch of the back part of
-the ski in the snow, which is very difficult to explain. Perhaps it
-will assist you to arrive at the sort of “feel” of the movement if
-you place a chair in front of you and then (standing before it in the
-normal position, and without moving the feet) endeavour to sit down on
-it.
-
-In this turn also the precepts given above as to swinging easily and
-not jerking, and leaving the lean inwards to take care of itself, apply.
-
-It may also be practised after the manner shown in Fig. 28.
-
-_As a substitute for stemming a little of the swing is very useful
-for braking when traversing a steep slope._ To practise this select a
-steep hill and run straight for a short distance obliquely down and
-across it; then make a little of the swing, reducing the pace; then run
-straight again; and so on. This is also a very good way of learning the
-turn itself.
-
-There seems to be no reason why one should not make S turns by means of
-the “Christiania” swing, though to do so must be rather difficult.
-
-In order to save time in changing the foot, skilful runners when
-threading their way through a wood (for example) usually make their
-turns by the “Telemark” for one direction and the “Christiania” for the
-other.
-
-In the above description we have advised the beginner to learn the
-“Christiania” swing in the normal position with one foot leading, but
-it can also be made with the feet perfectly level. We well remember
-our delight and astonishment on one occasion when we saw a first-class
-Norwegian runner, after making a 70ft. jump, and when travelling at a
-great speed, avoid colliding with a friend and two trees by making with
-wonderful rapidity three “Christiania” swings--left, right, and left.
-
-There are, of course, other ways of combining these various methods
-of turning which an expert employs quite unconsciously. Indeed, it
-is highly probable that your Norwegian friends will never even have
-heard of a “Stemming turn” or a “Christiania swing,” any more than
-a South Sea islander has heard of a verb or an adjective. This does
-not, however, prevent the Norwegian from being an expert on ski or
-the coloured gentleman from being a fluent speaker. Nor has it any
-bearing on the fact that you as a foreigner will find a grammar of
-assistance in learning Kanaka. It is our hope that the classification
-we have adopted may similarly prove of assistance to you in becoming a
-proficient ski-runner.
-
-
-
-
-JUMPING.
-
-By E. C. RICHARDSON.
-
-
-So many strange and perverted ideas prevail in England and on the
-Continent as to what ski-jumping is, that it is, perhaps, excusable
-to begin by mentioning a few of the things which it is not. To begin
-with, there are people who think that ski are a sort of seven-league
-boots on which one may fly across the snow planes as fast as an
-express train, jumping any minor obstacles, such as houses or trees,
-which happen to be in the way. This is not so. Four or five miles per
-hour is very good going on the level, and it is impossible to jump
-upwards from the level over anything higher than a small gooseberry
-bush. Again, one frequently hears that Norwegians are born on ski, and
-jump before they can walk; but, though the writer of this article has
-made every inquiry, he has, so far, failed to authenticate a single
-case in point. The truth is that Norwegians of all ages are fond of
-ski-running and jumping, but, owing to such things as the melting of
-the snow in summer, extreme youth and old age, business and the like,
-only a comparatively small number are worthy to be called real experts.
-Further, it is not the fact that a special exercise place, with an
-elaborately built take-off, is essential. On most hills it is possible
-to build, in a few minutes, a jump which will give entertainment both
-to the skilful and unskilful; and it frequently happens in the course
-of a tour that a little natural drop presents itself, from which one
-may skim through the air for several yards before again touching the
-snow. True that in Norway hills are specially prepared and elaborate
-takeoffs built, but these are chiefly used for competitions, where
-long and difficult leaps and spectacular effect are required. It cannot
-be too strongly insisted that the sport is wholly independent of
-such things, and that, whilst the jump affords by far the best means
-of judging the skill of a ski-runner, its enjoyment is by no means
-dependent on elaborate construction or mere competition.
-
-[Illustration: SOLBERG HILL.
-
-A successful leap. The jumper’s cap thrown off in flight may be seen
-behind him.
-
-_Photo by D. M. M. Chrichton Somerville._]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 30.--The Solberg Hill (near Christiania.)
-
-                                          Metres.
-  Length from start (A) to take off (B)    =  82
-  Length from take-off to bottom of hill   =  80
-                                            ----
-                                Together   = 162
-
-  Fall from A to B                         =  23
-  Fall from B to bottom                    =  32
-                                            ----
-                                Together =    55
-
-The steepness of the hill in degrees is marked below the outline.]
-
-Like other great sports, ski-jumping calls forth the qualities of
-courage, skill, and endurance; a good jumper must have a cool head, a
-quick eye, and, above all, a nice sense of balance; but, given these
-things, it is open to all to succeed in some measure, be they old or
-young, born near the north pole or the equator.
-
-These misapprehensions having been removed, it is expedient to give
-a detailed description of what ski-jumping really is, detailed
-instructions following later. Your attention is directed to Fig. 30, p.
-87.
-
-This represents the section of an exceptionally suitable hill. The
-jumper starts from the point A, and slides down to B, where he leaps.
-The impetus gained from his journey from A to B, coupled with the leap,
-sends him like a cannon ball through the air to C, where he alights,
-and continues his course to D. Here he usually stops himself by a
-Telemark or Christiania swing. The distance from B to C is the measure
-of the length of the jump, which may be anything up to 134ft. (the
-record to 1903), according to the condition of the snow; shape, length,
-and steepness of the hill; and the skill of the performer.[8]
-
-It will be seen from this that the jump is not a jump _up_, but a jump
-_down_; and it can readily be guessed that the difficulty lies not so
-much in attaining great length as in retaining an upright position on
-alighting. It takes considerable practice to make a jump of 10ft. and
-stand, whilst anybody, provided the hill be sufficiently steep, can
-jump 100ft. and fall.
-
-Formerly, in Norway, the take-off used to be so placed that the jumper
-alighted on the level, instead of on the hill side, and, at first
-sight, such an arrangement might be thought to make matters easier.
-This is, however, very far from being the case. A jump of anything over
-a few yards on the level involves a considerable shock on alighting,
-which is not only unpleasant, but renders “standing” a much more
-difficult matter, whilst, in the event of a fall, serious injuries may
-result. On the other hand, a jump downhill is attended by little or no
-shock on alighting, which makes “standing” much easier, and falling
-nothing more serious, in the vast majority of cases, than a long
-roly-poly, broken by the snow.
-
-Assuming, then, that the slope and snow are suitable, the chief
-requisites to success are a sense of balance and great daring. The
-bolder, almost rasher, one is, the better. The outlook from the top
-of a ski-jump of any magnitude is indeed alarming; for note that the
-slope above the take-off is usually, and properly, less steep than
-that below; and this means that a man of ordinary stature standing
-at the point A (see diagram) sees nothing of the slope B C, and his
-sensations, at least at first, are as of one about to launch himself
-into a vast abyss. The danger is, however, very largely imaginary,
-and a bold, coolly-calculated spring vastly increases the chances of
-standing.
-
-But to proceed from these general remarks to details. The ski used for
-jumping should be suited to the runner in accordance with the table
-given (p. 34). It is not easy to jump on ski shorter than this, but
-they may very well be a trifle longer. They should be rather on the
-heavy side, so as not to flutter about in the air, and in order to
-withstand the strain to which they are put on landing.
-
-Any good firm binding may be used which permits of vertical control
-over the ski.
-
-No other special equipment is necessary.
-
-The best snow for jumping is that which has been down for some
-days, and which has been trodden by ski into a fairly firm mass.
-The temperature of the air should be below freezing point. On such
-a surface the ski will glide swiftly and at an even rate of speed,
-sinking in about an inch or so--_i.e._, sufficiently to avoid
-side-slip. Sticky snow is dangerous, for the reason that it is apt
-to occasion a nasty fall forwards, due to the checking of the ski on
-alighting. For a similar reason, very deep soft snow is to be avoided,
-but it should be noted that freshly fallen snow will often cease to
-stick after it has been trodden down, especially should the temperature
-of the air be low.
-
-
-HOW TO SELECT AND PREPARE THE HILL.
-
-As above mentioned, we frequently come across natural jumps when on
-tour which require little or no preparation. On most hill-sides there
-are places where sudden little dips occur. Give a kick or two with the
-ski just below such a dip, so as to make the step (see B, Fig. 30) more
-pronounced, and scrape together a little snow on the top of it to raise
-it somewhat. Then with half a minute’s stamping about the spot where
-you intend to alight your preparations will be complete. Or, again, a
-stone lying on a steep hill-side may be pressed into service after the
-manner shown below.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 31.--_Spraet hop_, made by piling snow above a
-stone lying on the hill-side.]
-
-Care must, of course, be taken that the top of the stone be covered
-with snow. This sort of jump, the point of which turns upwards, is
-called a _spraet hop_ in Norwegian. It has the effect of throwing the
-runner high into the air and is excellent practice.
-
-Edges of cornices (not, of course, large, dangerous ones), stumps of
-trees, buried fences, &c., &c., can often be used for take-offs, and
-the runner when on tour should keep his eyes open for such, as they
-cause very amusing variations to ordinary going.
-
-But, though when a little skill has been acquired one should practice
-on all sorts and kinds of places, it is probably best to begin on
-something very easy, in order to gain confidence.
-
-Choose, then, a good steep hill with a fair out-run at the bottom.
-The gradient should be not less than 20 degrees, but if it be steeper,
-all the better. It is a great mistake to begin on too gentle a slope;
-a steep hill is far easier and far safer.
-
-If you can find a hill with a little dip in it, well; but, if not,
-never mind.
-
-First select the place for building your take-off. This will usually
-be at the edge of the dip, supposing you have found one. If, however,
-the slope below this point is less than about double the length of jump
-you contemplate, or, say, 20 yards in all, you must place the take-off
-somewhat back from the extreme edge, as shown in Fig. 30. But very
-likely you may not be able to find any suitable hill with a dip in it.
-Never mind; a smooth hill will do quite as well, or perhaps at first
-even better. Choose a point on it 20 yards or so above the bottom, and
-build a long take-off there in the shape shown below.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 32.--A long take-off built on a smooth hill.]
-
-This is the form of hill on which you should practise for some time.
-Do not at first let there be too much change between the slope of the
-take-off and of the hill below, for the greater this difference the
-more difficult will be the jump.
-
-In choosing a hill it is, of course, desirable to select one as smooth
-and free from difficulties as possible. In Nature, however, such are
-seldom to be found, and one generally has to be content with something
-less perfect. _It is, however, to be noted that smoothness of surface
-and regularity of snow, whilst everywhere desirable, are of special
-importance for a distance of ten yards above the spot selected for the
-take-off, and for about a similar length below the point of alighting._
-
-So, having chosen your hill, stand down it once or twice to ascertain
-the best lie for the track. Then stamp the snow well down with your ski
-at the two important places above mentioned, making lanes down them
-about nine feet broad, and filling up any hollows with good firm snow.
-
-Then construct the take-off.
-
-This may conveniently be done by making a little fence of tree branches
-to the height of a foot or so, at right angles to the track, and then
-filling up the space above them with layers of snow and more tree
-branches placed flat. The structure should be made as firm as possible,
-especially at the edge, and it should combine with the hill above it,
-so as not to leave any sudden angle at the join.
-
-Begin with quite a little drop--about 1½ft. should be sufficient--and
-as soon as you can “stand” over that build higher and higher.
-
-It is not _necessary_ for practice to make a very wide take-off--2ft.
-or 3ft. should be amply sufficient. And in general do not waste
-valuable time which might be spent in jumping in building a very
-elaborate affair.
-
-The case is, of course, quite different if the hill is intended for a
-competition. In this event too much care cannot be taken to give every
-competitor an equal chance. Fig. 30 shows an outline of the Solberg
-jumping hill, near Christiania, which may be taken as an example of
-what a hill ought to be. The snow on a competition hill should be
-thoroughly stamped down with ski _some hours before_ the intended
-jumping. The take-off should be 3 or 4 yards wide, and there should
-be plenty of men both above and below the take-off armed with rakes
-to keep the snow in order. The spectators should not be allowed to
-approach too closely to the track. The illustrations opposite pp. 9 and
-87 show how this is arranged in Norway.
-
-
-HOW TO JUMP.
-
-First study closely the figures in the diagram (Fig. 33), then read the
-following instructions, referring back from time to time.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 33.
-
-Showing position of limbs and body when jumping.
-
-N.B.--Many good ski-runners bring their ski quite level when assuming
-the crouched position before jumping.
-
-The ski are omitted for the sake of clearness.]
-
-
-THE APPROACH.
-
-Imagine yourself, then, standing some 20 or 30 yards above the
-take-off. (The precise distance will, of course, depend on the
-steepness of the hill and the speed which you wish to attain; but as
-regards speed do not attempt too much at first; it is difficult, of
-course, to give an exact measure, but a rate of about 5 yards per
-second when approaching the edge of the jump should be sufficient to
-begin with.) See that your ski-fastenings are in order, and polish your
-ski a little on the snow, or on some fir branches or other twigs, to
-remove any lumps adhering to the bottom of them. _Be altogether without
-fear_, and start.
-
-Hold the ski close together, with one of them somewhat in advance--say,
-with the heel of the one foot about in line with the toe of the other.
-
-About 15 yards or so before reaching the edge of the take-off bend
-down, leaning a little forward (see Fig. 33). N.B.--About this point
-many good jumpers bring their feet quite level.
-
-
-THE SATS.
-
-_Some few yards before reaching the edge swing the body evenly
-forwards, at the same time straightening up._
-
-This movement is termed the “sats.”
-
-Note particularly that no attempt must be made to _lift_ the feet as in
-ordinary jumping. The body should be swung evenly forwards, and at the
-same time straighten up from the crouched to the erect position. The
-movement, if made vigorously, does, in fact, cause a slight rising from
-the ground, but it is best not to be too vigorous at first. _Unroll_
-yourself, so to speak, with an easy sweep, avoiding all stiffness and
-jerking.
-
-It may perhaps help you to understand what is meant if you make an
-_attempt_ to rise on the toes. You should not, indeed, actually rise,
-but just at first, if you make an effort in that direction, it will
-probably assist you to arrive at the knack of the thing.
-
-Another very important point is the timing of the movement. The body
-should be nearly straight just as the take-off is left. Therefore, as
-the movement itself takes time, the greater the speed at which you are
-travelling the earlier you must begin. Whilst, on the other hand, the
-more vigorous the straightening you intend to make the later you can
-defer it. You are, however, advised to take things easily, especially
-at first, and to aim rather at accuracy and elegance of style than at
-mere length. Accordingly it will be necessary for you to begin the
-straightening movement rather early. Remember when you first learnt to
-shoot how often the tails of the rabbits and pheasants suffered. For
-very similar reasons most beginners make the _sats_ too late.
-
-It follows from the above that the object of the _sats_ is
-two-fold--firstly, to increase the length of the jump, and, secondly,
-to bring the body into the proper position for alighting. The former
-is achieved by the straightening movement, and the latter by the swing
-forward.
-
-“But,” you ask, “why swing forward at all, why not keep quite still?”
-The reason is that in descending all hills on slippery things like ski
-the body must be kept quite straight over them--or, in other words, at
-about right angles to the slope on which they are travelling. This is
-sufficiently obvious. But observe that in jumping the slope below the
-take-off is considerably steeper than that above (see p. 93). The body
-must accordingly be brought forward when passing from one to the other,
-or a fall backwards will result. And such is, indeed, the common fate
-of the beginner, whose tendency is invariably to hang back!
-
-Now look at the _spraet hop_, shown in Fig. 31. Here the take-off
-itself is turned upwards, and the difference between its direction and
-that of the slope below becomes greater than ever. On such a jump it is
-especially necessary to swing well forwards, for which reason it is the
-very best practice, for once one has learnt to do that everything else
-is easy.
-
-
-POSITION IN THE AIR.
-
-The whole body should be straight and erect. So do not check the
-straightening of the knees and thighs if you have not quite finished
-your spring when you leave the take-off.
-
-You will feel a compelling necessity to wave your arms round and round
-when in the air. Everybody does so more or less, but, of course, your
-object should be to be reasonable in this. Frantic waving looks very
-ugly. Endeavour to keep your ski parallel to the slope below. There is
-always a tendency for the toes to fly up and the heels to drag, which
-should be checked as far as possible by pressing down the toes.
-
-
-ON ALIGHTING.
-
-Slide one foot forwards and the other backwards, relieving any shock
-by a slight bending of the knees. This extending of the feet is of
-great assistance in preserving the balance, and with a little practice
-becomes almost instinctive.
-
-Resume as soon as possible the normal position--_i.e._, ski close
-together, one foot slightly in advance, body slightly crouched. As soon
-as possible after reaching the level stop yourself by making a Telemark
-or Christiania swing.
-
-_Points to be remembered_:--
-
-  1. _Don’t be frightened._
-  2. _Ski close together._
-  3. _Swing forward, “unroll.”_
-  4. _Extend ski on alighting._
-
-Pay great attention to your “form,” which is all important, as
-in rowing. Think of nothing else, and you will soon succeed. At
-competitions the prize is not necessarily awarded to the competitor who
-jumps furthest, even if he “stood” after alighting. For if the jump
-was made in bad style assuredly it was a fluke, and will seldom be
-repeated. All ski-jumpers fall more or less, but it is equally a matter
-of surprise if the awkward should “stand,” or the elegant and correct
-should fail.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-The style of jumping above recommended is that known in Norway as the
-_Svæve_--one swoops motionless through the air. It is certainly the
-prettiest, as well as the easiest to learn. Another method, however,
-exists, known as the _Trække op_, in which the leaper draws up his
-legs during his flight, the object being to cover a longer distance.
-This, however, however, looks rather ugly (according, at least, to
-most people’s ideas), and it is questionable whether one comes so much
-further with it, after all.
-
-[Illustration: LEIF BERG JUMPING 90 FEET, AT GLARUS, ’05.
-
-_Photo by E. Jeanrenaud._]
-
-But there is yet another point which it is far more difficult to
-decide. Shall the runner jump with feet perfectly level or shall he
-advance one of them as shown in Fig. 33? As will be seen from the above
-description, the writer has not ventured to speak positively as to
-this. On the one hand he has the authority of one of the Holmenkollen
-judges for asserting that it is best for the beginner to keep one foot
-in advance, whilst on the other the general practice of many (if not,
-indeed, most) first-class performers undoubtedly is to keep the feet
-quite level. The advocates of the advanced foot contend that extreme
-steadiness is of vital importance in taking the _sats_, and that,
-inasmuch as the advanced foot position is admittedly steadier than
-the other for glissading, it should also be adopted at this stage. In
-addition to which they argue that, after the flight through the air,
-when the runner first touches ground the advanced foot is the more
-stable position of the two. On the other side, those in favour of the
-“level-footed” style contend:--Firstly, that to jump with one foot
-forward looks ugly (and the writer is inclined to agree with them in
-this), and, secondly, that it defeats its own ends, for it involves
-leaning forward on to one foot, and accordingly jumping chiefly with
-it. And this (they say) is conducive to a crooked flight through the
-air. It is not, however, apparent how this is a necessary consequence,
-for in ordinary long-jumping the spring is taken almost entirely with
-one leg without the balance being in any way upset.
-
-These are, however, theoretical matters, as to which the reader
-interested may well be left to work out conclusions for himself, whilst
-those who do not care for argument can console themselves with the
-reflection that whichever style they like to adopt they have excellent
-authority for their choice.
-
-Is it possible that this is another question like that of the bindings
-and that perhaps it does not matter so very much, after all? Or may
-not both sides be right? May it not, for example, be best to jump
-with level feet when the track is smooth and easy, but with one foot
-forward when it is irregular and difficult? On the Continent rough
-jumping on tour has hardly yet “caught on,” everything being regarded,
-so to speak, through competition spectacles. And perhaps this is why
-the level-footed style is there so much insisted on. He, however, who
-limits himself to jumping at competitions and on elaborately prepared
-tracks will never be a really clever ski-runner, and will miss a vast
-deal of the possibilities and pleasures of this branch of the sport.
-
-
-
-
-SKI MOUNTAINEERING.
-
-By W. R. RICKMERS.
-
-
-It is quite impossible to define exactly what constitutes
-mountaineering as apart from strolling and short excursions,
-but its chief characteristics are distance from human dwellings
-and human help, and the presence of special dangers. The term
-“mountaineering” comprises a multitude of rules which teach how to
-overcome the difficulties and how to avoid the dangers of rising
-ground. Mountaineering is a science admirably expounded in a series
-of classical text-books, the result of the experience of thousands
-of climbers, and the essence of a literature of over 10,000 volumes.
-From a subjective point of view mountaineering begins when a wanderer,
-approaching a hill or mountain, is conscious of the fact that he will
-meet with special conditions which demand a special knowledge. And the
-minimum required of a man who wishes to be called a “mountaineer,” a
-good mountain climber, an expert, is that as to the theory he should
-have “Dent” at his finger-ends (C. T. Dent, Mountaineering, Badminton
-Library); and as to the practice, he must be a man who can be trusted
-to attempt any peak in the world without endangering the lives of his
-companions.
-
-Now, it would be absurd to try to teach mountaineering in a chapter
-of this book, for it takes ten years at least to make a mountaineer.
-Still less dare I insult the mountaineer by advising him how to behave
-in his element, for he will not go high and far until he feels at
-home on the planks. By the time he has mastered the technicalities of
-ski-ing, he knows everything about the outfit which suits him best, and
-about his line of conduct on any expedition he may plan. My remarks
-on the subject in hand cannot, therefore, be anything but a series of
-very general reflections and impressions, simply intended as a loud
-warning to ski-runners that they should study “Alpinism,” and as a
-gentle reminder to mountaineers, that ski-running is a somewhat tricky
-complication of their art. Why should I tell the latter what type
-of ski to take on long tours, seeing that he knows on which kind he
-travels best; why should he ask me about his ice-axe when he is sure to
-take one or not according to the object in view?[9]
-
-Ski-runners, unless they are climbing experts, or accompanied by
-such, must confine themselves to the usual practice-grounds and safe
-excursions, for only a mountaineer can decide on the spot whether hill
-craft is necessary or not. To explain how he arrives at this decision
-would mean a very thick volume. The ski-runner, therefore, who wishes
-to form a correct opinion of his own should make up his mind to learn
-from amateurs, guides, and books how to look about, think, and behave
-when he leaves the beaten track where multitudes are accustomed to go
-unthinking and unadvised. My random observations are to impress him
-with that necessity, and for the mountaineer they shall be an epitome
-of familiar principles.
-
-In the winter the problem of the avalanche eclipses all others. The
-rule to go only with guides or experienced friends disposes of the
-general advice respecting glaciers, crevasses, slips, strategy, and
-discipline, for in these things a man must train himself during many
-seasons. The rule that only good ski-runners dare aspire towards
-high peaks saves a long repetition of detail as to outfit.[10] The
-ski-runner-mountaineer ought always to be a man who, during his
-apprenticeship, knew something of cold, hunger, slow companions, and
-broken ski. To have no spare gloves and no provisions, to fall where
-one ought to stand, to step on a hollow, or to risk a dashing slide,
-may have merely disagreeable results two miles from home; but the same
-omissions and commissions can be suicidal, nay, even criminal, when
-ten miles from the nearest human habitation. If you wish to kill, go
-alone, and kill yourself, for every party of mountaineers suffers for
-the thoughtlessness of each of its members, while the greatest skill or
-ability of one of them is as nothing in the balance of fate when the
-whole has to bear the inadequacy of the lowest unit.
-
-Extreme suspicion and wariness are the only correct attitude towards
-the mountains in their winter garb. The number of factors which combine
-to prepare or prevent an avalanche is truly bewildering, and any single
-one of them may be the prime mover or the reliable safeguard in a given
-instance. And this one was perhaps overlooked in weighing the evidence.
-_The secret of the avalanche is the breaking strain and snapping point
-of an unseen tension._ Avalanches owe their growth and collapse to
-some or all of the following indications: The angle of the slope; the
-surface of the ground; the quantity of the snow; the snow of a month
-ago, of yesterday, and to-day; the temperature and the wind of a month
-ago, yesterday, and today, while the snow fell, or before it fell, or
-after it had fallen. And to consummate or prevent the catastrophy there
-are, in conjunction with the above, the temperature at the time of our
-arrival on the spot, the weight of the party, its methods of walking
-or ski-ing, and sundry other accidents. So many possibilities produce
-tantalising doubt rather than definite conviction, and more often than
-not a slope, which presents all the visible elements of danger, may be
-perfectly harmless. On the other hand, well-known guides have walked
-into mouse-traps because one exceptional condition had altered the
-internal character of a particular slope which, throughout their lives,
-they had known as perfectly safe. A strong sense of human weakness
-is therefore the proper frame of mind towards the mysterious and
-overwhelming power of the snow.
-
-The mountaineer must condense the theory of avalanches into a few
-comprehensive rules of thumb, and when in doubt he must give the
-benefit to himself and not to the avalanche.
-
-SUSPICIOUS.--Every open slope of about 25 deg. or steeper, and _all new
-snow in warm weather_. A thaw after a heavy fall of snow is the most
-common cause of the thick and heavy slides known as ground avalanches.
-
-DANGEROUS.--Every heavy accumulation of snow at an angle of 40 deg.
-or more, on long open slopes, and in gullies. At lesser angles all
-snow which lies on a hard and smooth surface (grass, earth, old snow,
-crust, ice, &c.). Hard snow under the lee of ridges. This is liable to
-crack and to become suddenly transformed into what looks like a huge
-waterfall of lumps of sugar. Therefore, one ought to cross such slopes
-as high up as possible. The cornice which overhangs the ridge is more
-dangerous to those who walk _on_ it than to those _under_ it.
-
-SAFE.--All slopes under 25 deg; all slopes evenly dotted with trees or
-rocks; almost every perfectly homogeneous snow not deeper than 2ft.
-which lies on a rough surface (screes, &c.).
-
-More cannot be said without conjuring up a flood of detail. This
-experience and acquired instinct must fill in. The tourist can find
-almost daily an opportunity of making experiments on a small scale,
-though he should not forget that a cubic yard of snow can dislocate his
-arm or break his leg.
-
-As an instance, showing the effect of surface, I may mention that, in
-the Alpine spring, the grass slopes send down in huge avalanches the
-solid layer accumulated and consolidated during the winter. At the
-same time the firm, wet snow of exactly the same texture which lies on
-screes remains perfectly safe, and affords splendid ski-ing. It never
-slips off, but gradually melts, evaporates, and vanishes as the summer
-draws near.
-
-The only exact method of dealing with avalanches would be to make
-“avalanche maps” of popular centres. In these maps the slopes and
-gullies which are always bad are coloured, let us say, red. A blue
-slope would be dangerous under such and such conditions; a green
-slope becomes threatening in the spring, &c. On these maps all those
-expeditions should be marked which can be guaranteed as safe.
-
-The fear of the avalanche must always be before the ski-runner’s
-conscience. All the rest is a matter of well-defined dogma, of strict
-attention to well-known precautions, which belong to the routine of
-every mountaineer deserving of the name.
-
-(1) Never go alone; three is the minimum.
-
-(2) One man at least must be an Alpine climber of experience.
-
-(3) All members of the party must be equal in skill.
-
-These three commandments are the essence. Let a few comments suffice.
-
-(1) The solitary mountaineer is a fool. This is an article of faith.
-Permissible exceptions are rare.
-
-(2) The experienced leader will tell his friends all about the
-crevasses, outfit, provisions, the importance of an early start, the
-duty of keeping together, and the courage to turn back before the
-approach of the night or bad weather. He will ask if everyone has his
-goggles, spare gloves, provisions, snow-helmets, repairing tools. He
-will take from everyone the promise to be strictly obeyed.
-
-(3) This is a necessary complement to 1 and 2. Ten stumblers of equal
-proficiency are a good party, for they will generally get as far as
-they deserve. Nine good men and one stumbler are bad, for they will
-probably make that one poor man feel worse than he is.
-
-On long tours only persons can go who do not fall when they have the
-will not to fall. He is not a fit companion for difficult expeditions
-who is not sure that he can keep on his feet throughout the day.
-A mountaineer never has a spill unless he forgets himself, his
-companions, or his surroundings.
-
-    NOTE.--In our experience by far the commonest form of winter
-    avalanche occurs when a ski-runner crosses (or some other
-    influence disturbs) a long steep slope of _freshly-fallen_
-    snow. The weight of the runner is the last straw which causes
-    the slenderly coherent mass to snap. It does so with a curious
-    report, something like the cracking of thick ice on a frozen
-    lake. Below the dividing line, which may be half a mile long,
-    the snow slides off the hill-side much as it slides off the roof
-    of a house, forming itself into thick slabs like paving stones
-    which accumulate one on top of the other, and which ultimately
-    overwhelm the runner. The snow usually breaks only a short
-    distance above the runner, and consequently, in the event of an
-    accident, search should first be made in that part of the mass
-    which is highest up the hill.
-
-    Freshly-fallen snow is accordingly quite the most serious danger
-    of ski-running, and, inasmuch as it usually affords but poor
-    going, it is seldom worth while venturing far on very steep
-    ground after a recent fall. After a few days of fine weather,
-    however, the snow settles down, the avalanches run off, and
-    what remains becomes firmer and more crystalline in structure.
-    Under the pressure of its own weight, and owing to the peculiar
-    property of _regelation_ which solid water possesses, the new
-    fall attaches itself to the old crusts, and the conditions
-    become, comparatively speaking, safe.
-
-    It is a common saying amongst the Swiss that it is unsafe to
-    venture above the tree-line, as long as any snow is left clinging
-    to the trees on the sunny side of the valleys. This rough test we
-    have found to be a very useful one.--ED.
-
-[Illustration: BROAD PEAK, KASHMIR.
-
-Ski in foreground at a height of 20,000 feet.
-
-_Photo by Dr. Guillarmod._]
-
-
-
-
-ODDS AND ENDS.
-
-BY E. C. RICHARDSON.
-
-
-ANTIDOTES TO “STICKING” AND AIDS TO CLIMBING.
-
-In warm weather snow is apt to stick to the bottom of the ski (see page
-22). It accumulates there in large watery clods, and renders progress
-very slow and laborious. Under such circumstances the advice commonly
-given is not to go out at all, and unless there is a prospect of better
-things, either in the shade or higher up, it is certainly best to stop
-at home. Nevertheless, the boundary line between sticking and not
-sticking is an extremely narrow one, and, moreover, one is not always
-sitting comfortably indoors when the trouble begins. It is therefore
-important to consider what is to be done to avoid or cure it.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-=Waxing the ski= is the simplest plan, and proves effective in the
-great majority of cases. It is true that with waxed ski hill-climbing
-may become a matter of considerable difficulty, for the wax is apt to
-carry matters too far, and to make the surface unduly slippery. But
-anything is better than carrying all that dead weight of snow, and by
-using only a little wax under the foot (where the sticking chiefly
-occurs), by choosing an easy gradient, and by side stepping, &c., one
-can generally manage to get along somehow.
-
-Various kinds of wax are sold for this purpose, and all are more or
-less efficacious. There is, however, a difficulty with the solid kinds
-in inducing them to “bite” when the ski are cold and wet, and the
-writer prefers the semi-liquid variety sold in tubes. A tube of wax,
-plus its attendant piece of rag, takes up very little room in the
-pocket or rucksack, and its weight is in no way commensurate with that
-of the lumps of snow which it is not infrequently its office to prevent.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-=Sealskin.=--From time immemorial seal’s (or elk’s) skin has been
-attached to the bottom of the ski. The hairs, set towards the heel
-serve the double purpose of preventing the ski slipping backwards, and
-of keeping the surface free from sticky snow. Until quite recently
-it has been usual to fix the skin permanently; but whilst this works
-fairly well for certain purposes, it is open to many objections. The
-hair is a very serious impediment, both down-hill and on the level, for
-it not only reduces the speed, but, owing to its inherent “wobbliness,”
-it renders steering and balancing much more difficult. Then, again,
-the hair soon wears out, a day of hard snow being sufficient to quite
-spoil it; or it tears, or, being wet, the weather turns colder and it
-freezes solid. But perhaps the most serious objection of all is the
-nasty _feeling_ of a skin-clad ski. There is a certain cleanness and
-crispness about the movement of the plain wood through the snow which
-one learns to love, and which one sorely misses. Besides which there
-is much art in getting up-hill to the best advantage on uncovered ski,
-and this keeps one’s mind busy, and greatly alleviates the labours
-of the climb; whereas with the skin any duffer can get along, and
-climbing becomes pure drudgery. It is, however, certain that, given
-a long and steep ascent where much zig-zagging is necessary, or even
-an only moderately steep slope and hard snow, one can with the skin
-arrive far more quickly and easily at the top than without it. It will,
-therefore, either when attached permanently or when detachable as about
-to be described, be found to be of great value for long and arduous
-mountain tours on steep Alpine ground. But even in the Alps, under all
-ordinary circumstances, where ski-running, and not the ascent of any
-particularly difficult summit, is the object in view, and where it is
-of no consequence whether one arrives an hour sooner or later, there is
-no sense in encumbering oneself with unnecessary gear and spoiling the
-pleasant “feel” of the bare ash.
-
-On undulating ground, where one can usually go straight up and down
-hill (as in most parts of Norway), nobody nowadays dreams of using skin
-in any shape or form.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-=Detachable Sealskin= is quite a recent invention, and is vastly
-preferable to the fixed article. For it can be used for a long climb,
-and removed when the summit is reached.
-
-Thus a strip of the material mounted on webbing can be attached to the
-bottom of the ski by means of a loop over the point, a strap at the
-heel end, and a few transverse straps. But the plan is open to the
-objection that the skin is apt to slip about sideways, and that the
-fixing of it is troublesome, and takes time.
-
-The latest method of fixing is that invented by Messrs. Sohm and
-Madlener, and is highly recommended by those who have tried it. But it
-involves boring two holes through each ski--an unpardonable sacrilege
-in the eyes of some people. Surely, however, if we are going to commit
-the outrage of using sealskin at all we may just as well be hanged for
-a sheep as for a lamb, and bore holes or do anything else which may
-assist us in our fell (joke!) design.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-=The detachable skin of Herren Sohm and Madlener= is sewn on to stout
-webbing, and is only about half as long as the ski themselves. It is
-attached to the ski immediately in front of the foot, and reaches from
-there to the back end. The arrangements for fixing it are extremely
-ingenious, and permit of its being attached or removed with great
-rapidity. The photographs and drawings (p. 108) show exactly what they
-are.
-
-A hole is bored in the ski just in front of the binding; and another
-about halfway between it and the heel end of the ski. Through each of
-these holes a bolt passes, the bottom of which is shaped like a flat
-sort of button. The bolt sticks up through the ski; and it is threaded
-and fitted with a wing-nut. (See Fig. _a_.) When not required the
-button is screwed by means of the wing-nut into a recess cut for its
-reception in the bottom of the ski.
-
-The front part of the skin is buttoned to the front bolt, the middle
-part to the second bolt, whilst the heel end has a strap sewn on to it
-by means of which the whole is first stretched perfectly taut, and then
-secured by passing the strap round the heel of the ski, and fixing it
-to a catch on the top of the ski. The strap is fitted with eye-holes,
-and the catch is of the simple, but ingenious construction shown in
-Fig. _b_, and in the photos.
-
-The front part of the skin, of course, requires protection. This is
-afforded by soldering two pieces of sheet brass together so as to form
-a sharp tent-shaped =V=.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 34.--The Sohm-Madlener Detachable Sealskin.
-
-    (_a_) Bolt with button and wing-nut. Two are needed for each ski.
-
-    (_b_) Catch for securing strap leading from back end of skin. The
-    photos showing catch half open and shut.
-
-    (_c_) Lower side of front edge of skin, showing sharp brass
-    entrance.
-
-    (_d_) Upper side of front edge of skin, showing button-hole on
-    brass entrance.
-
-    (_e_) Lower side of middle of skin, showing rivets for
-    button-hole. There should be six rivets instead of only four, as
-    shown.
-
-    (_f_) Upper side of middle of skin, showing button-hole.
-
-The measurements, when not otherwise stated, are in millimètres.]
-
-The skin, mounted on its webbing, is placed between the jaws of the =V=
-which are then closed and secured by a couple of copper rivets. (See
-Figs. _c_ and _d_.) The “button-holes” on the skin are not, of course,
-of the ordinary kind. The front one is shown in Fig. _d_. The second
-one in Fig. _f_.
-
-The front “button-hole” is cut out of the upper part of the tent-shaped
-brass =V= as shown in Fig. _d_.
-
-The second “button-hole” (Fig. _f_) allows the button to slide
-backwards and forwards in it so as to permit of the skin being pulled
-quite taut. This “button-hole” is made by simply cutting a hole and
-slot in another piece of sheet brass, and attaching it to the skin by
-means of rivets. (See Figs. _e_ and _f_.) N.B.--Only four rivets are
-shown in this drawing, but probably it is better to make the slot a
-little longer and to add another rivet at each side.
-
-In fitting this kind of detachable skin to a pair of ordinary ski, it
-is probably best to fill up the customary groove cut in the bottom of
-the ski. The ski will then be devoted exclusively to steep mountain
-work where it is in any case advantageous to dispense with the groove.
-(See page 33.) If, however, it is desired to retain the groove it will
-be advisable to make the button holes extra strong, or else to make
-them up so as to fit close against the wood.
-
-It will be observed (as was mentioned above) that the skin only covers
-about half the under surface of the ski. To prevent snow sticking to
-the uncovered part in warm weather, a liberal coating of wax may be
-applied, or else (as Herr Sohm advises) the whole of the bottom of the
-ski may be painted with smooth and hard enamel. This gives a very fast
-surface for running on, and of course no slipping back need be feared
-when walking up-hill with the skin attached.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-=Climbing Irons.=--Herr Sohm recommends the use of climbing irons
-invented by him in combination with his detachable skin. The object of
-the irons is to prevent slipping on very steep icy slopes. The writer
-has had no experience of these, and, as criticism without practical
-knowledge is seldom of much value, he prefers to leave the reader
-to try them or leave them alone, just as he pleases. This much may,
-however, be safely assumed that these appliances (like the skin itself)
-can only be of value to the skilled ski mountaineer desirous of making
-long and difficult excursions in the high Alps. They are (as Herr
-Sohm himself insists) quite unnecessary on ordinary ground, and are
-certainly not for the beginner.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 35.--Sohm’s Climbing Irons.
-
-The measurements are in millimètres. See also the photos, page 108.]
-
-The climbing irons are made of some strong metal unaffected by rust,
-and their shape and the method of fixing them in conjunction with the
-skin is shown clearly in the accompanying diagrams.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-=Tying a piece of rope to the bottom of the ski= is resorted to by
-some in order to help them to get up-hill. The writer has, however,
-never found this to be of much use. It is true that if plenty of rope
-is used, and if it is properly fixed (no easy matter by the way), it
-largely obviates slipping back; but it also seriously hinders slipping
-forwards, and necessitates a lifting or heavy dragging of the ski at
-every step. Snow is very apt to stick to the rope, and of course no
-glissading with it is possible. The net loss seems therefore to be
-greater than the gain, though possibly there may be occasions when the
-reader may find something of the sort useful. The plan has at least the
-merit of cheapness.
-
-[Illustration: IN NORDMARKEN, NEAR CHRISTIANIA.
-
-_Photo by H. Abel._]
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-=Dipping part of the ski into water= is also recommended by some in
-order to help climbing, the idea being to form a lump of ice on the
-bottom, which may be removed when the summit is reached. But this,
-too, is open to much the same objections as the rope, and is scarcely
-worth while. If it is to be adopted, it is well to be provided with a
-metal paper-knife, or something of the kind, to scrape off the ice,
-and, incidentally, it may be here mentioned that some sort of scraping
-appliance will always be found useful; for cleaning one’s ski with the
-stick or an ordinary knife takes a long time, besides being apt to
-injure both the wood and the blade.
-
-
-COMMON FAULTS AND FAILINGS
-
-(Mostly dealt with already, but repeated here to impress the beginner).
-
-I.--KIT.
-
-    (1) Too heavy clothes. Woolly clothes. Have light, wind-proof,
-    smooth materials.
-
-    (2) Tight boots with thin soles. Have large strong boots which
-    won’t pinch the toes, even with three pairs of socks on, and
-    which won’t buckle in the middle of the sole.
-
-    (3) Ski brittle, of bad shape, or of great weight. Get some one
-    who knows good ski to choose for you, or, if this is impossible,
-    send to a good maker for his best.
-
-    (4) Too short gloves. Have long gloves to draw over the sleeves
-    of your coat.
-
-II.--CONDITION OF THE SNOW.
-
-    (1) Abusing the snow. The better the ski-runner the less he
-    complains, and _vice versâ_. Notice how the good men manage.
-
-    (2) Continuing a tour when danger may be expected. Only
-    greenhorns and fools do so. Turn back, and try another day.
-
-    (3) Waxing ski when snow is _just_ binding. Best not. The slight
-    clinging will help you up, and won’t interfere seriously with the
-    run. Probably, too, it will be colder higher up.
-
-III.--TECHNIQUE.
-
-    (1) Short waddling steps on the level. Lean forward. Slide.
-
-    (2) Can’t get up hill. Raise front of ski and stamp. Don’t go too
-    steeply. Go slowly, but keep at it.
-
-    (3) Rushing up in front of others when on tour. Don’t show off.
-    Probably you are one of the worst of the party; in any case, you
-    are only annoying the others.
-
-    (4) Side stepping, ski cross. Raise heel of lower ski. (See p.
-    60.)
-
-    (5) Can’t start down hill. Be quick about it, and then you can.
-
-    (6) Legs apart and feet level. Keep legs close together and one
-    foot forward.
-
-    (7) Leaning back on stick. Practise without one.
-
-    (8) Falling inwards when making a down-hill curve. Lean forward!
-    Throw the weight on to the lower ski.
-
-    (9) Telemark swing. Can’t get round. Raise heel of the back foot.
-
-    (10) Christiania swing. Ski runs off at a tangent. Hold ski
-    together. Swing on both of them.
-
-    (11) Not learning to turn to both right and left. Don’t keep on
-    practising that which you can already do.
-
-    (12) Dropping over a jump without sats, or recklessly hurling
-    yourself over. Both forms of funking. Keep cool and think of your
-    form.
-
-    (13) Jumping too late. Don’t go quite so fast, and begin to
-    straighten up earlier.
-
-    (14) General stiffness. Don’t get into any fixed style of
-    running. Keep on changing your ground and trying new things.
-
-
-SKI-RUNNING ETIQUETTE.
-
-Introductions are very informal on the snow.
-
-You may ask anybody for advice, and be certain of receiving a polite
-answer, provided that you yourself are polite, and that your question
-is not idiotic.
-
-If you contemplate joining a touring party, you should ask somebody who
-is going, and who has already made a tour with you, whether you are
-likely to be welcome. If he hesitates, don’t go. If he assents, go by
-all means, even though you may be doubtful whether you are up to the
-work in hand.
-
-You should not instantly rush to the assistance of a lady who may have
-fallen. Do not let your gallantry get the better of your common sense.
-
-In Norway ladies put on their own ski, and manage their own bindings,
-and it is not good manners to offer to assist them. Would that the
-custom extended to Switzerland!
-
-However amusing your conversation may be, you should refrain from
-chattering during a long climb. Not everybody’s wind or everybody’s
-temper is perfect.
-
-You will not add to your popularity on tour by continually accepting
-hospitality at the hands of others, especially if your water-bottle be
-small, and you carry no repairing outfit.
-
-You should pay up punctually, and without demur, to the man who
-finances a touring party; it is at least ten to one that he is out of
-pocket, anyway.
-
-It is a gross breach of manners to tread on the back of another man’s
-ski. You should at once apologise and fall back five yards.
-
-You should not come plumping over a jump which others have been at
-some pains to construct, without first asking their leave, and it is
-always your solemn duty to repair as well as possible any damage you
-may occasion to the track.
-
-Unless you are really a very good runner, it is better not to imitate
-too closely the Norwegian style of dress. People may be disappointed.
-
-Always be polite in your dealings with foreigners, and you will seldom
-have cause to complain of their want of manners.
-
-
-SOME USEFUL FIGURES.
-
-  1 inch       = ·0254 metres
-  1 foot       = ·3048 metres
-  1 yard       = ·9144 metres
-  1000 metres  = 3280 feet
-  1000 feet    = 304·8 metres
-  1 metre      = 39·370 inches[11]
-     ″         = 3·280 feet
-     ″         = 1·0933 yards
-  1 kilometre  = 1093·3 yards
-  8 kilometres = 4·969 miles
-      ″   ″     = 5 miles, less 50 yards
-
-
-FRANCE AND SWITZERLAND AND ITALY.
-
-  £4         = 100 francs
-  4-         = 5 francs
-  1/-        = 1·25 francs
-  100 francs = 80 /-
-  5 francs   = 4/-
-  1 franc    = -/9½ about
-
-
-NORWAY, &C.
-
-  £1         = 18·2 kroner
-  1 krone    = 1/1¼ about
-
-
-GERMANY.
-
-  £1         = 20·4 marks
-  1 mark     = -/11¾ about
-
-
-AUSTRIA, &C.
-
-  £1                 = { 24 kronen
-                       { 10·2 florins or gulden
-  1 krone            = -/10
-  1 florin or gulden = 1/11½
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-  1 kilogramme = 2·2046 pounds avoirdupois.
-  In trade 1 kilogramme is reckoned 10 per cent. more than 2lb.
-         11lb. = 5 kilogrammes.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-  _Temperature falls about_
-
-  1° Fahrenheit for every 300ft. rise
-           or, say,
-  1° Cent. for every 200 metres.
-
-
-THERMOMETER.
-
-_Comparison between Scales of Fahrenheit, Réaumur, and the Centigrade._
-
-  CENT. FAH’T. RMR.
-   °     °      °
-  100B. 212B.  80B.
-   99   210·2  79·2
-   98   208·4  78·4
-   97   206·6  77·6
-   96   204·8  76·8
-
-   95   203    76
-   94   201·2  75·2
-   93   199·4  74·4
-   92   197·6  73·6
-   91   195·8  72·8
-
-   90   194    72
-   89   192·2  71·2
-   88   190·4  70·4
-   87   188·6  69·6
-   86   186·8  68·8
-
-   85   185    68
-   84   183·2  67·2
-   83   181·4  66·4
-   82   179·6  65·6
-   81   177·8  64·8
-
-   80   176    64
-   79   174·2  63·2
-   78   172·4  62·4
-   77   170·6  61·6
-   76   168·8  60·8
-
-   75   167    60
-   74   165·2  59·2
-   73   163·4  58·4
-   72   161·6  57·6
-   71   159·8  56·8
-
-   70   158    56
-   69   156·2  55·2
-   68   154·4  54·4
-   67   152·6  53·6
-   66   150·8  52·8
-
-   65   149    52
-   64   147·2  51·2
-   63   145·4  50·4
-   62   143·6  49·6
-   61   141·8  48·8
-
-   60   140    48
-   59   138·2  47·2
-   58   136·4  46·4
-   57   134·6  45·6
-   56   132·8  44·8
-
-   55   131    44
-   54   129·2  43·2
-   53   127·4  42·4
-   52   125·6  41·6
-   51   123·8  40·8
-
-   50   122    40
-   49   120·2  39·2
-   48   118·4  38·4
-   47   116·8  37·6
-   46   114·8  36·8
-
-   45   113    36
-   44   111·2  35·2
-   43   109·4  34·4
-   42   107·6  33·6
-   41   105·8  32·8
-
-   40   104    32
-   39   102·2  31·2
-   38   100·4  30·4
-   37    98·6  29·6
-   36    96·8  28·8
-
-   35    95    28
-   34    93·2  27·2
-   33    91·4  26·4
-   32    89·6  25·6
-   31    87·8  24·8
-
-   30    86    24
-   29    84·2  23·2
-   28    82·4  22·4
-   27    80·6  21·6
-   26    78·8  20·8
-
-   25    77    20·0
-   24    75·2  19·2
-   23    73·4  18·4
-   22    71·6  17·6
-   21    69·8  16·8
-
-   20    68    16
-   19    66·2  15·2
-   18    64·4  14·4
-   17    62·6  13·6
-   16    60·8  12·8
-
-   15    59    12
-   14    57·2  11·2
-   13    55·4  10·4
-   12    53·6   9·6
-   11    51·8   8·8
-
-   10    50     8
-    9    48·2   7·2
-    8    46·4   6·4
-    7    44·6   5·6
-    6    42·8   4·8
-
-    5    41     4
-    4    39·2   3·2
-    3    37·4   2·4
-    2    35·6   1·6
-    1    33·8   0·8
-
-  Zero   32    Zero
-    1    30·2   0·8
-    2    28·4   1·6
-    3    26·6   2·4
-    4    24·8   3·2
-
-    5    23     4
-    6    21·2   4·8
-    7    19·4   5·6
-    8    17·6   6·4
-    9    15·8   7·2
-
-   10    14     8
-   11    12·2   8·8
-   12    10·4   9·6
-   13     8·6  10·4
-   14     6·8  11·2
-
-   15     5    12
-   16     3·2  12·8
-   17     1·4  13·6
-   18     --   14·4
-   19     2·2  15·2
-
-   20     4    16
-   21     5·8  16·8
-   22     7·6  17·6
-   23     9·4  18·4
-   24    11·2  19·2
-
-   25    13    20
-   26    14·8  20·8
-   27    16·6  21·6
-   28    18·4  22·4
-   29    20·2  23·2
-
-   30    22    24
-   31    23·8  24·8
-   32    25·6  25·6
-   33    27·4  26·4
-   34    29·2  27·2
-
-   35    31    28
-   36    32·8  28·8
-   37    24·6  29·6
-   38    36·4  29·6
-   39    38·2  31·2
-
-   40    40    32
-   41    41·8  32·8
-   42    43·6  33·6
-   43    45·4  34·4
-   44    47·2  35·2
-
-   45    49    36
-   46    50·8  36·8
-   47    52·6  37·6
-   48    54·4  38·4
-   49    56·2  39·2
-
-
-
-
-_Advertisements._
-
-
-
-
-  =Outfit=    FOR EVERY
-              SPORT.
-
-
-    =SKI= from all the best makers in Norway, Germany, Austria, and
-    Switzerland.
-
-    =FASTENINGS= of every description, including the “Alpine” and the
-    “Ellefsen.”
-
-    =CLOTHING= of the best quality and design, ready made or to order.
-
-    =BERCOLIN= (in tubes), the best ski-wax, and other lubricants.
-
-    =EVERYTHING= required by ski-runners, mountaineers, tobogganers,
-    skaters, and tourists.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-  E. DETHLEFFSEN & CO., =BERNE=,   CHRISTOFFELGASSE 7.
-  BERR & CO.,    ″  ″   =VIENNA=,  MARIAHILFER STR. 1C.
-  H. SGHWAIGER,  ″  ″   =MUNICH=,  WEIN STR.(RATHAUS).
-
-  _Three Names._      _Three Countries._       _One Quality._
-
-
-
-
-_J. Dege & Sons_,
-
-ESTABLISHED 1865,
-
-Military and Sporting Tailors and Breeches Makers.
-
-LEATHERS AND ALL HUNTING SPECIALITIES.
-
-
-Messrs. J. Dege & Sons beg to announce to the readers of this Manual
-that they have, after the most careful inquiry as to the requirements
-of that most attractive and exciting sport SKI-RUNNING, perfected an
-Outfit best suited for the purpose.
-
-It consists of a Snowproof Suit suitable for the Sport, which at the
-same time is porous; and our Special Ski Cap of the same material.
-
-
-  Telegraphic Address:             Telephone:
-  HARK FORWARD, LONDON.          6440 GERRARD.
-
-  13, CONDUIT STREET.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-DOWIE & MARSHALL
-
-MAKE
-
-  “LAUPAR SKO”
-  MOUNTAINEERING
-  AND ALL KINDS OF
-  PRACTICAL AND
-  COMFORTABLE BOOTS.
-
-Special lasts are made and reserved exclusively for each customer.
-
-
-New customers who cannot favour D. & M. with a personal interview
-should send outlines of their feet taken standing, or a pair of old
-boots, as a guide for fitting.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-_Illustrated Catalogue Gratis._
-
-
-  DOWIE & MARSHALL,
-  455, WEST STRAND, LONDON.
-  _ESTABLISHED 1824._
-
-
-
-
-  Sportsmen visiting Norway may procure all
-  Sporting Requisites
-  OF
-  Ludv. TORGERSEN & CO. Ltd.,
-  STORTHINGSGADEN 4, CHRISTIANIA.
-
-  MANUFACTURERS OF
-  Ice Axes (Norwegian Pattern), Ski and Accessories,
-  Ski Staffs, Socks, Laupar (Ski) Boots, Mitts,
-  Lanterns, Coasters, Steering Poles,
-  Haversacks.
-
-SELECTED STOCK OF BREECHLOADERS AND RIFLES.
-
-ELEY’S AMMUNITION.
-
-Cartridges loaded to order with English Gunpowders and Newcastle
-Chilled Shot.
-
-Large Assortment of FISHING TACKLE suitable for Fishing in Norway.
-
-
-CARL JOHANS GADE 5, CHRISTIANIA.
-
-LARSENS VAABENFORRETNING.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-  MANUFACTURERS OF
-  SKI,
-  SKATES,
-  AND
-  COASTERS
-  (TOBOGGANS),
-
-With their accessories of best quality. (The above always kept in
-stock.)
-
-ENGLISH GUNS.
-
-FISHING RODS and TACKLE.
-
-Eley’s and Kynoch’s Ammunition.
-
-Snow Shoes & ‘Ski’
-
-Trade-Mark REINDEER HEAD.
-
-Made out of the toughest German Ash, in accordance with the best
-designs and with various bindings (only first-class material used).
-
-Direct from the Factory.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-[Illustration: Schutz-Marke.]
-
-
-JOSEPH FISCHER,
-
-Freiburg i. B.
-
-[Illustration: The “Davos” Model High Form, Pattern “E,” Mounting “L,”
-Length 90 c.m.]
-
-[Illustration: The “Davos” Model, Low Form, Pattern “PP,” Mounting “M,”
-Length 90 c.m.]
-
-SNOW-SHOE AND TOBOGGAN FACTORY.
-
-Wood bent by Steam on the Premises--A speciality for the last 15 years.
-
-RETAILERS RECEIVE A SUITABLE DISCOUNT.
-
-Goods supplied to the German South-pole Expedition, to Home and
-Continental Military Authorities, and to Post and Forest Officials.
-
-MY GOODS BEAR, WITHOUT EXCEPTION, THE ABOVE TRADE-MARK (REINDEER HEAD).
-
-
-
-
-L. H. HAGEN & CO.,
-
-KIRKEGADEN 19, CHRISTIANIA, NORWAY.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-_Largest Assortment of Firearms and Sporting Requisites in Scandinavia._
-
-    =SKI=, of various patterns, have all been awarded Gold Medals.
-
-    =FASTENINGS=, which have obtained the highest possible awards.
-
-    =SKI OUTFITS=, and all requisites connected with Ski-ing,
-    supplied.
-
-=SKATES=, of Hagen’s celebrated and universally known pattern.
-
-COASTERS, TOBOGGANS, SLEDS.
-
-_Awarded Eleven Gold Medals. Two Grand Prix._
-
-[Illustration]
-
-L. H. HAGEN & Co.
-
-
-
-
-TH. HANSEN,
-
-SKI MANUFACTURER.
-
-HAMMERSTADG, 5. Telephone, 8589 CHRISTIANIA.
-
-
-Ski of his own pattern: Awarded 1st prize. Exporter of Ash and Hickory
-Ski (varnished or coloured). Ski of best quality always in stock. Maker
-of the well-known, highly recommended Wax “Record,” to preserve the ski
-and prevent balling.
-
-
-
-
-ASCHEHOUGS BOGHANDEL,
-
-BOOKSELLER.
-
-English and Foreign Books, Magazines, Periodicals, and Journals.
-
-43, CARL JOHANS GADE, CHRISTIANIA.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-THE SWISS SKI.
-
-Made by
-
-RICHARD STAUB, ZURICH.
-
-_TRADE MARK._
-
-[Illustration: MARKE Tödi
-
-MARQUE DÉPOSÉE]
-
-_TRADE MARK._
-
-THE SKI are light and elastic, and are made from the celebrated Swiss
-mountain ash.
-
-=THE SKI= are fitted with either “Ellefsen’s,” or “Huitfeidt’s.” or the
-“Model C driving belt” bindings.
-
-_Maker of the original Davos Toboggan, Bandy (ice-hockey) Clubs, &c._
-
-
-_=LONDON DEPOT=_: With Messrs. A. W. GAMAGE,
-
-  HOLBORN.
-
-
-
-
-W. C. MÖLLER,
-
-DRAMMEN, NORWAY,
-
-_FURRIER and MANUFACTURER of REINDEER HAIR LIFEBUOYS for YACHTS_.
-
-CONTRACTOR TO POLAR EXPEDITIONS.
-
-
-_EQUIPPED_
-
-  The National Antarctic Expedition.
-  Duke of Abruzzi’s, The, Arctic Expedition.
-  Ziegler’s Arctic Expedition.
-  Baron Toll’s Arctic Expedition.
-  Drygalski’s Antarctic Expedition.
-  Argentine Government’s Antarctic Expedition.
-                  &c., &c.
-
-
-_SUPPLIES_
-
-Ski-Boots, Socks, Finn Mocassins, Fur Gloves, Leather Jackets, Sleeping
-Bags, and every kind of Fur Clothing and Requisite for Winter wear, or
-travelling in cold climates.
-
-AWARDED 6 GOLD and 2 SILVER MEDALS.
-
-
-
-
-THE AUSTRIAN ALPS FOR THE WINTER MONTHS.
-
-    =Skating=, =Tobogganing=, =Ski-ing=, =Sleighing=, in short every
-    winter sport, _par excellence_.
-
-    =Innsbruck.= Seat of an English colony. Headquarters of winter
-    sports. Climate highly recommended by the medical profession.
-
-    =Kitzbuehel.= Renowned winter resort.
-
-    =St. Anton= (Arlberg). Excellent Ski-ing centre.
-
-    =Gossensass.= Every Winter sport.
-
-    =Cortina d’Ampezzo.= Eminently suitable for winter sojourn.
-
-    =The Semmering=, near Vienna. Highly recommended for winter
-    sports.
-
-    =Meran.= The pearl of Austrian health resorts.
-
-    =Salzburg.= Capital and Dukedom. Excellently suited for the
-    winter.
-
-    =Bozen-Gries=, =Trent=, =Rovereto=, =Arco=, =Riva=, &c. Excellent
-    places for winter sojourn.
-
-    =WINTER TOURS TO THE AUSTRIAN ALPS.= For particulars and
-    pamphlets (free) write or call:--
-
-
-  THE AUSTRIAN TRAVEL & INFORMATION BUREAU,
-  86, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W.
-
-
-
-
-WILSON LINE.
-
-WINTER SPORTS IN NORWAY.
-
-REDUCED WINTER FARES.
-
-(From 1st October, 1905 to 30th April, 1906.)
-
-
-  FROM =HULL= TO
-  =CHRISTIANSAND=.
-  .  AND  .
-  =CHRISTIANIA=.
-
-  First-class,  Single  £3  3s. 0d.
-       ”        Return  £5  5s. 0d.
-  Second-class, Single  £2 10s. 0d.
-       ”        Return  £4  0s. 0d.
-  Victualling included.
-
-
-_Intended Sailings_...
-
-    From HULL every FRIDAY evening.
-
-    From CHRISTIANIA every FRIDAY, 10 a.m., calling at CHRISTIANSAND
-    Friday night.
-
-    _For further information apply to_
-
-    Messrs. The UNITED SHIPPING Co., Ltd., 108, Fenchurch Street,
-    LONDON, E.C.
-
-    Messrs. T. COOK & SON, Ludgate Circus, LONDON, E.C. or to
-
-    Messrs. THOS. WILSON, SONS, & Co., Ltd. HULL.
-
-
-
-
-  BEFORE PURCHASING SOUVENIRS
-  BE SURE TO VISIT
-  BENNETT’S
-  Photograph and Curiosity Stores.
-
-  Unrivalled Stock of Photos, Silver, Fancy Articles,
-  Guide Books, Maps, Books on Norway, Tauchnitz
-  Edition, &c.
-
-  TRAVELLING AND HOTEL COUPONS ISSUED.
-
-  Every Information furnished relative to Travelling in Norway. Money
-    Exchanged.
-
-  THOS. BENNETT &. SONS,
-  CARL JOHANS GADE 35, CHRISTIANIA.
-  _By Special Appointment, Dealers to Her Majesty Queen Alexandra._
-
-
-
-
-WILLIAM SCHMIDT,
-
-  41, CARL JOHANS GADE,
-  CHRISTIANIA.
-
-GENTLEMEN’S OUTFITTERS.
-
-
-
-
-  SPORTING  .  REQUISITES  .  AND  .  CLOTHING.
-
-  H. HORN & Co.
-  Egertorvet,
-  CHRISTIANIA.
-
-  GENTLEMEN’S OUTFITTERS.
-
-
-
-
-=GRAN HOTEL=, BOLKESJÖ, NORWAY.
-
-Proprietor, M. HAFSTEN.
-
-First-class accommodation. Moderate terms.
-
-
-Beautifully situated in Telemarken. Most suitable quarters for Ski-ing
-and Winter Sports. Eight hours from Christiania--rail to Kongsberg,
-drive thence to Bolkesjö. Telephonic communication with all parts.
-Highly recommended.
-
-
-
-
-  CHAMONIX.
-
-  WINTER SEASON.
-
-  _The Electric Railway from Le Fayet St. Gervais
-  to Chamonix is now running the whole year round._
-
-  GRAND HOTEL PENSION.
-
-  COUTTET et du PARC.
-
-  SKI-RUNNING,
-  SKATING,
-  TOBOGGANING.
-
-  EXTENSIVE ICE RINK IN SUNNY POSITION.
-
-  _All small Mountain Excursions may be made
-  in Winter._
-
-  CENTRAL HEATING,         ELECTRIC LIGHT.
-
-
-M. COUTTET, who is himself an enthusiastic Ski-Runner, and has ascended
-in Winter on Ski the Col du Geant, 11,056ft., the Col du Midi,
-11,700ft., and traversed from Chamonix to Zermatt by the High Level
-Route, &c., is able to give all information concerning the district.
-
-
-For full particulars apply to the Proprietors,
-
-  COUTTET BROTHERS,
-  Hotel Couttet,
-  Chamonix, France.
-
-
-
-
-  CAUX, ABOVE TERRITET, MONTREUX.
-  Lake of Geneva, Switzerland.
-
-  CAUX PALACE & GRAND HOTEL.
-
-  Splendid position, with magnificent view of
-  the Alps. Central, full south.
-
-  _HEATED THROUGHOUT BY STEAM._
-
-  Concert three times a day. Grand Balls.
-  Magnificent Hall.
-
-  One of the finest Hotels, With first-rate
-  Cuisine.
-
-
-
-
-GRINDELWALD.
-
-HOTELS BEAR AND ADLER.
-
-WINTER SPORTS:
-
-  SKI-RUNNING, SKATING,
-  TOBOGGANING, CURLING.
-
-BOSS BROTHERS, Proprietors.
-
-
-
-
-DAVOS PLATZ.
-
-
-GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE
-
-IS
-
-    The best Hotel for Ski Runners, and the headquarters of the Davos
-    English Ski Club.
-
-
-GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE
-
-HAS
-
-    Baths on every floor, and the most modern recently installed
-    sanitary arrangements.
-
-
-GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE
-
-IS
-
-    Close to the big Skating Rink, Where the International Skating
-    Competitions are held.
-
-
-GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE
-
-HAS
-
-    Electric light throughout, private spring water supply, central
-    heating, and a rational and well varied cuisine.
-
-
-GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE
-
-IS
-
-    Close to the Schatz Alp Cable Railway, which takes passengers up
-    1000 feet in a few minutes.
-
-
-GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE
-
-HAS
-
-    A large Ball Room, where balls, dances, orchestral concerts, &c.,
-    are given throughout the winter season.
-
-
-  GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE
-  IS
-  THE BEST HOTEL IN
-  DAVOS PLATZ.
-
-
-
-
-  AUSTRIAN TIROL,
-  KITZBÜHEL
-
-  (_Two hours beyond Innsbruck_).
-
-  PENSION SCHLOSS LEBENBERG.
-
-  UNDER ENGLISH MANAGEMENT.
-  OPEN ALL THE YEAR. EXCELLENT CUISINE.
-  EVERY COMFORT.
-
-  As a Ski-ing Centre KITZBÜHEL
-  _STANDS UNRIVALLED_.
-
-
-Owing to the formation of the slopes, Kitzbühel has been pronounced by
-experts to be one of the finest Ski-ing grounds in Europe.
-
-The position of Lebenberg enables Visitors to start in any direction
-from the Schloss.
-
-The Climate of Kitzbühel is noted for the absence of wind and the
-amount of sunshine. It is therefore
-
-
-AN IDEAL WINTER RESORT.
-
-Tobogganing and Skating can also be indulged in.
-
-Sleigh races and Ski-ing competitions are held yearly.
-
-
-_For Illustrated Prospectus and further particulars apply to the
-Proprietor_,
-
-_PENSION SCHLOSS LEBENBERG_,
-
-KITZBÜHEL, AUSTRIAN TIROL.
-
-
-
-
-5,000 FEET ABOVE THE SEA.
-
-_Feldberg_ in the _Black Forest_.
-
-Nearest and most favourable Ski-ing ground for England.
-
-Railway Station: TITISEE, via FREIBURG, BADEN.
-
-HOTEL FELDBERGER HOF.
-
-
-The Hotel contains 150 Rooms, with 200 beds, and has two annexes--The
-Jaegermattte, with 25 rooms and 40 beds, and the Turm Hotel, with 28
-rooms and 48 beds.
-
-
-SPLENDID SKI-ING COUNTRY.
-
-The Hotel has been greatly enlarged and contains every modern
-comfort, including electric light, central heating throughout, lift,
-billiard-room, skittle-alley, beer-room, drying-rooms, store-room for
-ski, two baths in every storey, and suites of rooms.
-
-Pension Prices for a six days’ stay.
-
-Tobogganing road to Titisee.
-
-
-Post and Telegraph Office on the Premises. Telegraphic Address:
-“Feldberg, Schwarzwald.”
-
-
-  Proprietors:
-  MAYER AND SCHLADERER.
-
-
-
-
-  _CURHAUS-DAVOS_,
-  DAVOS-PLATZ,
-  SWITZERLAND.
-
-  INTERNATIONAL HOTEL.
-
-  _Board and Lodging for 8 shillings and upwards._
-
-  ALPINE SPORT.
-
-  SKI-ING, TOBOGGANING, SKATING.
-
-  _DAVOS DORF, SWITZERLAND,
-  FLUELA POST AND SPORT HOTEL._
-
-  Exclusively reserved for Sportsmen
-  and through Travellers.
-
-  NO ACCOMMODATION FOR INVALIDS.
-
-  PROSPECTUS WITH TERMS ON APPLICATION.
-  =A. GREDIG SON=, _Proprietor_.
-
-
-
-
-“SKI” & “ALPINER WINTERSPORT”
-
-Edited by H. A. TANNER, Basle, Switzerland.
-
-
-    “=SKI.=”--The illustrated official organ of all the Ski Clubs in
-    Central Europe. Correspondence from all parts of the world.
-
-    “=ALPINER WINTERSPORT.=”--A journal dealing with all Winter
-    Sports. Published in English, French, German, and Italian, and
-    read by members of the various English colonies on the Continent.
-    English correspondence is always welcome.
-
-    =BOTH PAPERS= are forwarded together, and may be obtained through
-    every Bookseller and Post-Office; or from the Editor in Basle.
-
-
-
-
-  LIGHT AND FIRM.
-
-  Ellefsen’s Binding
-
-  SIMPLE AND STRONG.
-
-
-
-
-NORWEGIAN WINTER SPORTS.
-
-
-Direct, convenient, and economical route from England to =Christiania=
-(the centre for all Norwegian winter sports) by the magnificent Mail
-and Passenger Steamers
-
-
-“=Sovereign=” and “=Sterling=,”
-
-sailing from =Newcastle= (Tyne Dock) every Friday evening. Fare £3 3s.
-0d. single or £5 5s. 0d. return, inclusive of victualling.
-
-
-  FOR FURTHER PARTICULARS APPLY TO THE AGENTS:--
-  P. H. MATTHIESSEN & CO., NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.
-  _Telegraphic Address: “Matthiessen.”_
-
-
-
-
-SHEW CAMERAS.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-- THE -TELE-XIT.
-
-A Half-plate Camera which can be carried without fatigue, opened
-without complications, closed as a =box, measures only 8 by 5 by 2
-ins.=, and perfectly rigid at full extension.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-  The Pocket XIT. 4¼ by 3¼ ins.        from £6 6s.
-
-    “For SIMPLICITY, LIGHTNESS, and RANGE OF SUBJECTS for which it
-    can be used, I think the XIT cannot be beaten.”
-
-  SEE NEW LIST FOR 1906 FREE OF:--
-
-  =J. F. SHEW & Co.=,   Manufacturers and Patentees
-                          of Specialities in Photographic
-                          Appliances.
-  =NEWMAN ST.=, 4 Doors off Oxford St., =LONDON, W.=
-
-
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[Footnote 1: _Ski_ is really the same word as the English _skid_,
-meaning a slide, or something to slide upon, the affinity being even
-greater in the Swedish term _skid_ (plural, _skidor_), meaning slides
-or skates. Originally it doubtless springs from the Finnish _subsi_ or
-_suksi_, by which appellation the ski were probably known long before
-their introduction to Scandinavia.]
-
-[Footnote 2: “W.T.,” _T.P.’s Weekly_, p. 226, Feb., 1904.]
-
-[Footnote 3: Scandinavian _skrïde_ = to slide, glide, slip.]
-
-[Footnote 4: The names of the best known of these Telemarkings were,
-Knut Olafsen Haugen, Aasmund Brække, Sveinung Svalastoga, and the
-“Hemmestvedt gutter” (Torjus and Mikkel Hemmestvedt).--ED.]
-
-[Footnote 5: Probably also on most of our own mountains.]
-
-[Footnote 6: To judge by the number of utterly foolish bindings on the
-market, this is a point which usually escapes the inventor-novice.]
-
-[Footnote 7: Look at the frontispiece for an example of first-class
-level-running.]
-
-[Footnote 8: In competitions the jump is measured from the point where
-the runner leaves the ground to the middle of the deepest part of the
-impression which his ski make on alighting.]
-
-[Footnote 9: The ski which are suitable for ordinary excursions on
-undulating ground are not necessarily equally useful for long mountain
-climbs. In the one case ski-running pure and simple is the object in
-view, in the other the ski are merely a means to an end--the ascent
-of some difficult summit or pass. Some remarks as to the kind of
-instrument which may be found serviceable for the latter purpose are to
-be found at p. 34, and in the chapter on “Aids to Climbing.”--ED.]
-
-[Footnote 10: This, perhaps, scarcely goes far enough. The outfit
-suitable for undulating wooded ground on which a runner may attain
-to great skill is not equally serviceable high up. In particular, a
-cap covering most of the face and neck, smoked glasses or the simple
-arrangement described on p. 50, a light wind-jacket of some sort,
-extra-thick gloves, extra-thick socks, and extra-stout nailed boots
-are essential. The runner should accustom himself to carrying a large
-heavy rucksack, which is a disagreeable, but, alas! an indispensable,
-companion on a long mountain tour.--ED.]
-
-[Footnote 11: The exact figures are not as yet settled, and are
-given--39·37043196 39·37079, 39·37008, &c.]
-
-
-[Transcriber’s Note:
-
-The Contents reference to “Side stepping ... Page 69” erroneously
-refers to “SIDE-SLIPPING” on Page 69.
-
-Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation are as in the original.]
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Ski-running, by 
-David M. M. Chrichton Somerville and Willi Rickmer Rickmers and Ernest Cushing Richardson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SKI-RUNNING ***
-
-***** This file should be named 55472-0.txt or 55472-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/4/7/55472/
-
-Produced by Anita Hammond, Wayne Hammond and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
-  are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-  Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
-  works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-  receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
-    Chief Executive and Director
-    gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/55472-0.zip b/old/55472-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7640bbe..0000000
--- a/old/55472-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h.zip b/old/55472-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c90b07..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/55472-h.htm b/old/55472-h/55472-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 592de4e..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/55472-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7589 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-  <head>
-    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
-    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
-    <title>
-    Ski-Running, by D. M. M. Chrichton Somerville.--a Project Gutenberg eBook
-    </title>
-      <style type="text/css">
-
-a {text-decoration: none;}
-a:hover  {color: red;}
-a:visited {color: gray;}
-
-.v {
-  font-weight: bold;
-  font-size: large;
-  font-family: sans-serif;
-}
-
-small {
-  font-style: normal;
-  font-size: small;
-}
-
-body {
-  padding: 4px;
-  margin: auto 10%;
-}
-
-p {
-  text-align: justify;
-}
-
-.left {
-  display: table;
-  text-align: left;
-  margin: auto;
-}
-
-.small {
-  font-size: small;
-}
-
-.medium {
-  font-size: medium;
-}
-
-.large {
-  font-size: large;
-}
-
-.x-large {
-  font-size: x-large;
-}
-
-.xx-large {
-  font-size: xx-large;
-}
-
-.ads .xx-large {
-  font-size: 150%;
-}
-
-h1, h2 {
-  page-break-before: always;
-}
-
-h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {
-  text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
-  font-weight: normal;
-  clear: both;
-  margin: 2em auto 1em auto;
-}
-
-.ads h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {
-  line-height: 1;
-  text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
-  font-weight: normal;
-  clear: both;
-  margin: 2em auto 1em auto;
-}
-
-.author {
-  display: block;
-  text-align: right;
-  margin: auto 10px;
-}
-
-.hang {
-  text-indent: -2em;
-  padding-left: 2em;
-}
-
-hr {
-  padding: 0;
-  border: none;
-  border-top: medium double #333;
-  color: #333;
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-hr.tb  {
-  width: 45%; margin: 2em 27.5%;
-}
-
-hr.short {
-  width: 20%; margin: 2em 40%;
-}
-
-/* Tables */
-
-.table {
-  display: table;
-  margin: .5em auto;
-}
-
-.tcell {
-  vertical-align: middle;
-  padding: 5px;
-  display: table-cell;
-}
-
-.tcell p {
-  margin: auto 0.5em;
-}
-
-.trow {
-  display: table-row;
-}
-
-table {
-  margin: 2em auto;
-}
-
-th {
-  padding: 5px;
-}
-
-.toc2col td:first-child {
-  text-align: left;
-}
-
-.toc2col td:nth-child(2) {
-  text-align: right;
-}
-
-.i2 {
-  padding-left: 1em;
-}
-
-.i4 {
-  padding-left: 2em;
-}
-
-#skirunner td {
-  text-align: center;}
-
-#skirunner th:first-child{
-  height: 2em;}
-
-#list5col td {
-  padding: 0 .5em;
-}
-
-#list5col td:first-child {
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-#list5col td:nth-child(4) {
-  text-align: right;
-}
-
-#list5col td:nth-child(5) {
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-.figures td {
-  white-space: nowrap;}
-
-.figures td:nth-child(2) {
-  padding-right: .5em;
-  border-right: 2px solid black;
-}
-
-.tdr {
-  text-align: right;
-}
-
-.tdc {
-  text-indent: 0;
-  padding: 0;
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-/* Table borders */
-.br {
-  border-collapse: collapse;
-  border-right: solid 2px;
-}
-
-.bbox {
-  border-collapse: collapse;
-  border: solid 2px;
-  padding: 1em;
-}
-
-.bbox td {
-  border: solid 1px;
-}
-
-.bbox th {
-  border: solid 1px;
-}
-/* End Table borders */
-/* End Tables */
-
-.copy {
-  font-size: small;
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-.smcap {
-  font-style: normal;
-  font-variant: small-caps;
-}
-
-.caption  {
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-.w33  {width:  33%}
-.w50  {width:  50%}
-.w100 {width: 100%}
-
-/* Images */
-img {
-  margin: 1em auto;
-  border: none;
-  max-width: 100%
-}
-
-.figcenter   {
-  clear: both;
-  display: table;
-  margin: 1em auto;
-  text-align: center;
-}
-
-.figcenter p  {
-  font-size: small;
-  width: 90%;
-  margin: 1em auto;
-}
-
-/* Footnotes */
-.footnotes {
-  margin: 1em auto;
-  border: 1px solid #000;
-}
-
-.fnanchor {
-  vertical-align: super;
-  font-style: normal;
-  font-weight: normal;
-  font-size: small;
-  line-height: .1em;
-  text-decoration: none;
-  white-space: nowrap  /* keeps footnote on same line as referenced text */
-}
-
-.footnote p:first-child {
-  text-indent: -2.5em;
-}
-
-.footnote p {
-  margin: 1em;
-  padding-left: 2.5em;
-}
-
-.label {
-  width: 2em;
-  display: inline-block;
-  text-align: right;
-  text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
-  /*  visibility: hidden;  */
-  color: #004200;
-  position: absolute;
-  right: 5px;
-  font-style: normal;
-  font-weight: normal;
-  font-size: small;
-  text-align: right;
-} /* page numbers */
-
-/* Transcriber's notes */
-.transnote {
-  background-color: #E6E6FA;
-  border: #000 solid 1px;
-  color: black;
-  margin: 1em auto;
-  padding: 1em;
-}
-
-    </style>
-  </head>
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Ski-running, by 
-David M. M. Chrichton Somerville and Willi Rickmer Rickmers and Ernest Cushing Richardson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Ski-running
-
-Author: David M. M. Chrichton Somerville
-        Willi Rickmer Rickmers
-        Ernest Cushing Richardson
-
-Editor: Ernest Cushing Richardson
-
-Release Date: August 31, 2017 [EBook #55472]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SKI-RUNNING ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Anita Hammond, Wayne Hammond and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_i">i</span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<h1>
-<span style="font-size: 200%; font-family: sans-serif">SKI-RUNNING.</span><br />
-
-<small>BY</small><br />
-
-<span class="large table">D. M. M. CHRICHTON SOMERVILLE,<br />
-W. R. RICKMERS,<br />
-<span class="smcap">And</span> E. C. RICHARDSON.</span>
-
-<span class="x-large table"><span class="small smcap">Dedicated to</span><br />
-THE SKI CLUB OF GREAT BRITAIN.</span>
-
-<span class="large table"><span class="smcap">Edited by</span><br />
-E. C. RICHARDSON.</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large"><i>WITH NUMEROUS PHOTOGRAPHS AND DIAGRAMS.</i></span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large">SECOND EDITION.</span><br />
-
-<span class="large table"><span class="smcap">London</span>:<br />
-HORACE COX,<br />
-WINDSOR HOUSE, BREAM’S BUILDINGS, E.C.</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large">1905.</span>
-</h1>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_ii">ii</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy">
-LONDON:<br />
-PRINTED BY HORACE COX, WINDSOR HOUSE, BREAM’S BUILDINGS, E.C.<br />
-</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="frontis" src="images/frontis.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption">“<span class="smcap">Paa Skare.</span>”</p>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_iii">iii</span></div>
-
-<h2 id="PREFACE">PREFACE.</h2>
-
-<p>Since the first edition of this book was produced two years ago
-popular interest in the sport has increased by leaps and bounds.
-We have endeavoured to keep pace with the times, and the
-present volume is an attempt to give a really complete account
-of the sport, which will be useful to beginners and experts alike.
-To the historical part has been added a chapter on Continental
-ski-running, whilst the technical part has been remodelled,
-enlarged, and, we trust, rendered more lucid and complete.
-Wherever necessary new diagrams have been added, and the
-whole-page illustrations have been chosen with a view to indicating
-the great beauty and variety of the snow regions of the
-earth.</p>
-
-<p>Here and there actual alterations of views previously expressed
-will be found. We make no apology for these, but desire frankly
-to acknowledge our errors, and to thank those friendly critics
-who have pointed them out. With ignorant criticism we have
-been very little troubled, and with actual hostility simply not
-at all.</p>
-
-<p>We are further greatly indebted to the many friends who
-have rendered us positive assistance. The frontispiece is from
-Herr Halström’s wonderful picture “Paa Skare,” which that
-gentleman has given us unqualified leave to reproduce. The
-ski-runner which it depicts also serves as a central figure for the
-cover, designed by Mr. Nico Jungman. To those who have
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_iv">iv</span>
-kindly permitted us to copy their photographs we hereby take
-the opportunity of expressing our best thanks. The outline of
-the Solberg Hill is from an accurate drawing by Herr Von de
-Beauclair published in <i>Ski</i>, to the editor of which paper we are
-also indebted for the drawings illustrating Herr Sohm’s detachable
-seal’s-skin and climbing-irons. To Herr S. Höyer-Ellefsen,
-Herr Fredrik Juell, Herr Trygve Smith, Herr Durban Hansen,
-and numerous other skilful Norwegian runners we are grateful
-for many a useful hint and word of advice, whilst we owe to
-Herr Zdarsky a valuable practical demonstration of his methods
-of teaching. Messrs. C. W. Richardson, E. H. Wroughton, and
-H. P. Cox have been kind enough to help with the actual production
-of the little work, and if there be any others who we
-have omitted to mention we would hereby beg them to accept
-at once both our apologies and thanks.</p>
-
-<p class="author">
-E. C. R.</p>
-
-<p><i>November, 1905.</i>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_v">v</span></p>
-
-<h2 id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS.</h2>
-
-<table class="toc2col">
-  <tr>
-    <td />
-    <td class="small"><i>Pages.</i></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="smcap"><a href="#PREFACE">Preface</a></td>
-    <td>iii-iv</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="smcap"><a href="#THE_ORIGIN_AND_HISTORY_OF_SKI">The Origin and History of Ski</a></td>
-    <td>1-13</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="smcap"><a href="#CONTINENTAL_SKI_RUNNING">Continental Ski-running</a></td>
-    <td>13-17</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="smcap"><a href="#THE_ELEMENTS_OF_SKI_RUNNING">The Elements of Ski-running</a></td>
-    <td>18-85</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i2"><a href="#INTRODUCTION"><i>Introduction</i></a></td>
-    <td>18-20</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i2"><a href="#PART_I">Part I.&mdash;<i>The Ground and the Snow</i></a></td>
-    <td>20-27</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i2"><a href="#PART_II">Part II.&mdash;<i>Outfit</i></a></td>
-    <td>28-52</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#THE_SKI">The Ski</a></td>
-    <td>28-35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#THE_BINDING">The Binding</a></td>
-    <td>35-43</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#FOOT_PLATES">Footplates</a></td>
-    <td>44</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#THE_STICK">The Stick</a></td>
-    <td>44-47</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#FOOTGEAR">Footgear</a></td>
-    <td>47-49</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#OTHER_CLOTHES">Other Clothes</a></td>
-    <td>49-50</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#ACCESSORIES">Accessories</a></td>
-    <td>50-51</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i2"><a href="#PART_III">Part III.&mdash;<i>Technical</i></a></td>
-    <td>52-85</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#PRELIMINARY_ADVICE">Preliminary advice</a></td>
-    <td>52-53</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#LEAN_FORWARD">Lean forward!</a></td>
-    <td>53</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#TO_LIFT_THE_POINT_OF_THE_SKI">To lift the point of the ski</a></td>
-    <td>53-55</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#TURNING_ON_THE_SPOT">Turning on the spot</a></td>
-    <td>55</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#WALKING_WITH_SKI_ON_THE_LEVEL">Walking with ski on the level</a></td>
-    <td>55</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#UP_HILL">Up-hill</a></td>
-    <td>56-61</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#GLIDING_DOWN">Gliding down</a></td>
-    <td>61-65</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#FALLING_AND_GETTING_UP">Falling and getting up</a></td>
-    <td>65</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#SLIGHT_CHANGES_OF_DIRECTION">Slight changes of direction</a></td>
-    <td>65</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#SKATING">“Skating”</a></td>
-    <td>66</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#BRAKING_WITH_THE_STICK">Braking with the stick</a></td>
-    <td>66-68</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#SNOW_PLOUGHING">Snow-ploughing</a></td>
-    <td>68-69</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td title="(SIC) Side-slipping" class="i4"><a href="#SIDE_SLIPPING">Side stepping</a></td>
-    <td>69</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#STEMMING">Stemming</a></td>
-    <td>69-72</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#TO_MAKE_A_DOWN_HILL_CURVE">To make a down-hill curve</a></td>
-    <td>72-77</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#THE_TELEMARK_SWING">The “Telemark” Swing</a></td>
-    <td>78-82</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#THE_CHRISTIANIA_SWING">The “Christiania” Swing</a></td>
-    <td>82-85</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="smcap"><a href="#JUMPING">Jumping</a></td>
-    <td>86-98</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#HOW_TO_SELECT_AND_PREPARE_THE_HILL">How to select and prepare the hill</a></td>
-    <td>90-92</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i4"><a href="#HOW_TO_JUMP">How to jump</a></td>
-    <td>92-98</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="smcap"><a href="#SKI_MOUNTAINEERING">Ski Mountaineering</a></td>
-    <td>99-104</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="smcap"><a href="#ODDS_AND_ENDS">Odds and Ends</a></td>
-    <td>105-116</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i2"><a href="#ANTIDOTES_TO_STICKING"><i>Antidotes to Sticking, &amp;c.</i></a></td>
-    <td>105-111</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i2"><a href="#COMMON_FAULTS_AND_FAILINGS"><i>Common Faults and Failings</i></a></td>
-    <td>111-113</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i2"><a href="#SKI_RUNNING_ETIQUETTE"><i>Ski-running Etiquette</i></a></td>
-    <td>113-114</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="i2"><a href="#SOME_USEFUL_FIGURES"><i>Some Useful Figures</i></a></td>
-    <td>115-116</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_vi">vi</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="xx-large">
-<span class="x-large">THE YEAR-BOOK</span><br />
-
-<small>OF THE</small><br />
-
-SKI CLUB<br />
-
-<small>OF</small><br />
-
-<span class="x-large"><span class="smcap">Great Britain</span></span><br />
-
-<small>CONTAINS</small><br />
-
-<span class="medium">Articles by Practical Men about Ski-running<br />
-Centres in</span><br />
-
-<span style="text-align: left" class="large table"><i>GREAT BRITAIN</i>,<br />
-<i>NORWAY</i>,<br />
-<i>GERMANY</i>,<br />
-<i>SWITZERLAND</i>,<br />
-<i>AUSTRIA</i>,<br />
-<i>ETC.</i>, <i>ETC.</i></span>
-
-<span class="medium table">As well as a great deal of other interesting<br />
-and useful information about the Sport.<br />
-The book is edited by</span>
-
-<span class="large">E. H. WROUGHTON,</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium table">and is published for the Club by Horace<br />
-Cox, Bream’s Buildings, London, E.C.</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium">PRICE ONE SHILLING.</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">1</span></h2>
-
-<h2 id="THE_ORIGIN_AND_HISTORY_OF_SKI"><span class="large">THE</span><br />
-
-ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF SKI.<br />
-
-<span class="large">By <span class="smcap">D. M. M. Crichton Somerville</span>.</span></h2>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<p>There are many people to whom the word “ski” must be an
-enigma, and everything connected with the pastime “ski-ing”
-as a sealed book. The object of the present treatise is, therefore,
-to solve the puzzle, open the pages of the closed volume, and
-thus throw light on a sport which, when once learnt, will be
-found more attractive, healthy, and invigorating than any other
-winter exercise, provided, of course, that it be not carried on (as
-often is the case) to excess, but is indulged in only by those who
-are sound of wind and limb.</p>
-
-<p>For the sake of the uninitiated, it may be explained that
-<i>ski</i> (pronounced she) is a word of foreign origin, which, up to
-comparatively recent years, has been translated “snowshoe,”
-a term which conveys a wrong idea of the appliances in question,
-even supposing it might be more fitly given to the forerunners
-of the ski, viz., pattens formed of withes or wood, which are
-used in many parts at the present day, and of which the Indian
-or Canadian snowshoe is a modified type, and best known to
-British sportsmen.<a id="FNanchor_1" href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">1</a> The ski, however, are of different construction,
-being formed of narrow boards, 7ft. and more in length,
-upturned at the toe to allow of their being shoved or slid over
-the snow, when attached to the feet of the wearer.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">2</span></p>
-
-<p>With the exception of snow skates (iron shod runners some 2ft.
-in length, for use on roadways and hard surfaces) they are the
-only kind of foot gear used for the purpose of gliding on snow,
-and possess many advantages over other snowshoes, not the
-least being their capability of being used for pleasure, as well
-as the necessary outdoor pursuits of daily life.</p>
-
-<p>Until comparatively late years the employment of ski as
-contrivances for travelling on the snow was unknown to the
-majority of those inhabiting the more populated parts of the
-civilised globe, where communication can nearly always be kept
-open by rail, steamboat, or other means; notwithstanding that
-they are, and have been used from time immemorial during
-many months of the year by a large portion of the population of
-Northern and Central Asia, Russia, Scandinavia, and even the
-southern parts of Eastern Europe, where the winters are severe.
-Casual allusions to them in the writings of some few sporting
-authors did not suffice to bring the ski into other than mere
-passing notice; and they would probably have remained in
-obscurity but for the somewhat recent discovery that they could
-be employed for other purposes than those of mere locomotion,
-or keeping open communication in lands and districts where
-snows are deep, and highways lie buried or are unknown.</p>
-
-<p>It may be of interest to mention here that, in remote parts
-of England, ski appear to have been employed so late even as
-the middle of the past century, their use being discontinued as
-communication with the outer world became easier. Thus, apart
-from information derived from other sources respecting finds of
-ski, or their remains in various parts, one gentleman, writing
-from Cumberland in February, 1904, states that, in the dales of
-Yorkshire and Durham, the sport is by no means new, and that
-forty years ago he went to his school on “skees,” which were made
-of beech wood, some 5ft. in length, with “nibs” about 3in., and
-that it was no uncommon practice in those days for the Weardale
-miners to go to and from their work on such snowshoes, it being
-a fine thing to see thirty or forty men gliding down the steep
-slopes from the mines at a speed equal to that of a railway train.
-The writer also adds that, amongst the youths, skee-jumping was
-a favourite pastime, and that he believes the practice was a very
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">3</span>
-old one from the fact that he knew boys of his own age who had
-come into possession of “skees” once owned by their grand-fathers.<a id="FNanchor_2" href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">2</a></p>
-
-<p>To judge from the description given by the author of “Lorna
-Doone,” a form of ski was, probably, known in Devonshire some
-300 years ago, where also sledges were employed throughout the
-entire year instead of wheeled vehicles for carting in farm
-products. In the story he relates how when, during the great
-frost of 1625, John Ridd was told that, in the Arctic regions, any
-man might get along with a “boat” on either foot to prevent
-his sinking in the snow&mdash;such “boats” being made very strong
-and light, of ribs with skin across them, 5ft. long by 1ft. wide,
-and turned up at each end, even as a canoe is&mdash;he built himself a
-pair of strong and light snowshoes, framed of ash, and ribbed of
-withy with half-tanned calf skin stretched across, and an inner
-sole to support his feet. “At first,” he says, “I could not walk
-at all, but floundered about most piteously, catching one shoe in
-the other, and both of them in the snowdrifts (just as a
-beginner would now), to the great amusement of the maidens
-who were come to look at me.”</p>
-
-<p>From the above description such ski would have resembled
-those of the Chukchis in North-East Asia.</p>
-
-<p>It is due, however, to the youth of Norway that ski-ing has
-of late years been reduced to a pleasure and an art; while the
-notice it has received abroad is owing mainly to the prominence
-given to it by accounts furnished to, and published in, English
-sporting and illustrated journals, and to allusions to it in the
-writings of various arctic explorers who have lately taken ski
-with them on their journeys as part of their travelling outfit.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig001" src="images/fig001.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 1.</span>&mdash;An early form of Snowshoe.</p>
-
-<p class="copy">From a Sketch by Laurentius Urdahl.</p></div>
-
-<p>In turning to the history of the ski, it will be found that
-their origin is as much lost in oblivion as that of the wheel; but
-it is not too much to assume that human beings who have been
-created to adapt themselves to their surroundings at all times,
-have, in lands far separated and entirely apart, invented somewhat
-similar appliances with which they could float, as it were,
-and proceed over depths of snow that would otherwise bury
-them, or cross tracts of treacherous ice which would give way
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">4</span>
-under the tread of a human foot. In this connection one need
-not refer solely to inhabitants of wintry countries, for it will be
-found that the natives of other regions, who have to traverse
-yielding surfaces, such as the great mud flats of Hampshire and
-elsewhere, wear pattens on their feet, and are thus able to
-wander in safety over a substance too soft to bear them otherwise.
-Such pattens are almost identical with those employed
-elsewhere for travelling over snow, and consist of slabs of wood,
-some 16in. to 18in. long, by 12in. or so in width, which are
-attached to the feet by toe straps and thongs. In these pattens,
-no matter whether they be made of withes or solid wood, we
-undoubtedly find the earliest form of snowshoes or ski, a form
-which, however, exists to the present day, and is met with in
-the north-eastern and northern portions of Asia, Thibet, the
-Caucasus, Armenia, Scandinavia, Germany, Switzerland, and, in
-a modified form, in North America, the principle of construction
-there being identical, viz., a ring or framework of wood supporting
-a net work of withes or sinews. There are, however, various
-modifications of the original round pattern; some of the shoes,
-possibly to prevent straddling, are more or less elongated, the
-length being increased as the breadth is diminished, while some,
-thus shaped, have occasionally leather stretched between the
-frames to allow of their wearer gliding, instead of walking, over
-the snow, and thus become veritable ski; for while the original
-object of the snowshoe or patten and the ski are identical, viz.,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">5</span>-
-to support a weight on yielding surfaces, the patten remains a
-shoe for walking purposes, while the ski becomes a blade on which
-to slide. From this explanation the difference between patten
-or snowshoe and ski is possibly made clear for the first time.</p>
-
-<p>While, as previously mentioned, it is impossible to trace the
-origin of the ski, mention of snowshoes is made hundreds of
-years before the Christian era. Xenophon refers to their being
-worn (as in Scandinavia to the present day) by the horses of the
-Armenians to prevent their sinking in the deep snow. Historical
-mention, from a period before Christ, is also made of the mountaineers
-of the Caucasus attaching discs of leather (probably
-leather-covered wood), studded with nails, to their feet to enable
-them to move over the snows of the fells. The ancient accounts,
-however, all refer to the patten, but Norwegian traditions dating
-back some 1,600 years make mention of the ski. The Greek
-historian, Prokopius, as well as other writers, including King
-Alfred of England, from 550 <small>A.D</small>. to 1070 <small>A.D</small>., drew attention
-to the Lapps, who were called “Skrid Finner,”<a id="FNanchor_3" href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">3</a> one saying
-they were the best of all men at ski-ing, and the fact of it being
-the Lapps who wore the ski, or who were the great exponents
-of ski-ing in those early times, would tend to confirm the theory
-of the ski themselves originating in Central Asia&mdash;those parts
-of the old world from which the Ugrians or Finns, Samoyeds,
-and other tribes of Mongols migrated northward and westward,
-till stopped by the waters of the Atlantic on the shores
-of the Scandinavian peninsula. There can be little doubt, however,
-that pattens were used for hundreds, if not thousands, of
-years before the thought of sliding over the snow, which led to
-the introduction of ski, entered the head of some inventive
-genius. The original ski were probably constructed by the
-Chukchis, or similar tribes, near the Behring Straits, or Sea of
-Okhotsk. They were formed, as already intimated, of elongated
-frames covered with leather, and were modified, subsequently,
-as migration increased, forests were met with, and wood was
-found to be a better and more durable material for the purpose
-required.</p>
-
-<p>It will thus be seen that ski were extensively used in olden
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">6</span>
-times by the Scandinavians as well as others. They also found
-their way from Norway to Iceland and Greenland. Of ski there
-are many types. The skridsko (sliding shoes), or ski of the
-Lapps, appear, if one is to judge from old illustrations from the
-sixteenth century (Figs. 2 and 3), to have been veritable shoes,
-the feet being placed in a hole made for the purpose at the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">7</span>
-heel of the ski. They are thus depicted as elongated (some
-3ft. long) sabots. There is, however, no reason for assuming
-these sabot skis to have been the original form, for they
-were, at best, but a hybrid type of ingenious construction,
-possibly only used by the inhabitants of certain districts. The
-true Lapps’ ski, on the other hand, were comparatively short
-and broad, attached to the feet by toe straps and thongs, and
-covered with the skins of reindeer calves for the purpose of
-letting them glide easily without accumulating snow on the
-soles, of keeping the wood from splitting or fraying, and
-because, when thus covered, it was easier to ascend the slopes
-of the hills, the hairs which lay fore and aft, checking the
-tendency to slide backwards.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig002" src="images/fig002.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 2.</span>&mdash;Skrid-Finner hunting (Olaus Magnus, <i>ca.</i> 1550).</p></div>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig003" src="images/fig003.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 3.</span>&mdash;Skrid-Finner (Olaus Magnus, <i>ca.</i> 1550).</p></div>
-
-<p>Such skin-clad ski were, and are still, employed by the
-Lapps, as well as by others in Scandinavia, Finland, and
-throughout Siberia; but several other types have, nevertheless,
-been used in Lapland for centuries. In Scandinavia and the
-North, these skin-covered appliances go by the name of
-“aandre,” “ondurr,” “andor,” to distinguish them from the
-plain ski. As, however, the advantages of the skin are not
-now generally considered sufficient to counterbalance the
-disadvantages, they are gradually disappearing.</p>
-
-<p>There can be little doubt but that the greatest development
-of the ski has taken place in Europe, notably in Scandinavia,
-where they have been modified to suit the different requirements
-of the districts in which they are employed. Thus have
-the varied types hitherto been many, but may be divided
-generally into two groups, viz., the short and broad, or loose
-snow ski, and the long and narrow, or compact snow variety
-(“skare ski”), this latter pattern being represented by the
-Oesterdal and Swedish ski (originally one very long and one short
-ski, but now generally of equal length). These are the most
-suitable for open country, whether in the lowlands or mountains,
-and on level or undulating land are superior, so far as
-speed is concerned, to all others; but in broken country, or
-on mountains where obstacles such as trees, rocks, &amp;c., are to
-be met with, the shorter or “loose snow” patterns, owing to
-their handiness, are invariably employed.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">8</span></p>
-
-<p>Almost every province, it may be said almost every district,
-throughout Scandinavia possessed its own type of ski. In
-Russia they have possibly been of a more homogeneous character
-than elsewhere, owing to the snow-clad portions of that empire
-consisting of vast plains which call for no variety of form.
-Of comparatively late years, however, there has been a tendency
-in Norway to adopt one sort for universal use, and a sub
-(lighter) variety for leaping purposes. It is a modified Telemarken
-(loose snow) type, eminently suited to every purpose,
-and is gradually superseding all other forms throughout
-Scandinavia.</p>
-
-<p>Of accessories to the ski, the staff has invariably been
-recognised as a necessity (except in leaping competitions, when
-it becomes a source of the greatest danger) and should always
-form part of the outfit on all long excursions or journeys. It
-assists the skier both in aiding him when ascending, and as a
-brake when descending difficult slopes, or as a means of defence
-if attacked by animals. The Lapps use it, too, as an offensive
-weapon when attacking wolves, which they occasionally run
-down on their ski, and kill by a well-directed blow on the
-snout, or across that most vulnerable spot, the loins of the
-beast. The most effectual use of the staff can only be learnt
-by experience or teaching. The fastenings may be regarded as
-other important accessories, and but a few years ago, and in
-many parts even still consist solely of toe straps formed of
-withes or leather. These simple contrivances suited all the
-requirements of the expert peasants, and it is only of late years,
-when leaping was introduced, and the ski put to other and
-harder purposes than originally intended, that stronger and
-more secure bindings became necessary. Of these, there are
-many sorts, all good, but none perfect as yet. In some instances
-the latter may be a source of great danger owing to its being
-impossible, when peril faces one, or accidents occur, to remove
-the ski from the feet, and notably so when a man breaks
-through treacherous snow-covered ice, owing to the ski preventing
-him from regaining the surface. But while several
-fatal accidents have occurred in this manner, it is possible that
-others have been avoided by the greater command of the ski
-afforded to most people by secure fastenings.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_009" src="images/i_009.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Holmenkollen.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by Rude, Christiania.</i>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">9</span></p></div>
-
-<p>Having now given an outline of the history and origin of the
-ski, it may be well to refer to the movement by which ski-ing
-has been brought into the prominent notice of sportsmen and
-admirers of winter pastimes. In the extensive and mountainous
-district of Telemarken, Norway, one in which ski were
-employed possibly more extensively than in any other, owing to
-its remoteness, and the wretched state of the few highways and
-byways to be found there, the peasants discovered that the
-ski might be used for pleasure as well as ordinary pursuits, and
-arranged meetings at which races were run, and the leaping
-powers of competitors tested on the slopes of selected hills. By
-degrees news of these trials of skill found its way to the towns
-and the populated districts in their neighbourhood, and some
-few citizens having found ski-ing to be a good, and to them
-attractive, exercise, determined to hold similar meetings at
-Christiania each winter. The accounts given of those meetings
-are very ludicrous, the hill being neither steep nor long, the
-competitors riding astride their poles down the track, and only
-jumping, if jumping it could be called, a few yards. The
-exhibitions did not “catch on,” and were discontinued for many
-years. The townsfolk knew too little about the sport to
-appreciate it, and the absurd, if not painful, appearance of the
-competitors was not encouraging to aspirants. Towards the
-end of the seventies, however, owing chiefly to the exertions of
-the Christiania Ski Club&mdash;a select institution with but few
-members&mdash;some Telemarken peasants<a id="FNanchor_4" href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">4</a> were induced to visit the
-capital, and in the early part of 1879 a ski meeting was held on
-the slopes of the hill at Huseby, near Christiania, which was
-attended by a couple of the countrymen, who took part, together
-with other competitors, in the races and leaping that had been
-arranged. The Huseby slope was one which, only a few years
-previously, had been described as highly dangerous, and impossible
-to descend when the snow was fast and in good
-condition.</p>
-
-<p>The leaping competition proved most highly interesting.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">10</span>
-though in some respects quite comical. Every man, except the
-Telemarkings, carried a long, stout staff, and on that, so they
-thought, their lives depended. Starting from the summit,
-riding their poles, as in former times, like witches on broom-sticks,
-checking the speed with frantic efforts, they slid downwards
-to the dreaded platform or “hop” from which they
-were supposed to leap, but over which they but trickled, as it
-were, and, landing softly beneath, finally reached the bottom
-somehow, thankful for their safe escape from the dreaded slide.
-But then came the Telemark boys, erect at starting, pliant, confident,
-without anything but a fir branch in their hands, swooping
-downwards with ever-increasing impetus until with a bound they
-were in the air, and 76ft. of space was cleared ere, with a
-resounding smack, their ski touched the slippery slope beneath,
-and they shot onwards to the plain, where suddenly they turned,
-stopped in a smother of snow dust, and faced the hill they had
-just descended! That was a sight worth seeing, and one never
-to be forgotten, even if in after years such performances have
-been, in a way, totally eclipsed.</p>
-
-<p>This wonderful exhibition of the peasants’ skill naturally
-excited the greatest interest, and acted on the townsfolk like a
-charm. Their leaping was regarded as one of the wonders of
-the world, and in subsequent years people flocked to Christiania
-from far and wide to witness it. Then came the turn of the
-tide, the eyes of the city youths became opened&mdash;the eyes of
-those who, during the long winter days had, for want of better
-occupation, frequented billiard-rooms or ill-ventilated cafés,
-where the seeds of idleness and vice lay ready to strike root.
-By degrees such old haunts became forsaken, for the attractions
-of the newly-found sport proved greater than those of the bottle,
-and even if they failed to attract and reform the <i>majority</i> of men
-just at that period, they certainly had a most beneficial influence
-on many, and, as time advanced, on the younger generation,
-who were able to take to the pastime before bad customs could
-affect their ways. Like other things, especially before its
-novelty had worn off, ski-ing was, and often still is, carried to
-an excess, but that it is a healthy pastime is a fact beyond all
-doubt. To men it came as a boon and a blessing, and
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">11</span>
-subsequently to women and girls, who, in the short winter days
-and close confinement to the house, suffered terribly from
-anæmia and all its attendant evils. At the time referred to the
-fair sex was debarred by public opinion from participating in
-masculine pursuits, and it is not so very long ago that pater and
-materfamilias looked askance at girls who donned the ski.
-That is all changed now, however, and ski-ing has produced of
-later years a race of robust men and healthy women, presenting
-the greatest possible contrast to those who lived “in the good
-old times,” unconscious of the benefits of exercise and fresh air,
-shut up in close and dingy rooms to escape from the dreaded
-cold and the touch of an icy blast.</p>
-
-<p>For some years the peasants carried all before them, both in
-the racing and leaping competitions. They were steady on
-their legs, accustomed to the mountain slopes from their infancy,
-and could out-pace and out-distance all competitors. They did
-not, however, understand the art of training; the townsmen
-soon saw they could not get on without that, and ended at last
-in beating their teachers on all points, first in jumping, which
-they practised as an art, and, secondly, in racing given distances.</p>
-
-<p>It may be well now to touch upon ski-ing proper, or the
-employment of ski for the purpose for which they were originally
-intended, viz., travelling over snow-clad land or ice. By
-means of these appliances people are enable to roam at will,
-enjoying the fresh, crispy air, the pretty landscape, and changing
-scenery, combined with the pleasant sensation of gliding,
-instead of tramping, over the surface of the country. The speed
-attained is certainly not very great, and is about the same in
-hilly as on level country, for in the former the time lost in
-ascending slopes is made up on the descent. In racing, the time
-made by the best men, travelling lightly clad, and under the
-best conditions of snow and weather, works out at about eight
-and a half miles an hour on a course of a little over nine miles,
-and nearly eight miles an hour on one of eighteen and a half
-miles. In racing, the longest distance ever run at a stretch was
-covered by a Lapp, who, at Jokkmokk, in Sweden, made a good
-137 miles in 21 hours and 22 minutes, over comparatively level
-ground, thus at a rate of about six and a half miles an hour.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">12</span>
-Ordinary travellers, or soldiers on ski, would find five to five
-and a half miles an hour quite sufficient to tax their powers. In
-1900, a detachment of the Norwegian Guards accomplished a
-march of 125 miles in seven and a half days, an average of some
-seventeen and a half miles a day, which must be looked upon as
-a very good performance, considering that they carried canvas
-wherewith to improvise tents, sleeping bags, and provisions, and
-moved up hill and down dale, once ascending to a height of
-4,000ft. above the sea level. It will thus be seen that, in
-marching trim, soldiers on ski do not travel faster, or to any great
-extent faster, than infantry at other times, the only advantage
-of the ski being that, when the snow lies, they are able to
-move about, and get along in parts where men not provided
-with such appliances, or snowshoes, would be compelled to
-remain idle.</p>
-
-<p>Attention may now be drawn to leaping, which was originally
-learned by the Norwegians on the slopes of their hills when
-inequalities of ground would, during a rapid descent, cause the
-wearer to bound through the air for some distance, possibly only
-a yard or two, but sufficient, anyway, to create a longing for a
-little more. This led the peasants to make an artificial rise on
-the face of a hill, and there meet to see who could leap farthest.
-In no other country was the leaping ever attempted, and it is
-primarily due to it that ski-ing caught on, and became so
-popular in Norway as to throw all other pleasures into the shade,
-and attain its present position as <i>the</i> national pastime of the
-people. To be understood ski-leaping must be seen. No photograph
-or description can ever give a proper idea of it. Many
-of those who now appear as the best leapers are men who
-devote their chief energies to this branch of the sport, and
-who attend all the meetings they possibly can. They might
-be called “pot hunters,” but this term can, fortunately, be
-hardly applied to them as yet, for the remuneration of a prize
-can scarcely repay the expenses they incur in loss of time,
-travelling, &amp;c. They, in fact, perform for the love of the
-amusement, and, it may be said, nothing else except, possibly,
-renown. Ever since the peasants, in 1879, startled the country
-by their leaping powers, jumping has steadily improved,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">13</span>
-<i>i.e.</i>, in length, and in the courage or daring of the leapers.
-But, while acknowledging this to some extent, it must be
-considered doubtful whether the modern wonderful accomplishments
-equal or surpass those of the Telemarken peasants, who,
-some twenty odd years ago, made bounds of 70ft. and upwards,
-with their ordinary country outfit of home-made ski, simply
-fastened with toe straps of twisted withes, whereas now men
-wear ski specially made for the purpose, strapped securely to
-their boots.</p>
-
-<p>It may be of interest to conclude by giving a list of those
-who have made the longest leaps, and continued their course
-without a spill.</p>
-
-<p>Records of leaps in which the men kept their feet after landing on
-the snow, so-called “standing leaps”:</p>
-
-<table id="list5col" class="bbox">
-  <tr>
-    <th>Year.</th>
-    <th>Name.</th>
-    <th>Place.</th>
-    <th colspan="2">Length of Jump.</th>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1879.</td>
-    <td>Torjus Hemmestvedt</td>
-    <td>Christiania</td>
-    <td>76</td>
-    <td>feet.</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1893.</td>
-    <td>Torjus Hemmestvedt</td>
-    <td>Red Wing, U.S.A.</td>
-    <td>103</td>
-    <td>”</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1898.</td>
-    <td>Sven Sollid</td>
-    <td rowspan="2">Solberg, pr. Christiania</td>
-    <td rowspan="2">103½</td>
-    <td rowspan="2">”</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>”</td>
-    <td>Cato Aal</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>”</td>
-    <td>Tollef Hemmestvedt (16 years old)</td>
-    <td>Telemarken</td>
-    <td>99</td>
-    <td>”</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1899.</td>
-    <td>Asbjörn Nielsen</td>
-    <td rowspan="2">Solberg, pr. Christiania</td>
-    <td rowspan="2">107</td>
-    <td rowspan="2">”</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>”</td>
-    <td>Morten Hansen</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1900.</td>
-    <td>Olaf Tandberg</td>
-    <td>Solberg, pr. Christiania</td>
-    <td>116½</td>
-    <td>”</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1902.</td>
-    <td>Paul Nesjö (18 years old)</td>
-    <td>Trondhjem</td>
-    <td>130</td>
-    <td>”</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>”</td>
-    <td>Nils Gjestvang</td>
-    <td>Modum</td>
-    <td>134½</td>
-    <td>”</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>From the above it will be seen that the longest leap recorded
-was one of 134½ft., truly a wonderful performance, and one that
-could only be accomplished on an exceedingly steep hill by
-most able performers.</p>
-
-<p>In penning the above the writer trusts that he has thrown
-some light on the origin and history of ski, and the purpose
-to which they have been devoted of late years by the Norwegians,
-the founders of the sport of ski-ing.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">14</span></p>
-
-<h2 id="CONTINENTAL_SKI_RUNNING">CONTINENTAL SKI-RUNNING.<br />
-
-<span class="medium">By <span class="smcap">W. R. Rickmers</span>.</span></h2>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<p>If dates there must be, historians will do well to take
-February 8th, 1891, as the day on which the sport of ski-ing
-took root outside of Scandinavia. On that day Dr. Pilet, French
-Consul at Kolmar, appeared at the Hotel Feldbergerhof, Feldberg,
-Black Forest, with a pair of ski, and since then the Black
-Forest has been the centre of ski-running in Germany, whence it
-has spread to Switzerland, chiefly through the efforts of W.
-Paulcke, whose crossing of the Bernese Oberland in the nineties
-caused a great sensation and induced many mountaineers to show
-an interest in the new sport.</p>
-
-<p>There had been many sporadic efforts before and outside of
-Dr. Pilet’s enthusiastic propaganda, but his was destined to bear
-fruit before all the others owing to the favourable conditions
-under which it started, for the Feldberg is an admirable field
-to insure the rapid growth of such a seed. The hotel lies at
-a height of over 3,000ft., and has for many years been open
-throughout the entire winter, whereas, most other places of a
-similar character were formerly shut up and deserted during the
-snowy season. Even before the days of ski-ing many lovers of
-Nature had visited the mountain to spend a few days above the
-mist and slush to which a series of mild winters has now accustomed
-the inhabitants of the plains. Add to this the close
-proximity of Freiburg, a university town full of young and
-energetic men, and we have the explanation why here the first
-ski-missionary was so successful. True, St. Moritz had a far
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">15</span>
-better chance, but there the first impulse would have been
-smothered by the conservative inertia of a fashionable crowd.</p>
-
-<p>In the usual course of events Austria would simply have
-followed the lead of Freiburg, and have been content with a very
-gradual increase of the ski-running public. But here there
-arose a man, Herr Zdarsky, who, single-handed, and through his
-untiring personal efforts, furthered the sport by leaps and
-bounds. He invented a special ski of his own, commonly known
-as the “Lilienfeld” (<a href="#Page_42">p. 42</a>). He taught himself, for he had
-never seen a ski-runner, and he elaborated a scientific method of
-teaching the various movements and evolutions. He may have
-opinions of his own, some of which may have been proved to be
-relatively wrong, or have been vetoed by a majority, but the
-fact remains that he was the first systematic teacher of ski-running.
-To him we owe a published theory of ski-ing as
-specially applicable to steep and difficult Alpine ground;
-while many, including the writer of these lines, enjoy the honour
-of being his disciples. This honour was not, in the first instance,
-without its drawbacks, for a theory, especially if it be new and
-original, is a fertile source of dissension. The theory would
-perhaps have been forgotten, and the “Lilienfeld” fastening
-might now be rusting in the patent office, had Herr Zdarsky not
-been a man of action endowed with an iron will. Practice
-carried the day. Ten years ago there was one pupil at Lilienfeld;
-last winter (1905) over 1,200 received instruction from this indefatigable
-pioneer, to whose village special trains carry devotees
-from Vienna every Sunday.</p>
-
-<p>The differences between the Zdarsky school and the Black
-Forest threatened to assume alarming proportions, for, strange
-to say, both sides had seen little of each other, and a host of
-misunderstandings arose between them over theoretical opinions
-concerning style and fastening. Fortunately the storm has now
-blown over, for many things have been cleared up, and the old
-hands have ceased to bother their heads about the best fastening
-or the best method. Thus the “Lilienfeld Strife” is a chapter
-of history, an interesting phase in the evolution of our noble
-sport. To put the matter in a nutshell, the Black Forest looks
-at the question of ski and style exclusively from the Norwegian
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">16</span>
-point of view of all-round excellence, whereas Lilienfeld
-approaches the subject with the sole idea of quickly teaching the
-beginner how to run safely on mountainous ground. Had this
-been properly understood at once, there would have been no
-quarrelling, for these two standpoints are not antagonistic, but
-complementary. The general theoretical truth is the mean
-between the two, whereas the absolutely practical method is their
-application to the age, physique, talents, and inclinations of
-each particular individual intent upon learning to ski.</p>
-
-<p>In Switzerland there has been no less interest shown in ski-ing
-than elsewhere, and it is doubtless destined to be the great
-ski-ing country of the future, boasting, as it does, of mountains,
-snowy valleys, and a thriving population. Norwegians have told
-me that, according to their belief, they may some day be surpassed
-by the Swiss, who have at their disposal a much greater
-choice of long and steep slopes. In Switzerland the natives and
-the visitors, as a rule, know very little of each other. The
-natives have taken the cue from the Black Forest, whereas the
-visitors, mostly English, have exhibited a laudable impartiality
-and an enthusiasm which bids fair to raise ski-running to the
-first rank among British winter sports.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="small">
-<p><span class="smcap">Note.</span>&mdash;In the foregoing article Mr. Rickmers has omitted one or two
-points in the development of Continental ski-running which may here be
-mentioned.</p>
-
-<p>The translation of books treating of polar expeditions, and, in particular,
-the eloquent passage about ski in Dr. Nansen’s First Crossing of Greenland,
-was largely responsible for the first growth of the sport on the
-Continent. History, too, has repeated itself, and Norwegian students
-resident in foreign universities and technical schools have played much the
-same part in Germany and Switzerland as the early Telemarkings played in
-Christiania. We remember well the astonishment and enthusiasm which
-was aroused at the meeting of the Glarus Club in 1903, when Messrs.
-Heyderdahl and Holte gave an exhibition of leaping and quick turning.
-Never had the people seen such a sight before, and the good seed sown
-took root, and bore green shoots at once in the shape of numerous little
-jumps constructed by the juvenile population. And as in Glarus, so in
-other places, people were suddenly awakened by an exhibition of expert
-skill to the immense possibilities of the long unwieldy-looking boards.</p>
-
-<p>Great praise is also due to such men as Dr. Paulcke, of Freiburg; Herr
-Iselin, of Glarus; Herr Von de Beauclair, of Bern (to mention only three), for
-the organisation and conduct of ski clubs in their special districts, and the
-holding of race meetings and courses of instruction presided over by
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">17</span>
-Norwegian experts. Other clubs sprang up in all directions, and a great
-number of meetings began to be held in different parts of the country. In
-Switzerland, indeed, this soon became a source of inconvenience, for every
-little club had its championships which professed to cover a far larger area
-than fact warranted. It was accordingly arranged last year (1904) to form a
-large central association for all Switzerland, which, in due course, held its
-meeting at Glarus on January 21st, 1905.</p>
-
-<p>Even as these lines are going to press the news comes to hand of a
-large association of all the clubs of Central Europe, and, although in the
-meanwhile no central meeting is contemplated, it seems more than probable
-that some arrangement of the sort will, at no very distant period, be found
-convenient.</p>
-
-<p>At these Continental gatherings it was last year (1904) decided to observe
-the same principles as in Norway, and the chief honours are now awarded
-to those competitors who show the greatest skill in both long-distance racing
-and jumping. The long-distance race is thus, in the main, a test of speed
-and endurance, whilst the jump shows whether a runner is courageous,
-quick-witted, and skilful as well as strong.</p>
-
-<p>The use of ski from a military point of view is somewhat outside the scope
-of a book of this kind which proposes to deal with them chiefly as instruments
-of sport. It is sufficient to say here that the military authorities
-of all the principal Continental Powers have given practical recognition of
-the value of ski in winter warfare, and it is now usual to hold races
-designed specially for soldiers at all ski meetings of importance. In the
-opinion of all <i>competent</i> judges, ski would be of great value in the north-west
-frontier of India, but up till the present no good ski-runner has been
-invited by the Government to put matters to the test. For an interesting
-essay on the subject see Mr. H. Chubb’s article in the Ski Club of Great
-Britain’s Year-Book, No. 1., Vol. I.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Ed.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_017" src="images/i_017.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">A Norwegian Soldier.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by A. B. Wilse.</i>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">18</span></p></div>
-
-<h2 id="THE_ELEMENTS_OF_SKI_RUNNING">THE ELEMENTS OF SKI-RUNNING.<br />
-
-<span class="smcap">By</span><br />
-<span class="smcap">W. R. Rickmers</span> and <span class="smcap">E. C. Richardson</span>.</h2>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<h3 id="INTRODUCTION">INTRODUCTION.</h3>
-
-<p>Ski-running is a sport which literally throws one into a whirl
-of excitement from the moment one starts learning it. Thus the
-novice who has once tried will not worry over the question as to
-how long he will take to master the art. The constant repetition,
-however, of the inquiry: “How long does it take to learn
-ski-running?” forces us to make some kind of reply, though
-unwilling to compromise ourselves by laying down a hard and
-fast rule. Given, then, a pair of ski, snow, correct methods,
-and a certain amount of patience, anyone gifted with average
-pluck and muscle should know enough after a week’s practice
-to enjoy excursions of four or five hours’ length. The practice
-of the first day or two is always the most trying, but after this
-progress becomes rapid. Every beginner falls continually and
-expends an enormous amount of energy in getting up again, and
-every beginner misapplies the greater part of his strength in
-other directions. But an elementary balance is soon gained,
-and one quickly learns how to make those little movements of
-the thigh muscles which save so much. We are far from saying
-that at the end of a week you will be even a moderately good
-ski-runner. Downhill your more skilful companions will be able
-to leave you far behind, and you will be sorely embarrassed
-when the ground is at all difficult. But at the end of that time
-you ought to be far enough advanced to enjoy something of the
-sensations of a swift descent, and to enter upon the confines of
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">19</span>
-that territory of snow-clad forest and mountain which it will be
-your special privilege to visit. And that is already much.</p>
-
-<p>Whilst it is our belief that no other form of exercise offers
-greater opportunities for the development of individual skill, it
-is certain that in no other are the surroundings more beautiful
-or more novel. The landscape is, as it were, transfigured, for
-the commonest objects become ennobled when swathed in the
-flowing garb of the snow-drift, with its sparkle of iridescent hues.
-There is a stillness and a clearness and a blueness of the atmosphere,
-and a play of golden sunlight through the branches of the
-pine trees, standing so erect and silent, sleeping till the return
-of spring. And above the trees fresh wonders lie in store. Vast
-slopes of snow, broken here and there by some dark rock, and
-behind them the soaring watch-towers of the Alps, with their
-time-worn battlements and shattered walls. Below, in the gulf
-of the valley, lies the village, diminutive like a German toy at
-the bottom of a staircase; and on the other side rise whitened
-slopes, with clusters of tiny châlets, snow-covered and silent; and
-far away in the enchanted distance, clear-cut, yet mystical,
-stretches a fairyland of filmy peak and glacier, blending its
-opalescence with the blue of heaven. A week is surely a short
-apprenticeship to serve for the enjoyment of these wonders, and
-we honestly believe that, if you are reasonably strong and diligent,
-you can see them at the end of that time.</p>
-
-<p>Like most things, ski-running is best learnt young. A certain
-suppleness of limb characterises the style of those who have
-begun in childhood, and this, like the true accent of a foreign
-language, is most difficult to acquire in after years. Nevertheless,
-it is astonishing what can be achieved long after the muscles
-have set. In proof of which we may instance that two really
-good runners with whom we are acquainted did not begin, in
-the one case till after thirty and in the other till after fifty.
-We do not, therefore, consider it likely that you are too old to
-learn, though we are willing to believe that you may be too
-lazy!</p>
-
-<p>An encouraging feature of the sport is the constant improvement
-one makes. In many other pursuits a point seems soon
-to be reached beyond which further progress is very difficult.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">20</span>
-But with ski-running every season brings its due measure of
-advance. A well-known skater is credited with the observation
-that anybody could learn to skate, but that to be a first-class
-ski-runner one must not only be born on ski, but live on them
-constantly for eighty years&mdash;an hyperbole which contains a
-strong element of truth. Of course, as in other things,
-an early beginning is of great value, but a natural
-aptitude can very well be developed late in life. It
-is the object of a book of this kind to provide instruction in
-those methods which experience has shown to be useful, and we
-believe that if the beginner will himself help us by using his
-intelligence, he will be very materially assisted by the perusal
-of these pages. At the same time, it must not be forgotten that
-the best we can hope to do is to place before him a sort of
-grammar of the sport. The spoken language, the unconscious
-and instantaneous adaptation of the various positions advocated
-to the circumstances of the case, can only be acquired by practice
-directed by common sense.</p>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<h2 id="PART_I">PART I.<br />
-
-<span class="large">THE GROUND AND THE SNOW.</span></h2>
-
-<p>Wherever there is snow, there one <i>can</i> ski; whether one safely
-<i>may</i> is another question, whereof more anon. Absence of snow,
-or snow transformed into blue ice, are therefore the well-defined
-limits to the possibilities of the sport.</p>
-
-<p>There is no kind of surface capable of harbouring snow
-which has not been tried on ski, from the plain, with its unbroken
-sheet of white, to the rugged mountain side, where
-narrow channels have to be navigated amid toothed reefs and
-giddy precipices.</p>
-
-<p>Every pedestrian knows the infinite variety there is in landscape;
-how an ever-changing aspect of the surface is created by
-the geological nature of the soil (sand, moor, rock)&mdash;the vegetation
-(grass, heather, forest)&mdash;the inclination of the slopes and
-other topographical features (downs, hills, mountains, valleys,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">21</span>
-lakes); not to forget the work of man (his houses, fences, roads,
-and ditches). For the ski-runner this great variety of ground
-is increased a hundredfold by the different states of the snow,
-which he learns to distinguish in the course of his outings. The
-changes snow is capable of are wonderful to behold, and the
-observant tourist never ceases to discover some kind or condition
-which is new to him. There is soft, flaky, fresh-fallen snow;
-there is downy, fluffy, powdery, floury, crystalline, brittle, salt-like,
-slithery, gelatinous, watery snow; there is snow as hard
-and white as marble, and snow with a thick crust which breaks
-into big slabs; there can be a layer of soft or powdery stuff on a
-hard sheet, or a thin, glassy film over loose snow. We have seen
-it in thin scales, the size of half-crowns, rustling under the ski
-like the leaves of an autumn forest, or, again, in the form of
-long, streaky crystals, like asbestos. Often it lies pat and smooth
-over the rounded hills; at other times it will be a frozen turmoil
-of waves, ridges, and grooves!</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Variable Ground is Desirable.</span></h5>
-
-<p>In stating that it is possible to ski on every kind of snow and
-on every form of snow-covered ground, it is at the same time to
-be observed that some kinds of snow and some kinds of ground
-are more suitable for the sport than others. And as regards the
-ground, most people prefer it to be as varied as possible. We
-do not like it to be all precipitous mountain-side or all dead
-level, or, for that matter, all undulating glade. Nor do we
-desire our slopes to be always smooth and easy, any more than
-we wish them always broken and difficult. A happy combination
-of all these things is best. We adore the straight, smooth
-descent of a long incline, with its wind-song in the ears and its
-snow spray in the face, but we have also an affection for turning
-hither and thither amongst trees and rocks. And even level
-running, which the beginner is apt to despise, is much more
-interesting and much more difficult than many people are
-inclined to believe.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">The Snow Should be Uniform.</span></h5>
-
-<p>But, whilst the ground itself should be varied, it is most
-desirable that the snow upon it should be of uniform quality
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">22</span>
-throughout. Sudden changes, as, for example, when a thin
-crust will bear for some distance and then suddenly give way,
-are not only unpleasant, but sometimes positively dangerous.
-Perhaps the best of all snow is that which has rested for some
-time undisturbed at a temperature a few degrees below freezing
-point. Under such favourable conditions the tiny crystals of
-which it is composed settle down and pack together, forming a
-mass, the compactness of which increases with its depth. Nor
-does the surface remain unchanged, for here the dew condenses,
-and in freezing forms the innumerable thin leaf-like films above
-mentioned. The ski glide very easily over these, and sink into
-the compacter substratum just far enough to admit of easy
-steering.</p>
-
-<p>Another capital snow condition is when a hard crust has been
-formed, on the top of which more snow falls to the depth of a
-few inches, the first few flakes of the new fall being wet, so as
-to adhere to the old crust and prevent slipping.</p>
-
-<p>Wind-driven snow is not usually very good, but sometimes,
-if the temperature be not too low, it will form itself into a
-compact floury sort of substance, which will stick slightly to the
-ski to a degree just sufficient to help up-hill, but not enough to
-cause annoyance or to prevent a free passage downwards. Very
-hard snow is bad both for climbing and for glissading, for up-hill
-it becomes necessary to stamp vigorously in order to obtain
-a footing, and down-hill the lack of side grip renders steering
-very difficult. But quite watery snow, especially if it be shallow,
-often affords capital sport.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Sticky Snow.</span></h5>
-
-<p>The worst condition possible for ski-running is when, the
-temperature being slightly above freezing, the snow “balls.”
-This sometimes occurs with old snow when the sun is very hot,
-but much more frequently immediately after a fresh fall. The
-cause of balling is that water is formed on the surface, which,
-being pressed down into the colder substratum, re-freezes, and
-adheres to the bottom of the ski: to this, being again wetted,
-large clods of the “binding” snow readily attach themselves;
-sliding becomes out of the question, and one is obliged at every
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">23</span>
-step to lift many pounds’ weight of mingled snow, water, and
-ice. Some partial cures for this evil exist, and will be found
-at the end of the book at page 105; but they are at the best
-but makeshifts, and to our minds ski-running in sticky snow is
-never really enjoyable. Fortunately, this state of affairs is not
-nearly so common as one might at first imagine, for after the
-snow has settled, even if the air be warm, the ski do not usually
-sink in sufficiently to reach the cold under-surface, and no re-freezing,
-the primary cause of sticking, takes place.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Crusted Snow.</span></h5>
-
-<p>Another kind of bad snow occurs after warm weather followed
-by frost, when an ice crust is formed. If sufficiently thick to
-bear, and if slightly warm, this is not so bad; but if it bears in
-some places and not in others a very irritating, and sometimes
-even dangerous, state of affairs exists. The evil is aggravated
-when the sun’s rays, penetrating, but not melting, the clear ice
-surface, are strong enough to reach the ground below. This
-being dark coloured, is warmed, and, of course, melts the snow
-which is close to it, forming large hollows, which, though capital
-hot-houses for plants, are veritable traps for the unwary ski-runner.
-On such a surface, when the crust is strong, the ski
-will slide rapidly, but when it is rotten they will break through,
-precipitating the runner forward, cutting his face and hands,
-and not improbably spraining his limbs and breaking his ski.
-Turning on such snow is a matter of extreme difficulty, for
-the pressure involved usually breaks the crust, with similar
-disastrous results. It behoves us to avoid such places, or, if we
-must cross them, to exercise extreme caution in doing so.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Patchy Snow.</span></h5>
-
-<p>A third, but less serious, sort of bad snow is commonly
-encountered, when the surface, being for the most part firm and
-in good order, becomes interrupted here and there by marble-like
-patches of very fine powder. This is a state of affairs which
-often occurs high up, when the cold is intense, and when strong
-winds blow fine snow over an otherwise good surface. The
-powder settles on the lee side of any inequalities and adheres to
-any slight irregularities. The ski glide very well over the old
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">24</span>
-snow, but are checked by the powder, and a fall forward results.
-A little practice, however, soon enables one to distinguish between
-the semi-transparent, crystalline, darker-looking, old snow
-and the more opaque, white, fresh powder; and one learns how
-to make allowances by leaning backwards or forwards.</p>
-
-<h5>“<span class="smcap">Skavler.</span>”</h5>
-
-<p>Another disagreeable variety of snow worthy of special mention
-is the frozen turmoil of waves previously mentioned. This,
-too, occurs very high up, and is caused by wind. In the Norwegian
-tongue it is known by the expressive name of <i>skavler</i>.
-The ridges are sometimes as much as a couple of feet high, and,
-being quite hard, they are very unpleasant to traverse. They
-occur, of course, on the sides of mountains more exposed to the
-wind. If one <i>must</i> cross them, a long ski is preferable to a
-short ski for the purpose, but there is often a way round if one
-looks for it intelligently.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">An Eye for Country.</span></h5>
-
-<p>In this connection it may be said at once that to choose one’s
-way correctly and quickly, either up hill or down, is a most
-important part of ski-running, demanding just about as much
-skill as the preservation of the balance. What is known as <i>an
-eye for country</i> seems to be very largely a natural gift. Some
-people are always in difficulties, whilst others, often less skilful
-in other respects, are able to find their way almost intuitively
-across unknown ground. But, of course, experience in this, as
-in other matters, counts for a great deal, and what may at first
-sight strike the beginner as prophetic inspiration is often nothing
-more than an application of previously acquired knowledge to
-present conditions. It is impossible to give much information
-of this kind in a book, but, nevertheless, a few hints on the
-subject may be found useful.</p>
-
-<p>In the first place it may be said that as a general rule snow
-is in better running condition on the north sides of hills, which
-are shaded from the sun, than on the south, which are exposed
-to it. And this is true not only of mountains as a whole, but of
-every little hillock and inequality throughout their contour.
-Also it is to be observed that the sun is warmer towards the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">25</span>
-middle of the day than in the early morning, but that the
-temperature usually falls about a degree Fahrenheit for every
-300 feet one ascends. From which considerations it is evident
-that it generally pays to climb a mountain on the south side,
-where the snow will be firm, and, at all events late in the year,
-to start early in the morning. The north side will usually be
-the best for the descent, as there the snow will probably be
-powdery and manageable.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_024" src="images/i_024.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">In Nordmarken, near Christiania.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by H. Abel.</i></p></div>
-
-<p>Again, the direction of the prevalent winds, as above mentioned,
-has considerable influence, and one will as a rule find
-the surface harder on the weather than on the lee side of
-mountains.</p>
-
-<p>Another thing worth remembering is to proceed very carefully
-over stony ground early in the year. If a stone be struck
-it will almost certainly damage the ski, and very probably cause
-a spill; and in December many stones are concealed by an inch
-or two of fluffy snow, which is no adequate protection. By
-February, however, the covering will be both deeper and firmer,
-and the risk will not be so great. Grass or small heather, on
-the other hand, even though half exposed, does not stop the
-free passage of the ski, but earth&mdash;as, for instance, that cast up
-by a mole&mdash;is almost as bad as stones. So much for the mole-heap.</p>
-
-<p>Let us now pass to the consideration of mountains.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">The Eternal Snows.</span></h5>
-
-<p>Concerning this kind of ground it is needful to give a word of
-serious advice, to sound a note of warning&mdash;that is, about Alpine
-ground, the high mountain, and more particularly the region of
-the glacier. Winter among the <i>highest</i> Alps taxes to the
-utmost the experience and the qualities of the mountaineer.
-While affording the intensest excitement and causing a feeling
-of the greatest elation when successful, expeditions to these are
-never free from grave danger, as is sufficiently demonstrated by
-the victims whom ski-mountaineering has already claimed. The
-proportion of accidents is really appalling, and should make the
-ski-runner pause before venturing unwarily into the region of
-<i>eternal</i> snow. To mountaineers we need only say: “Observe
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">26</span>
-the rules of your craft with redoubled watchfulness when ski-ing
-in the Alps.” Others we must earnestly implore not to undertake
-an excursion in the higher regions unless accompanied by
-experienced companions or native guides. Good “ski-hills”
-recommended for downright enjoyment, and free from conditions
-causing undue anxiety, are rarely higher than 8000 feet
-(sometimes 10,000 feet); and we strongly advise the beginner to
-stick to such and to leave the more ambitious summits severely
-alone.</p>
-
-<p>In drawing this danger zone it must not, however, be assumed
-that every mountain under the limit is safe. The mountains,
-as it were, recede from us in the winter, and many summits and
-passes which afford a pleasant stroll in the summer become
-fraught with difficulty when the snow queen annexes them for a
-time to her dominions. Gracious to those who have been properly
-“presented,” and who approach her in a spirit of reverence,
-that lady arms herself against the <i>parvenu</i> who would
-force his way to her presence and shake her by the hand.
-Giddiness, snow-blindness, frost-bites, snow-storms and mists,
-steep ice slopes, hidden crevasses, tottering cornices, and last,
-but not least, the avalanche, are amongst her weapons. In the
-use of these she is quite pitiless, and she usually contrives to
-cunningly conceal them and to pounce upon her victim when he
-is most off his guard.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Geographical.</span></h5>
-
-<p>The beginner who has followed us so far is probably now
-imbued with the idea that ski-running is a most dangerous
-sport, and that if he is not overwhelmed by an avalanche, he is
-pretty sure to break his leg in some one or other of the kinds of
-bad snow which have been mentioned. Let him take heart.
-By far the greater part of the snow-covered ground within easy
-reach of his abode is sure to be perfectly safe, and, provided
-that he is reasonably careful, the chances of an accident are
-very small. During the months of January and February the
-snow is usually in excellent condition in any of the usual winter
-resorts in Norway or on the Continent,<a id="FNanchor_5" href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">5</a> and by going further
-afield very good going may often be found until the end of April.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">27</span></p>
-
-<p>Still, it is quite exceptional to enjoy a day’s expedition without
-encountering a little bad or indifferent snow during some part
-of it, on which occasions the difference between the beginner and
-the expert will be more than ever apparent. The great secret
-is to go carefully, but to keep moving. Make up your mind
-what you are going to do, and do it. A hill is never anything
-like as difficult as it looks from the top, but it is usually considerably
-higher than it looks from below. In the clear atmosphere
-of such countries as Norway and Switzerland it is very
-difficult to judge distances. The moral is to consult maps. In
-Switzerland these are specially excellent, but even the very old
-and somewhat inaccurate surveys of Norway are far more reliable
-than your own or even the natives’ opinion about such matters.</p>
-
-<p>A corollary to the importance of maps is the importance of
-the pocket compass, without which no party of ski-runners should
-ever venture far from home. It is surprising how easily a mist
-or a heavy snow-storm will cause one to lose one’s way, even on
-ground with which one is perfectly familiar at other times. In
-doubtful weather take a bearing or two as you go along. To do
-so takes very little time, and your knowledge <i>may</i> be of great
-value on your return journey.</p>
-
-<p>We may conclude this section by directing the reader’s attention
-to the Year-Book of the Ski Club of Great Britain, which
-contains a great deal of information about ski-running from a
-geographical point of view. No. 1 of Vol. I., which has just
-been issued, deals with important centres for the sport in Great
-Britain, Norway, Switzerland, Germany, Austria, &amp;c., &amp;c. The
-articles are all written by disinterested and practical men, who
-are themselves ski-runners, and the reader could not do better
-than turn to it for detailed information concerning any country
-which he intends to visit. The book is edited by Mr. E.
-Wroughton, and is published for the club by Horace Cox,
-Bream’s Buildings, London. It is issued free to members of the
-club and for one shilling to the general public.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">28</span></p>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<h2 id="PART_II">PART II.<br />
-
-<span class="large">OUTFIT.</span></h2>
-
-<h4 id="THE_SKI">THE SKI.</h4>
-
-<p>Almost every valley in Norway had at one time its own special
-type of ski, supposed by its inhabitants to be peculiarly suited to
-their requirements; and in other lands the variations have been
-no less numerous and remarkable. Those interested in antiquities
-of this kind are recommended to visit Herr Welhaven’s very
-large and complete collection in Christiania, which it is to be
-hoped the Norwegian nation will acquire and exhibit in a
-suitable museum before it is purchased by some wealthy
-foreigner. We do not propose to weary the ordinary reader with
-a minute description of the various types, especially as time has
-shown the special virtues claimed for them to have been largely
-imaginary. The very curious Oesterdal ski are, however, worthy
-of special notice. In that district the natives used on the left
-foot a very long (about 11ft.) and narrow ski, and on the right a
-shorter (about 8ft.) and broader one, covered with elk’s or
-seal’s skin. The hairy ski was used to push, climb, and turn
-on, and was called the <i>Andor</i>; whilst the long one, called the
-<i>Langski</i>, was for resting on when running straight. The long
-ski was of special value in crossing the hard, lumpy snow so
-common in that wind-swept region. There was much sense in
-this arrangement, for in point of fact one does as a rule, even
-now, run on one ski and steer with the other; but we fancy that
-the uneven movements on the level must have been somewhat
-fatiguing. Be this as it may, the <i>Andor</i> and the <i>Langski</i> are
-now practically extinct, and in hilly countries the <i>Telemark</i> ski
-has now superseded all others. In Sweden, Finland, and
-Russia, and in flat countries generally, a very long, thin, and
-narrow ski is found to be faster. The curve in front is very
-flat, and there are considerable variations in the form of groove
-used underneath. But for a mountainous country these are too
-long for up-hill work, and the sharp, flat point is not suitable for
-glissading. The Telemark type can, on the other hand, be used
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">29</span>
-everywhere, and we have no hesitation in recommending it to
-our readers.</p>
-
-<p>To the inexperienced eye there is very little difference
-between the shape of the ski used by the Telemarkings who first
-came to Christiania and those now for sale in that town or on
-the Continent. Differences, however, do exist, and some of them
-are important; besides which it is unquestionably pleasant to be
-the owner of a handsome pair of ski which, in addition to
-possessing certain advantages, are always a source of gratification
-to oneself and of envy and admiration to one’s friends. We
-will accordingly mention all the points of a really good pair,
-beginning with the most important.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">The Wood.</span></h5>
-
-<p>It is, of course, necessary that they should be made of very
-well-seasoned wood, but, unless you happen to be a timber
-expert, you will have to take your dealer’s word for this. Ash
-is the wood most widely used, and the one which we would
-recommend the beginner to purchase. Hickory ski are faster
-than ash, but they are considerably heavier, and frequently
-brittle. Fir ski are cheap, light, and suitable for children, but
-it is difficult to get really good wood strong enough for adults;
-moreover, they are considerably slower than ash. Walnut is
-also said to be excellent, but it is difficult to procure in long
-enough and straight enough planks, and it is little used. A
-combination of pine and hickory is often employed for racing,
-where extreme lightness and speed are of importance, but it is
-not as strong as good ash.</p>
-
-<p>Having decided on the wood, see that the grain is as straight
-as possible, and that if at any place it runs out its lines when
-doing so point downwards towards the heel, and not upwards
-towards the toe; otherwise when the ski begins to wear splinters
-will be formed, which will stick downwards into the snow and
-act as brakes. Beware of very light ash, which is apt to be
-brittle; the best is somewhat heavy even when thoroughly dry
-and well seasoned. By-and-by, when you have acquired some
-skill, you may perhaps like to have a pair of light ski for the
-mountains where you intend to go carefully and take no risks,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">30</span>
-and where consequently the chance of a break is considerably
-less; but you will appreciate them all the more if you have got
-into the way of using a heavier article down below.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Shape.</span></h5>
-
-<p>The bend in front is of importance. It should begin very
-gradually at a point about four-fifths of the distance between
-the heel end and the tip, and should not be too steep. A rise
-of about 5in., measuring from the ground to the bottom of the
-tip, is amply sufficient. A good ski should also be fairly
-“whippy” about the point, but the elasticity should be distributed
-gradually from centre to tip, and should not come
-suddenly at one point only. We also like a ski to be broad at
-the bend, a shade broader even than the beautiful form shown in
-Figs. 4 and 5. The two qualities of gentleness of curve and
-breadth at the tip assist a rapid passage <i>on the top</i> of smooth
-snow, whilst the elasticity is valuable on lumpy ground, besides
-being conducive to lightness. The desirability of elasticity is, we
-think, a reason for eschewing the round-upper-sided ski sometimes
-sold in Norway. The round upper-side does not, of course,
-permit of so much loose snow resting upon it as the flat, but it
-makes the front part of the ski very stiff, and consequently
-unpleasant to run on, slow, and liable to break.</p>
-
-<p>Besides the bend at the point, there is a long upward curve
-throughout the length of the ski, running from heel to entrance.
-The object of this is, of course, to prevent any bending in the
-opposite direction caused by the weight of the body; it also
-serves to provide an agreeable elasticity when one is running on
-the level.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Colour.</span></h5>
-
-<p>The colour of the ski is very largely a matter of taste, and in
-nine days out of ten is of no practical importance. Every now
-and again, however, there will be a time when the sun will beat
-fiercely on dark-coloured ski and warm them, causing the snow
-to adhere to them top and bottom more readily than to those of
-lighter colour, which throw off a greater proportion of the rays.
-For which reason we unhesitatingly give our vote for plain
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">31</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">32</span>
-varnished or white-painted ski. Black-painted ski are, however,
-very common in Norway. They look very smart and present a
-pleasing contrast to the snow, and they are frequently recommended
-for mountain use, for the reason that when the eye is
-dazzled by vast expanses of unbroken white they afford a
-valuable point of focus, and so act as a preventive to snow-blindness.
-We would, however, strongly advise the reader not
-to rely too much on this, or sooner or later his eyes will surely
-be affected. Smoked goggles, or some such arrangement as that
-recommended on page 50, are infinitely preferable to any black
-paint. Besides which, plain varnished ski are ever so much
-darker than the snow, and one can focus one’s eyes almost
-equally well on them. The painting of ski is, on the other hand,
-often a cunning device on the part of unscrupulous dealers to
-hide defects in the wood&mdash;a fact which may account for their
-popularity to a greater extent than the guileless may suppose.</p>
-
-<table>
-  <tr>
-    <td><img id="fig004" src="images/fig004.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-    <span class="smcap">Fig. 4.</span>
-    </td>
-    <td>
-    <p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Ski.</span><br />
-    Modern “Telemark” Type.</p>
-    </td>
-    <td><img id="fig005" src="images/fig005.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-    <span class="smcap">Fig. 5.</span>
-    </td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>Having, then, given our vote for plain-varnished, flat-topped,
-fairly heavy ash ski of Telemark type, with a long, easy, flattish
-elastic entrance and a broadish point, it remains for us to consider
-how broad they shall be at the middle and how long over
-all, and whether they shall or shall not be provided with a groove
-underneath them running from end to end. We approach these
-questions with a certain degree of diffidence, for, in the first
-place, investigations with a view to their answer have not been,
-and perhaps cannot be, carried out with much scientific precision,
-and, in the second place, they will always remain very
-largely matters of personal taste.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Smooth-bottomed and Broad</span> <i>versus</i> <span class="smcap">Grooved and Long</span>.</h5>
-
-<p>Evidently to some extent the length and breadth of a ski
-must be proportionate to the weight of the runner, a certain
-degree of carrying surface being necessary to obviate sinking.
-But, apart from all questions of support, length is of great
-importance. In this respect ski resemble ships, for, generally
-speaking, the longer they are the faster they go. Area for area
-long ski are faster than broad. On the other hand, the shorter
-a ski is the more readily it will turn, and it is, of course, very
-important to be able to steer easily. There comes a point, however,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">33</span>
-when ease of turning develops into wobbling, and seriously
-interferes with one’s balance when running straight. Nor is
-the unsteadiness of short and broad ski confined to what may be
-considered as <i>horizontal</i> wobbling, due to inequalities of the
-ground, but broad ski are also more subject to what may be
-regarded as <i>vertical</i> wobbling, due to unequal snow consistency.
-For in the case of the long ski variations in the carrying power
-of the snow and consequent errors of balance occur in a
-backward and forward direction, but in the case of a broad ski
-in a sideward direction, which latter is, of course, more
-upsetting.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_032" src="images/i_032.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">The Gates of the Jotunheim.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by E. C. Richardson</i></p></div>
-
-<p>Again, almost all ski are nowadays provided with a groove
-along the bottom, beginning at a point a little distance below
-the bend and continuing to the heel. The object of this is to
-prevent <i>horizontal</i> wobbling and to assist straight running.
-Its working is most powerful. Clearly, then, some sort of compromise
-must be arrived at between a very smooth and broad
-ski on the one hand, and a very long and grooved one on the
-other. Now in Norway straight running is all the order of the
-day. Around Christiania there is scarcely a hill which cannot
-be, and is not, taken at full speed, and the smooth, glacier
-polished mountains of that country are equally suitable for a
-straight descent. In the Black Forest, too, straight running is
-paramount. For these countries we recommend grooved ski about
-as long as the distance between the ground and the roots of the
-fingers when the hand is held above the head, and of a width
-proportionate to the weight of the runner. In Switzerland,
-however, the ground is both steeper and more irregular, and in
-general far more difficult for straight running, hidden water-courses,
-rocks, and other obstacles being of common occurrence.
-There, it is accordingly of paramount importance to the beginner
-to be able to control his speed and to turn, and our advice is
-that in that country he should, for ordinary going, use somewhat
-shorter and slightly broader ski&mdash;say, about 6in. shorter
-than in Norway. We advise him <i>for all-round purposes</i> in
-Switzerland to retain the groove. But if he is going to do much
-climbing on very steep and difficult ground, or if he is advancing
-in years and has lost something of his pristine dash, he may find
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">34</span>
-it convenient to omit the groove and to travel on perfectly
-smooth boards.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Long Alpine Tours.</span></h5>
-
-<p>For really long and arduous mountain tours in the Alps, where
-every ounce of weight tells, we would recommend a further
-reduction of about a foot in all from the customary Norwegian
-length, and only a slight increase (if, indeed, any) in the ordinary
-breadth. On such expeditions careful going and power of control
-are of paramount importance, and ski-running becomes more
-of a means to an end than an end in itself. A little extra sinking
-in up-hill is not of much moment, and is more than equalised
-by the gain in lightness; and down-hill the loss in speed is of
-no consequence&mdash;indeed, in some cases a positive advantage.
-On such ski, too, the groove is better omitted.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Ordinary Use.</span></h5>
-
-<p>The following table may help the reader to select ski of about
-the usual Norwegian proportions:&mdash;</p>
-
-<table id="skirunner" class="bbox">
-<caption><span class="smcap">Height of the Ski-Runner.</span></caption>
-  <tr>
-    <th style="width: 3em" rowspan="4"><span class="smcap">Weight of the Ski-Runner.</span></th>
-    <th >&mdash;</th>
-    <th>Up to<br />4′ 3″</th>
-    <th>4′ 3″<br />to<br />5′ 0″</th>
-    <th>5′ 0″<br />to<br />5′ 3″</th>
-    <th>5′ 3″<br />to<br />5′ 5″</th>
-    <th>5′ 5″<br />to<br />5′ 7″</th>
-    <th>5′ 7″<br />to<br />5′ 9″</th>
-    <th>5′ 9″<br />to<br />5′ 11″</th>
-    <th>5′ 11″<br />to<br />6′ 1″</th>
-    <th>Over<br />6′ 1″</th>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>Under<br />10 stone</td>
-    <td>2½″<br />51″</td>
-    <td>2½″<br />59″</td>
-    <td>2½″<br />65″</td>
-    <td>2½″<br />71″</td>
-    <td>2½″<br />77″</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>10 to<br />13 stone</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>2¾″<br />71″</td>
-    <td>2¾″<br />75″</td>
-    <td>2¾″<br />79″</td>
-    <td>2¾″<br />83″</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>Over<br />13 stone</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>3″<br />79″</td>
-    <td>3″<br />83″</td>
-    <td>3″<br />87″</td>
-    <td>3″<br />91″</td>
-  </tr></table>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Preservation.</span></h5>
-
-<p>Ski should be treated properly if they are to retain their full
-efficiency. It is a capital plan to oil them from time to time
-like a cricket bat. Linseed oil is best for the purpose, and a
-small quantity of paraffin should be added to it to help it to
-penetrate. This treatment hardens the wood, and renders it
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">35</span>
-waterproof and not liable to splinter. Ski should be kept in a
-cool place, but should they be taken out of a warm room they
-should be left standing in the cold air for about ten minutes
-before they are allowed to touch the snow. One should avoid
-walking on them over earth and stones. After use they should
-be cleaned. To “set” them, place their under sides in contact,
-and strap them loosely together at the points where they touch&mdash;viz.,
-extreme heel end and base of the tip. Insert a piece of
-wood about 2in. square and ½in. thick at a spot indicated by the
-usual position of your boot-heel; then strap tightly. They will
-then be in close touch at the ends, 2in. apart under the heel,
-and the “feathering” is thus preserved.</p>
-
-<h4 id="THE_BINDING">THE BINDING.</h4>
-
-<p>No part of a beginner’s outfit is likely to cause him so much
-“sweet sorrow” as his binding. The chances are enormous that
-whatever he buys will afford him plenty to think about, and,
-alas! to talk about, for a considerable time to come. During his
-early efforts he is certain to attribute most of his misfortunes to
-its manifest imperfections, and if, as we hope, he is a person of
-an inventive turn of mind, he will spend the greater part of his
-evenings, and perhaps even some of the watches of the night, in
-designing something new and original which will at one and the
-same time overcome all his difficulties and make his fortune.</p>
-
-<p>It is our sincere desire to assist him in this laudable endeavour,
-and accordingly we shall give below a few of the qualities
-which a perfect binding ought to possess. Before proceeding to
-do so it will, however, be necessary to notice some of those actual
-forms which other ski-runners use or have used&mdash;a task which
-is not nearly so agreeable or so easy. For legion is their name,
-and it is difficult to make a selection without hurting somebody’s
-feelings. During the early days of the sport in Central Europe
-(that is to say, till quite recently) the fiercest controversy raged
-about bindings (<a href="#Page_15">p. 15</a>). But now, partly because of the
-impossibility of saying anything new on the subject, and partly
-because the discovery has been made that after all one’s fastening
-is not of paramount importance, the topic is no longer of
-absorbing interest. Not but what our Teutonic friends retain
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">36</span>
-their love of controversy, and their earnest methods of conducting
-such, but the Scotchman in search of an argument would do
-better to start some theme other than bindings, as, for example,
-seal’s skin or wax. A reaction has, in fact, set in, and whereas
-two years ago the most complicated was the best, we were surprised
-last season to find a Continental friend using the old
-(and very excellent) Lapp binding, which was so much in vogue
-in Norway years ago when we first learnt to go on ski. He, of
-course, was under the impression that he had the very latest
-thing, and we did not enlighten him, but we should not be much
-astonished to find him next year twisting birch twigs after the
-manner of the early Telemarkings!</p>
-
-<p>Now this plan of making a stiff and strong rope by twisting
-birch twigs was the earliest method of connecting the
-<i>heel</i> of the foot with the ski. Prior to that a strap
-across the toe was all that was used. Any other
-arrangement was considered dangerous. Then came the
-Telemarkings (<a href="#Page_9">p. 9</a>) with their new methods. They
-bound the ski firmly to the toe, and lead ropes of twisted birch
-from the toe round the back of the heel. This arrangement was
-at once felt to be an advantage. Not only did it prevent the
-foot continually slipping out of the toe strap, but it relieved the
-toe itself from much of the strain involved when the ski has to
-be pulled forward in walking on the level or up hill; moreover,
-it enormously helped steering, and so it was adopted.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Some Common Fastenings.</span></h5>
-
-<p>People living in towns, however, either could not procure
-birch twigs or lacked skill in preparing and fixing ropes made
-from them. Something else had to be substituted, and that
-something was the thin cane, which so long held the field. The
-canes were steamed, and bent round the back of the heel and
-secured in front by a clamp. This form of binding was and still
-is widely used. But the canes, even when covered with leather
-and strengthened with steel wire, were found to be inconvenient.
-They broke and they were cumbersome, and the guiding power
-they allowed of was limited. So taboo was broken and metal
-was admitted into the construction of the fastening. Contrary,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">37</span>
-however, to expectation, people’s legs did not break oftener than
-before, and, as the iron also stood the strain, a binding like that
-given below (<a href="#fig006">Fig 6</a>) became very popular.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig006" src="images/fig006.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 6.</span>&mdash;Lapp Binding, Huitfeldt’s pattern (left foot).</p>
-
-<p class="small">The heel is secured by means of a single thong about 7ft. long, with a loop at
-the end. The loop end is doubled close to the loop, and the bight passed
-through the hole in the ski below the ball of the foot. The long end is then
-passed round the back of the heel, through the bight, back round the heel, and
-through the hoop thus:&mdash;</p></div>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_037" src="images/i_037.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="small">The whole is then pulled tight, and the long end passed over the instep,
-under the thongs on the inside of the foot, back over the instep, and under and
-round the thongs on the outside, where it is secured by a couple of half-hitches.
-The loose end is then tucked away, as shown in <a href="#fig006">Fig. 6</a>.</p></div>
-
-<p>The <span class="smcap">Lapp Binding</span> shown above is Huitfeldt’s pattern. The
-novelty about it was the iron toe piece; the thong arrangement
-had long been used by the Lapps. As previously
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">38</span>
-mentioned, many people still employ this binding, and when skilfully
-adjusted it can be very firm, and it possesses the merits of
-extreme simplicity and ease of repair.</p>
-
-<p>We have, however, several objections to it. In the first place,
-it takes some little practice and some little strength to fix the
-thong properly, an operation rendered doubly difficult when the
-leather is frozen and the fingers cold. Again, the thong,
-especially if changes of temperature occur, is continually expanding
-and contracting; the knots in it are apt to make sore
-places on the foot, and, like a boot-lace, it has an irritating way
-of breaking just when one is in a hurry. Again, the iron toe
-piece must be <i>most carefully</i> adjusted to fit the boot. In
-short, we dislike the whole fastening for the reason that, unless
-it is very carefully put on and attended to, it becomes altogether
-toe wobbly.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig007" src="images/fig007.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 7.</span>&mdash;Huitfeldt Binding. Iron Toepiece and Straps.</p></div>
-
-<p>The <span class="smcap">Huitfeldt Binding</span> given above is considered by many
-people to be an improvement on the Lapp binding, and it has
-attained a vast popularity in Norway. In principle it differs
-from the latter but little; but very stout straps are substituted
-for the thong with its troublesome knots, and the iron toe-piece
-is made of a solid piece of metal, which is bent up on either
-side of the ski, and which can be hammered into the exact
-shape of the sole of the boot. This is an advantage, as an
-accurate fit is insured. The disadvantage is that it is liable to
-be bent out of shape by the heavy-soled boot which it is
-necessary to wear with this and with the Lapp-binding. The
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">39</span>
-straps, with it too, expand and contract with the temperature,
-and a very slight degree of slackness is sufficient to make the
-whole very loose. Moreover, the side straps catch the snow to
-some extent and act as a brake, though usually this is not of
-much consequence. The Huitfeldt binding is also troublesome to
-put on firmly, especially when the straps are frozen. Höyer-Ellefsen’s
-shortening clamp (<a href="#fig008">Fig 8</a>) is designed to get over this
-difficulty, but it is new, and we have not had sufficient experience
-of it to offer any criticism.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig008" src="images/fig008.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 8.</span>&mdash;Höyer-Ellefsen’s Patent Clamp for use with Huitfeldt’s binding.</p></div>
-
-<p>We now come to a new class of fastening, where the heel is
-connected with the ski by means of some sort of sole, generally
-made of the “belting” used for driving machinery, fixed to the
-top of the ski in front of the toe. There are innumerable
-variations of this plan, a very simple one being to fix a piece of
-the belting in front of the foot and to attach it to the heel of
-the boot by means of a dummy heel and a strap leading round
-the instep. The toe is held in position either by side irons and
-a strap, as in the Huitfeldt binding, or by a simple broad strap
-passing through the ski and buckling across the toe. In the
-latter form it has attained to considerable popularity on the
-Continent, especially in the Black Forest. We do not, however,
-think it worth while to give a picture of this fastening, as it is
-not one which we can recommend for any purpose. The dummy
-heel fills up with snow, and becomes uncomfortable; and as to
-the belting, one is in this dilemma, that if one uses it thin it
-buckles and if one uses it very thick it becomes heavy and too
-stiff for comfortable walking unless it be fastened very far
-forward, in which case it rises off the ski at every step and
-presses the toe against the toe strap, thereby causing discomfort
-and cold feet.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">40</span></p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Torgersen’s “Handry” Binding</span> (<a href="#fig009">Fig. 9</a>) is, we think, vastly
-preferable, for it has no heel to collect snow, and the belting,
-only reaching half-way down the foot, is not so liable to buckle.</p>
-
-<p>It cannot, however, claim to be a really firm binding, though
-if the strap leading from the belting round the instep be pulled
-tight (and a tight strap at this part of the foot does not seem to
-affect the circulation) it is not so loose as might be supposed at
-first sight. But the chief advantage of Torgersen’s binding is
-its extreme adjustability. It will fit almost anybody, and can
-be taken on and off in a moment. On this account it is a very
-good binding for clubs or shopmen in Switzerland who let out
-ski to a number of different people for short periods. Its only
-moderate firmness also recommends it to nervous beginners who
-want to run straight and fast, and who are afraid of the slight
-extra risk involved by using a rigid fastening.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig009" src="images/fig009.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 9.</span>&mdash;Torgersen’s Handy Binding. Driving Belt and Straps.
-Half the sole is Driving Belt.</p></div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Ellefsen’s Patent Binding</span> (<a href="#fig010">Fig. 10</a>) is of the same class.
-It appeared last season (1904-5), and has scarcely been in use
-long enough to allow of exhaustive criticism.</p>
-
-<p>As with Torgersen’s, the belting only reaches about half-way
-down the foot, where it is terminated by an iron cross-piece with
-upright cheeks fitting on either side of the heel (see <a href="#fig010">Fig. 10</a>).
-From these cheeks a strap leads round the back of the heel, by
-means of which the belting is pulled tight. This stretching of
-the belting is the novelty of the arrangement, and is very
-ingenious, as, of course, it prevents all buckling. The iron toe-pieces
-are much the same as in Huitfeld, but they are fixed
-firmly to the ski by means of the little metal tongues which
-are part of them. The tongues at the same time secure the
-driving belt under the toe, giving it due stiffness in a vertical
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">41</span>
-direction and preventing pressure of the toe strap. But
-obviously this is the weak spot of the front part of the
-arrangement, and unless the belting is of the very best quality
-it is liable to tear there. The makers, however, claim that the
-best belting will not tear, and time alone can decide whether
-this is so or not. The binding is not readily adjustable, and
-when ordering it is necessary to send a sketch of the boot which
-one intends to use with it.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig010" src="images/fig010.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 10.</span>&mdash;Ellefsen’s Patent Binding.</p>
-
-<p>The figure with the boot also shows a little strap sewn on to the heel of
-the boot to prevent the heel straps slipping off. This is very useful with all the
-above-named fastenings. See <i>infra</i>, pp. 47 and 48.</p></div>
-
-<p>The <span class="smcap">Lilienfeld Binding</span> has caused more discussion and
-provoked more criticism than any other. It, too, is on the
-“sole” principle, but differs from all others in this respect, that
-(except for the heel and toe straps) it is made entirely of metal.</p>
-
-<p>The vertical axis of the sole is, moreover, placed <i>in front</i> of
-the toe, and not under it as in other fastenings, and vertical
-stiffness is secured by means of a very ingenious spring arrangement
-embedded in the ski. This shifting of the axis forward
-makes the binding feel curious at first, but one gets accustomed
-to it after a while, and then it becomes very comfortable and
-pleasant. An objection to the plan is, however, that one is
-deprived of much control over the heel of the ski, and is placed,
-so to speak, at the mercy of the spring. It is, however, often
-convenient to raise the heel of the ski when going up hill, and
-it is annoying to find when one tries to do so that it refuses to
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">42</span>
-obey on account of the spring being insufficiently screwed up.
-On the other hand, if the spring be tight the heel keeps
-“clappering” up and down at every step. Another decidedly
-bad point about this fastening is its weight. It is unquestionably
-heavy. It is necessary, therefore, to use a considerably
-lighter ski with it than with any of the ordinary arrangements,
-and light ski are apt to be brittle. It is, however, a very
-powerful binding, very suitable for making “S” turns on steep
-and difficult ground. It seldom or never breaks, and it is
-adjustable to almost any boot. It is usually sold fitted to a
-special ski with a hole in it cut for the spring. The so-called
-“Alpine skee” is shortish, broadish, and flat-bottomed, with a
-sharply turned-up bluff entrance. These qualities render it less
-suitable for straight running, but useful for turning on the
-mountain-side, for which special purpose it is, indeed, designed.
-People somewhat advanced in years will find the “Alpine skee,”
-with its special fastening, of value for mountain tours, and it is,
-we think, easier to learn to turn on it than on any other; but
-your dashing youth and your jumper will certainly prefer the
-Norwegian article. Of course, the Lilienfeld fastening can be
-fixed to a Telemark ski.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig011" src="images/fig011.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 11.</span>&mdash;The Lilienfeld Binding. “Alpine Skee.” Movable Steel Sole.</p></div>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Method of Fixing.</span></h5>
-
-<p>The right way of attaching all the above-named bindings to
-the boot will have been evident from the descriptions appended
-to each. It is sufficient to observe here that the straps (and
-particularly the toe-straps) should never be pulled tighter than
-occasion demands. Tight straps are the surest road to frost-bite,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">43</span>
-besides being very uncomfortable. For all ordinary going&mdash;that
-is to say, during far the greater length of time that the ski are
-on the feet&mdash;the straps may be worn comparatively loose. It is
-quite easy to tighten them up for a difficult piece of ground or a
-jump, and there is no occasion to run unnecessary risks.</p>
-
-<p>Another important matter is that with all ordinary bindings
-care should be taken not to thrust the foot too far into the toe-strap.
-The toe-strap should never cross the foot lower than the
-middle of the great toe. People are apt to neglect this simple
-precaution, but in doing so they run the risk of spraining the
-foot in the event of a fall forwards. In the case of the Lilienfeld
-binding, it is not necessary to be quite so careful, as with it
-the vertical axis is in front of the foot.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Conclusion.</span></h5>
-
-<p>The beginner who has read the above remarks probably
-realises by now that <i>there is no such thing as a perfect ski
-binding which will satisfy everybody</i>! Some people want
-extreme lateral rigidity, others a little play, and others, again,
-comparative looseness. It is much the same with the vertical
-movement; if very stiff there is great control, valuable for
-jumping and for lifting the heel in steep hill climbing,
-but the ski “clappers” on the level. If very loose,
-the toe has to carry too much weight,<a id="FNanchor_6" href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">6</a> and the advantages
-of stiffness vanish. There can really be no such thing as a happy
-mean in these matters, and everybody must choose that which
-on the whole is best suited to his requirements. Nor can any
-form of fastening last for ever, and the most that one can
-expect is that a binding should not be continually giving way.
-Do not, therefore, begin by worrying yourself too much about
-this part of your equipment. Buy one or other of the
-bindings depicted above which you think will suit you best,
-and learn all about its little peculiarities and something
-about ski-running before you decide that it is no good. Above
-all things, avoid boring your more experienced friends with
-binding talk, of which they have all had enough and to spare.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">44</span></p>
-
-<h4 id="FOOT_PLATES">FOOT-PLATES.</h4>
-
-<p>In order to protect the ski and to prevent snow adhering to it
-under the foot it is necessary to fix some sort of anti-sticking
-material to that part which is touched by the boot; and a thin
-plate of some non-corrosive metal is best for this purpose; the
-india-rubber or seal’s skin commonly sold are of little use, and
-soon wear out.</p>
-
-<h4 id="THE_STICK">THE STICK.</h4>
-
-<p>The stick is a good servant, but a bad master. It is little
-used by first-class runners, except to enable them to increase the
-speed by punting. There can, however, be no doubt that it
-greatly assists a beginner in preserving his balance on difficult
-ground and in turning. On the other hand, it is equally certain
-that it is frequently the cause of his adopting a bad style, of
-spoiling his balance, and of hindering or entirely blocking his
-progress in the art of turning. To jump with a stick in the hand
-is most dangerous, and, of course, there is always the possibility
-of the stick being lost or broken on tour.</p>
-
-<p>Accordingly there are those who recommend the beginner to
-leave this part of his outfit at home; and much is to be said in
-favour of such advice, especially in the case of a young and
-active pupil. When, however, it is argued that anybody who
-can go on ski without a stick will not have any difficulty in
-subsequently taking to one, we venture to differ. Perhaps in
-rare cases it may be so, but we have had a somewhat extensive
-experience of beginners of all ages, and we have always found it
-otherwise. The novice who has learnt without a stick seems to
-be greatly embarrassed when one is first placed in his hand.
-Moreover, we have met not a few ski-runners, no longer novices,
-who make very pretty Telemark and Christiania swings on the
-practice ground with hands free, but who break down hopelessly
-on tour when encumbered with a stick. But everybody is agreed
-that a stick of some sort or other should be taken on tour, and
-we fail to see the use of these pretty manœuvres if they cannot
-be accomplished when really most required. This, however, is
-far from being the whole case for the pole. What is your poor
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">45</span>
-elderly friend to do when he tumbles in deep snow? It frequently
-requires considerable activity to get up under such
-circumstances, and what is here mentioned half in jest might
-really be an ugly matter. Besides, nobody over twenty-five can
-be expected to enjoy continual struggling head downwards.
-People get exhausted, people begin to think that it is impossible
-to learn, and people take to some inferior sport which they find
-easier, and therefore more amusing. Did you mutter “Let them
-go”? Nay; but there we touch the very root of the matter. Is
-ski-running merely a pretty form of athletics for the few, or is it a
-noble sport for the people, leading them forth from stuffy houses
-and narrow roads to the glories of the winter landscape? Surely
-the latter; and we would rather the runner sat on his pole at
-every hill and visited the woods and mountains than that he was
-the cleverest performer on the practice ground and went nowhere
-else. “But,” it is said, “if the beginner accustoms himself to
-run with a stick in his hand he will be quite helpless when he
-loses it or breaks it, or when he wishes to jump.” This is, of
-course, to some extent true, but the case is not so bad as all that.
-In reality, as above hinted, it is a good deal easier to run without
-a stick than with one after a certain stage has been reached; our
-experience is that the more advanced pupil soon learns to
-appreciate this, and that the transition from stick to no stick is
-seldom difficult. Besides, there is no reason to carry matters to
-extremes and <i>never</i> to practise with the arms free.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_044" src="images/i_044.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Thorwald Hansen.</span> King’s Prizeman, Norway, ’05.</p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by Th. Thorkelsen.</i></p></div>
-
-<p>Our advice, then, is:&mdash;<i>Begin by carrying a stick in the hand,
-but use it only to overcome a difficulty. Endeavour to be as
-independent of it as possible, and practise sometimes without it.</i></p>
-
-<p>Shall the ski-runner use two sticks or one? and shall it or
-they be furnished with a basket arrangement at the end (see
-Fig. 12)? These are questions which have also been much discussed,
-and frequently rather unprofitably. We think that it
-all depends on circumstances. Two light bamboos with wicker-work
-discs (Norwegian <i>Trindser</i>) at the end are very serviceable
-when one has got beyond the beginner’s stage. They help one up
-hill and along the level, and down hill they may be trailed
-behind in each hand, or on difficult ground held together and
-used as one. The discs are, of course, intended to prevent the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">46</span>
-point penetrating the snow to too great a depth&mdash;<i>not</i> to act as
-brakes. But on very steep and hard mountain sides where one
-may find oneself&mdash;sometimes with a precipice below&mdash;they are
-far from being a source of comfort. On such occasions one prefers
-to have a single stout staff, which one can thrust deeply
-into the snow, and which one knows will not slip or break. And
-in general we have not found two sticks to be of much service in
-the high Alps, though for lower excursions in Switzerland and
-in the Black Forest and everywhere in Norway we prefer them.
-The novice, however, should, we think, <i>begin</i> with a simple staff
-of good ash or other strong wood, without any disc at the
-end. He is sure to require to use his stick to some extent
-(indeed, we shall advise him lower down to do so), and he
-would probably only break light double sticks. He should
-get into the habit of holding his stick in either hand, and
-should begin to practise with two as soon as he thinks he is
-far enough advanced to do so. In choosing his stick he will
-select one about as long as from the ground to the top of his
-shoulder. It should be furnished with a metal ferrule and a
-spike at the lower end, and a <i>broad</i> leather loop at the top for
-the hand.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig012" src="images/fig012.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 12.</span>&mdash;Disc for bottom of ski stick, attached by metal ears. Staub
-of Zürich’s pattern.</p></div>
-
-<p>The double bamboo sticks should also be about as long as from
-the ground to the shoulder. They are best out from the root
-end of the plant, where it is strongest; the root also serves as a
-convenient lump for the hand to hold. The discs are best
-attached by a metal arrangement, as shown in <a href="#fig012">Fig. 12</a>, and not
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">47</span>
-by boring a hole in the cane and passing a piece of leather
-through it, as is common in Norway. The one method holds for
-a long time; the other breaks very soon.</p>
-
-<h4 id="FOOTGEAR">FOOTGEAR.</h4>
-
-<p>This is a very important part of a ski-runner’s outfit, and too
-much attention cannot be paid to it. Nevertheless, nothing is
-commoner in Switzerland than to see the early efforts of
-beginners enormously handicapped by unsuitable boots. English
-ladies, particularly, seem to find it difficult to make up their
-minds to spend the necessary amount of money on a suitable pair,
-and usually appear in thin, high-heeled shoes covered by
-“gouties.” But the acme of thoughtlessness was in our experience
-achieved by a man who went out in patent-leather boots and
-openwork silk socks! The consequences were, of course, frost-bite,
-and he narrowly escaped losing a few toes.</p>
-
-<p>A strongly made, waterproof, low-heeled boot is a necessity,
-and with most modern bindings the sole should be not less than
-half an inch thick. It should be roomy enough to permit of
-<i>at least</i> three pairs of extra thick socks being worn, and there
-should be plenty of room for the toes to “waggle.” With bindings
-such as Huitfeldt’s it is better not to have the toe cut too
-square, for a more or less wedge-shaped end fits better into the
-toe-irons. In order to resist the pressure of the toe-strap it is
-best to have the leather extra thick in front. The boot should
-fit fairly tightly round the ankle and instep, for reasonable firmness
-at this point does not interfere with the circulation, and is
-of value in preventing sprained ankles and chafed heels. With
-Ellefsen’s binding, where there are no straps across that part of
-the foot, this is of special importance. Nothing is gained by
-wearing a sloppy sort of boot and subsequently imprisoning the
-foot in tight and narrow straps. The strain of moving the ski
-has to be borne somewhere, and it is best to distribute it evenly
-where it is least felt. In order to prevent the heel straps
-slipping down it is strongly advisable with all the bindings mentioned
-above (except the Lilienfeld) to have a small strong strap
-and buckle sewn to the heel of the boots. The buckle should
-point upwards, and should be fixed quite close. The end of the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">48</span>
-strap then points downwards, and is useful as a sort of shoehorn
-for pulling on the binding.</p>
-
-<p>For Switzerland we would advise the addition of a <i>few</i> nails
-to the sole of the boot. They prevent any slipping about on icy
-places round the house, and they make all the difference to one’s
-happiness in climbing on foot over a pass, or the last few yards of
-some rocky and icy summit. They are not, however, to be recommended
-in Norway, where nobody wears them. Not but what
-there is plenty of ice round the hotels and sanatoria there, but
-in that country custom is everything, and it is better to bear
-with a bump or two than to offend.</p>
-
-<p>In the Black Forest ski boots are often made of dog or calf
-skin, with the hair left on <i>outside</i>. An inner coating of hair is
-often added, but this we think is a mistake, as it is difficult to
-dry after use. The exterior coating of hair is, however, a great
-protection against cold. It wears out in course of time, and then
-the thing to do is to follow the classical example of the King of
-the Jews and buy another pair.</p>
-
-<p>Arctic explorers and others who go to very cold places are
-unanimous as to the virtues of outside hair, and various devices
-exist to enable the runner to fix a covering of it over his
-ordinary boots. These inventions are, however, apt to be too
-bulky, or to fill up with snow, or to be cut by a nailed boot, and
-we cannot recommend any we have seen. A very simple plan
-is, however, to nail a piece of skin (or canvas-covered felt) to the
-ski in front of the foot, and to pass it between the toe-strap and
-the boot. It should be wide enough and long enough to cover
-the toes, but not, of course, so wide as to project and act as a
-brake. This little dodge helps to keep the toes warm, not only
-by the extra covering which it affords, but also by distributing
-the pressure of the toe-strap over a greater surface; it also to
-some extent prevents snow collecting under the toes and forming
-an uncomfortable lump there.</p>
-
-<p>Boots should be greased now and again, but in moderation,
-for excessive greasing is said to cause cold feet. The boots
-should be warmed (with hot water or otherwise) before the
-grease is applied. Castor oil is excellent for this purpose.</p>
-
-<p>The best kind of socks to wear are very thick ones made of
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">49</span>
-goat’s hair; but nowadays they are difficult to get. In Norway
-so-called “Ragge Sokker” are no longer made of pure material,
-and the modern imitation is harsh and uncomfortable. Thick
-woollen socks known as “Ladder” are now largely used, and a
-pair of these over a good ordinary sock are sufficient for most
-purposes. It is, however, always advisable to take a dry pair
-in one’s rucksack, for, however waterproof one’s boots may
-be, a considerable amount of moisture always accumulates inside
-them. This is due to the condensation of perspiration against
-the cold outer surface of the boot, and is most dangerous in very
-cold weather, when the leather freezes and its pores are choked
-by ice. When this occurs the toe-straps should be loosed and
-the toes should be kept moving. Frost-bite is very insidious, and
-is frequently quite unnoticed by the sufferer till he reaches home
-and it is too late. The consequences may be very serious, and it
-is impossible to be too much on one’s guard.</p>
-
-<p>From the above it will be seen that there is plenty of room
-for improvement in the ski-runner’s footgear. We recommend a
-thick under-sock, a pair of good “Ladder,” a stout boot, fitting
-well about the ankle, but with plenty of room at the toes, and a
-piece of skin covering the toes and held in position by the toe
-strap. But, all the same, we frequently suffer from cold feet,
-and we wish somebody would invent something better.</p>
-
-<h4 id="OTHER_CLOTHES">OTHER CLOTHES.</h4>
-
-<p>Other clothes are of minor importance. Remember that
-the season and the snow are cold, that the latter melts, that
-the exercise is at times very violent, and then you are not likely
-to try wading trousers or an umbrella. The best clothes for
-ski-runners are, perhaps, knickerbockers and a double-breasted
-jacket. Choose a material of smooth texture, for woolly stuffs
-catch the snow, which soon forms into icy lumps, betraying the
-novice and melting unpleasantly in a warm room. All openings
-at the neck, sleeves, knees, and ankles must have an arrangement
-to fit closely to keep out the snow, which is apt to find
-its way in, especially in the earlier stages of practice. Let the
-cap, or soft felt hat, be provided with flaps, to protect the ears
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">50</span>
-in a sharp breeze. The so-called St. Moritz cap is excellently
-adapted to the purpose. Thick woollen gloves, long enough to
-reach high above the wrist, are indispensable, and a second pair
-ought to be in the pocket as a change, for wet gloves in a cold
-wind are the surest road to frost-bite. Puttees are probably the
-best means to shut the top of the boot and to cover the stockings.
-Some sort of wind-jacket is necessary in the Norwegian
-mountains and elsewhere where strong winds prevail. A capital
-one is in use in Austria. It is made of very thin oil-silk in the
-form of a sort of smock-frock, with a hood at the back for the
-head. It weighs almost nothing, and is warmer than any
-sweater. With this and a pair of trousers of the same material
-one may laugh at the most biting wind that ever blew, and the
-dangers of a night out become greatly minimised.</p>
-
-<h4 id="ACCESSORIES">ACCESSORIES.</h4>
-
-<p>The <span class="smcap">Rücksack</span>&mdash;Norwegian Rypesæk&mdash;came originally from
-the Tyrol, and is by far the best means of carrying things. It
-should be made of stout waterproof canvas, and should be provided
-with broad shoulder-straps. We advise the novice to buy
-as good a one as he can afford; he will find it useful for other
-things besides ski-running.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Smoked Glasses</span>, or some such device as that recommended
-below, will generally have to be worn above the tree-line to
-protect the eyes from snow-blindness. The precise nature of
-this complaint does not appear to be understood. It appears to
-be more prevalent in some countries than in others, and is not,
-we think, entirely a matter of intensity of light. It seems, for
-example, to be more dangerous in the Norwegian mountains
-than in Switzerland. Like frost-bite, it is insidious, and the
-patient frequently is not seriously inconvenienced till after the
-damage is done. Some people, too, are far more susceptible
-to it than others. Instead of smoked glass, which is liable to
-become dimmed by the condensation upon it of moisture, we
-prefer a simple oblong piece of leather, 6in. long and about 1in.
-broad, with two oval-shaped holes in it opposite the eyes, say,
-½in. long by ⅜in. broad; a slit for the nose to hold it in position,
-and two pieces of string to bind it round the head.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_050" src="images/i_050.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">In Derbyshire, November, ’04.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by C. R. Wingfield.</i>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">51</span></p></div>
-
-<p>The <span class="smcap">Water-bottle</span> should be of sufficient capacity; one to
-hold about a litre is convenient. It should be provided with a
-felt covering and a tight-fitting cork. What to put into it is a
-matter of choice, though much alcohol is not to be recommended.
-Personally we have given up compounding drinks of cold tea,
-sugar, and wine, for the reason that they are so nice that we
-drink more at a time than we should. Our companions, too,
-look at us with such longing eyes that it is difficult to resist
-their dumb appeal. Such a water-bottle is soon empty. Plain
-sugar and water is not so nice, but is very sustaining, the sugar
-being very rapidly digested, and a raw egg or two adds to the
-value of the compound. Dried prunes, acidulated drops, and
-other sweetmeats will be found very pleasant on a ski tour, even
-though one never touches them at other times. Louis Stevenson
-has observed that the hungrier a man is the more he appreciates
-delicacies, so do not let your luncheon consist entirely of plain
-beef sandwiches. Remember, too, that it is better to eat little
-and often than largely and all at once.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Some sort of Repairing Outfit</span> and a spare ski tip should
-always be taken with one. There are little light metal tips on the
-market made to fit over a broken ski which are very useful. The
-kind that fixes with a screw is best, as the other is apt to come
-off. If, however, one has the latter, a small screw-nail through
-it would keep it in place. With one of these tips, and the means
-of making an improvised binding with a few screw eyes and
-nails, a washer or two, and some straps, the runner should be
-able to get home easily enough wherever his ski may break. The
-reader must use his ingenuity in such matters, remembering
-always that it is impossible to execute very elaborate repairs
-with cold fingers.</p>
-
-<p>There are other odds and ends more or less useful on tour, a
-description of which will be found in any dealer’s list.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">52</span></p>
-
-<h3 id="PART_III">PART III.<br />
-
-<span class="medium">TECHNICAL.</span></h3>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<h4 id="PRELIMINARY_ADVICE">PRELIMINARY ADVICE.</h4>
-
-<p>We would very strongly recommend the beginner to make his
-first efforts on some one or other of the good snow conditions
-described on pp. 21 and 22. Freshly fallen deep snow is
-especially to be avoided, for not only does it afford heavy and
-difficult going, but a fall in it is apt to be dangerous. This is,
-of course, the reverse of what one would expect; but what
-happens is that the ski sink in deeply, and in the event of a
-fall they are apt to stick and sprain the ankle or knee. The
-firmer the snow the better it is, provided always that it be of
-sufficient depth and that it be fair snow, and not ice-crust.</p>
-
-<p>All things considered, we would advise the beginner to learn
-to go slowly before he learns to go fast. That is to say, as soon
-as he can run straight fairly well, we would have him learn
-how to regulate his speed and steer by means of what is known
-as “stemming” (see <i>infra</i>, p. 69). In practising this movement
-he will at the same time learn how to balance himself with the
-weight on one foot, a necessary accomplishment; for, though in
-ski-running both ski are usually kept on the ground, <i>the weight
-is nearly always mainly on one foot</i>. It is well to pause and try
-to appreciate this very important fact before reading further.</p>
-
-<p>After he has learnt something of stemming, and provided
-that he has followed our instructions and used his pole as little
-as possible (and then only as we direct), he should not find much
-difficulty in acquiring some speed in glissading. He should then
-begin to take short tours of, say, an hour or two’s duration,
-gradually lengthening them as his proficiency increases. <i>He
-should when on tour endeavour to apply the knowledge which
-he has gained on the practice ground, and on the practice ground
-he should try to overcome those difficulties which he has encountered
-on tour.</i> There is no sense in keeping on climbing up and
-sliding straight down the same easy hill; yet such is the
-commonest form of ski-ing at fashionable Swiss winter resorts!
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">53</span></p>
-
-<p>As soon as the beginner can “turn on the spot,” run straight
-fairly well, and “stem,” he <i>can</i> (we do not say he <i>should</i>) go
-where he pleases. He will, however, remain slow and awkward,
-and he will miss a great deal of the beauty of the sport if he rests
-content with these easy accomplishments. We trust that he will
-be of a more ambitious disposition, and that he will proceed to
-the mastery of the “S” turn and of the “Telemark” and
-“Christiania” swings; and we strongly recommend him to learn
-something of jumping, not only on account of the amusement
-which he will certainly derive from it, but because it is the very
-best means of gaining a good balance for ordinary running.</p>
-
-<p>It is of the greatest importance to cultivate a freedom and
-elasticity of movement and position. The muscles should be as
-strong as iron, but as flexible as rope. The knees should be
-pliant, and should act like the springs of a carriage in relation to
-the rest of the body. Be watchful, but courageous, and try hard
-not to fall.</p>
-
-<h4 id="LEAN_FORWARD">LEAN FORWARD!</h4>
-
-<p>Lean forward is the watchword of the ski-runner, and it is
-just as well to explain what is meant by it before proceeding
-further.</p>
-
-<p>Place your ski parallel, one about a foot in front of the other,
-and throw the body forward as much as possible; one ought to
-feel as if about to fall on one’s nose. To the onlooker one seems
-to be standing on the <i>entire</i> sole of the foot, but in reality all
-the weight rests on the front part and the toes. Thus, stand
-erect on the ski, the knees a little bent, and then lean forward
-without bending any part of your body (especially not the region
-of the hips) and without raising the heel; then you ought to
-feel what is meant. Never assume a position as if sitting down
-or about to do so, because that would press down the heel.
-Every violation of this great rule of leaning forward is punished
-by the ski “bolting” from under one.</p>
-
-<h4 id="TO_LIFT_THE_POINT_OF_THE_SKI">TO LIFT THE POINT OF THE SKI.</h4>
-
-<p>To lift the point of the ski seems a very simple matter,
-but it is at least ten to one that the novice will do it wrong.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">54</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">55</span>
-Press the heel of the ski down on the ground with your heel,
-and lift the point upwards with your toe. <i>Do not raise any part
-of your foot from the ski.</i></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig013" src="images/fig013.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 13.</span>&mdash;Turning on the Spot.</p></div>
-
-<p>To lift the heel of the ski reverse the above. Here it will
-not be possible to keep the heel of the foot on the heel of the
-ski, but the binding will raise the latter from the ground to
-some extent.</p>
-
-<h4 id="TURNING_ON_THE_SPOT">TURNING ON THE SPOT.</h4>
-
-<p>Turning on the spot is a puzzle to the beginner, though simple
-when shown.</p>
-
-<p>Lift one ski straight to the front (<a href="#fig013">see Fig. 13</a> (1)), putting
-the heel end as far away from you as you can, then turn it outwards
-and away from you smartly, swinging the point right
-round and leaving the heel resting on the snow, then put it
-down, point by heel, alongside of the other ski. This twisted
-position (<a href="#fig013">Fig. 13</a> (2)) is the only difficulty, but very few
-attempts will soon show that it is not so bad or cramped as it
-seemed at first. In this position hold the knees slightly bent.
-Lastly, <i>raise the point</i> of the other ski and swing it round. You
-will find it easier to learn this movement with the assistance of
-your stick, which should first be held obliquely across the body,
-pointing in the opposite direction to that in which you are
-turning. Then after assuming position (2) shift it across as in
-(3), and lastly swing round the other ski. As soon as you are
-proficient with the help of the stick practise without it&mdash;and, of
-course, both to right and to left. It is not necessary to stand
-on the snow in order to learn these movements. The carpet will
-do, but remove all Dresden china from the immediate neighbourhood.</p>
-
-<h4 id="WALKING_WITH_SKI_ON_THE_LEVEL">WALKING WITH SKI ON THE LEVEL.</h4>
-
-<p>Walking with ski on the level differs from ordinary
-walking or skating in this, that <i>one must not strike out</i>,
-there being no fulcrum or point of resistance. Keep the ski
-<i>parallel</i> and <i>as close together as possible</i> (closer than shown in
-the diagram), for a narrow spoor has many advantages, besides
-being “good form.” Throw the weight of the body forward
-and <i>slide on the advanced leg</i>; the “hind” leg must be absolutely
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">56</span>
-disengaged&mdash;that is to say, do not strike out by trying to
-press the snow with it. Begin with long, slow steps, lunging
-forward with bent knee (<a href="#fig014">Fig 14</a>). Do not lift the ski from the
-ground, but slide along regularly and conscientiously; do not
-hurry or flurry, but save your breath. In one’s first steps one
-must specially cultivate precision, sliding forward with ski
-exactly parallel, and distributing the weight properly. Lean
-forward! slide!<a id="FNanchor_7" href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">7</a></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig014" src="images/fig014.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 14.</span>&mdash;On the Level.</p>
-
-<p>The ski should be kept closer together than shown. The closer the better.</p></div>
-
-<p>A single stick on the level is of but little service, but with
-two sticks the pace can be considerably increased, especially on a
-good firm surface. Both sticks should be thrown forward
-simultaneously, and the slide on the advanced leg accelerated
-by a vigorous push with both arms. When proceeding in this
-way it is well to observe some kind of rhythm; and, as the snow
-is seldom slippery enough to admit of a push at each step, one
-should run, for example, one, two, three steps (swinging the
-sticks forward), and then push with the arms, sliding on, say, the
-right leg; then run one, two, three steps and push, sliding on the
-left leg, and so on.</p>
-
-<h4 id="UP_HILL">UP-HILL.</h4>
-
-<p>To the laity it is a matter for wonder how it is possible
-to climb any considerable hill at all on ski. We remember
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">57</span>
-well the look of polite incredulity which passed across the
-face of a mountaineering friend some years ago when we told
-him that a certain well-known pass in the Alps had been
-traversed in winter. He had tried ski himself, but had made
-very little of them, and the pass in question is a stiff one to
-negotiate even in summer. But now long climbs on ski in
-winter have become so common that it is unnecessary to pursue
-the subject further than to quote the classical observation of
-Olaus Magnus, “There exists no mountain, however high, which
-by means of cunning by-ways he (the ski-runner) cannot
-surmount.”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_057" src="images/i_057.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">A Stiff Climb.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by E. C. Richardson.</i></p></div>
-
-<p>It is, however, well to observe here that some of the accounts
-of the ease with which one can climb hills on ski have been
-exaggerated. In rare conditions of perfect snow one may perhaps
-ascend as quickly as in summer, but, roughly speaking, it
-may be said that ski are about twenty-five per cent. slower up-hill
-than boots. We are here, of course, speaking of climbing a
-steep mountain where it is necessary to zig-zag (see <i>infra</i>), and
-not of walking straight up a moderate slope. Moreover, whether
-we slide the ski upwards in winter or whether we carry a corresponding
-weight on our backs in summer, the fact remains that
-some 10lb. or so have to be raised so many feet, and we are
-handicapped to that extent. Where ski really have the advantage
-is after the summit has been reached&mdash;of which more anon.</p>
-
-<p>Up to a certain degree of steepness (varying with the quality
-of the snow) there is little or no difference between the methods
-used for climbing and for walking on the level. Snow is not an
-absolutely slippery substance, and the ski always adhere to it to
-some extent. There comes, however, very soon a point beyond
-which we can no longer slide as on the level, and shortly after-wards
-another, where the force of gravity overcomes the “stickiness”
-of the snow and we begin to slip back. These points are
-very different with the expert and the beginner, and the former
-will slide easily straight up a slope upon which the latter will
-slip hopelessly.</p>
-
-<p>In ascending a steep incline the art lies (1) in knowing (and
-only experience can teach one) just how steeply one can go
-without a slip; (2) in the correct placing of the ski in the snow;
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">58</span>
-and (3) in the correct balancing of the body upon the ski when so
-placed. The correct placing of the ski is not a difficult matter.
-The secret lies in raising the point of the ski (<a href="#Page_53">p. 53</a>) an inch
-or two from the ground and bringing it <i>straight</i> down with a
-<i>firm</i> stamp. The stamp is at first nearly always made too gently
-by ladies and too hard by men. Imagine you are cracking a
-walnut&mdash;that will be about right. Remember that <i>where the
-foot is brought down there it must stop</i>. If it slips even the
-least tiny bit you must stamp again.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig015" src="images/fig015.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 15.</span>&mdash;<i>Climbing a slope.</i>&mdash;<i>s</i> = the fall of the slope; <i>t</i> = turn here.
-The shaded parts are obstructions (rocks, thick growth, &amp;c.).</p></div>
-
-<p>Next bring the weight forward as evenly as possible on to the
-ski you have stamped, and advance the other leg. In doing so
-take the greatest care to balance the weight of the body <i>straight
-over</i> the stamped ski; lean neither backwards nor forwards, or
-you are certain to slip.</p>
-
-<p>In hill-climbing it is, of course, expedient to go as steeply as
-possible, but the beginner will find that it pays best to take
-things easily at first, as a single slip backwards is more exhausting
-than twenty steps forwards.</p>
-
-<p>To negotiate a steep slope one must go across and upward at a
-convenient angle, making a zig-zag track, as an engineer would
-plan a good mountain road (<a href="#fig015">Fig 15</a>). Turn at the corners as
-described, p. 55, and when so doing remember to assume a safe
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">59</span>
-standing position, for a slip on a steep slope may be attended by
-unpleasant consequences. The correct position in which to stand
-before turning is clearly with the ski horizontally in space&mdash;that
-is to say, at right angles to the direction of the gradient; then
-one cannot slip while engrossed in the task.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig016" src="images/fig016.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 16.</span>&mdash;“<i>Herring-boning.</i>”&mdash;The figure is in the act of lifting the right
-ski over the heel of the left. The light lines are his tracks.</p>
-
-<p class="copy"><span class="smcap">Note.</span>&mdash;Swing the body well, as shown.</p></div>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig017" src="images/fig017.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 17.</span>&mdash;<i>Hill climbing sideways.</i>&mdash;Used only on very steep slopes. The
-light lines are old tracks.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">60</span></p></div>
-
-<p>The diagrams on page 59 show two other methods of hill-climbing
-which are chiefly useful for short slopes. They are
-both too fatiguing to be employed for any length of time. A
-modification of the style shown in <a href="#fig017">Fig. 17</a> is, however, very
-useful, especially on crusted snow. It consists in going forwards
-and upwards at the same time, lifting the ski at every step.
-This is not so very tiring, and may on a hard surface be kept up
-for a considerable length of time without undue fatigue. The
-track formed will appear as under.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i_060.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>It is important when proceeding in this way to remember,
-when lifting the <i>upper</i> ski, <i>to raise its heel from the snow</i> (<a href="#Page_55">see
-p. 55</a>) <i>and place it well up-hill in a horizontal position</i>. Most
-beginners move only the front part of the ski, and place it in the
-snow with the heel pointing down hill. Even if the upper ski
-does not slip in this wrong position (as usually happens), the
-lower ski, when it comes to be lifted, is sure to be placed across
-the heel of the upper ski, imprisoning it and preventing the
-next step being taken. You are certain to make this mistake
-very frequently at first, and it will land you in all sorts of
-difficulties and entanglements, but do not forget that we warned
-you against it.</p>
-
-<p>A single stick is not of any very positive assistance up-hill,
-though it has a negative value on <i>very</i> steep ground both in
-aiding the balance and in giving a feeling of security against
-slipping. In traversing a slope it should be held across the body
-with the point touching the snow on the upper side. The
-beginner will also find it useful to assist him in rising to his feet
-after a fall. He should, however, entirely abandon all idea of
-pulling himself up-hill with his stick; to do so is quite impossible.
-Balance is what is required, <i>plus</i> a little thigh muscle, which will
-come with practice.</p>
-
-<p>Two sticks are, however, of considerable help, especially on
-moderate slopes up which it is possible to go straight. They
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">61</span>
-should be placed in the snow alternately, after the manner which
-nature dictates. In traversing steep ground they cease to
-be of service, for the lower one is not long enough to reach the
-slope below one’s feet, and the upper one cannot be used
-effectively on the bank at one’s side. Under such circumstances
-it is better, and safer, to hold them together and to use
-them as one, as described above.</p>
-
-<p>In general for long climbs it is best to go comparatively slowly
-and to “keep at it.” The speed of a party should be that of the
-slowest man. If you happen to be that unfortunate individual,
-don’t lag behind if you can help it, but don’t hesitate to shout
-to the others if they are going too fast for you. If, however,
-they are novices and persist in rushing, slow down and go your
-own pace. It is not at all improbable that if you go steadily
-you may be the first at the top, after all; but even if you arrive
-twenty minutes later than the others you are in no wise dishonoured.</p>
-
-<p>Strictly between ourselves, we rather like to be last man, and
-to allow our more energetic friends to go on ahead. The last
-man has far the easiest place on a newly made track, and we do
-not thirst for the glory of breaking the snow.</p>
-
-<p>But, of course, a properly organised party should keep together,
-and its members should take it in turns to go ahead.
-It is in itself a pleasure to move steadily upwards in this way,
-the ski and the sticks keeping time, and it makes the way seem
-shorter and easier for everybody.</p>
-
-<p>One concluding word of advice may here be given. Eat your
-lunch some little distance below your intended highest point.
-The tops of mountains and passes are apt to be draughty, and,
-besides, it is much better to begin the run down when the
-muscles are warm and supple than to wait till after they have
-turned cold and stiff from sitting about.</p>
-
-<h4 id="GLIDING_DOWN">GLIDING DOWN.</h4>
-
-<p>Gliding down is the characteristic part of ski-running, as
-distinct from the use of pattens, Canadian snow-shoes, &amp;c.
-It is the reward reaped after the labours of the climb. The
-ascent is, indeed, a struggle against gravity, but the descent is
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">62</span>
-the highest advantage that any physical exercise can safely
-derive from terrestrial attraction.</p>
-
-<p>Let us imagine ourselves on the top of some long Norwegian
-mountain ready for the plunge. There is a clear course between
-the steep rocks near the top, and an open run across the glacier
-below to the terminal moraine a mile off. We can see every
-yard of the way, and all is fair going, yet we feel just the merest
-tinge of nervousness, for the incline is steep, and looks steeper
-than it is. But there is really no danger, so it is over the edge
-and off! In an instant all fears are left behind, for now balance
-and quickness of eye are to be put to the test, and the wind is
-whistling and the snow dust spurting. We whiz past the rocks
-and over a few inequalities, negotiated here by a spring and a
-flight of a few yards through the air and there by a compensating
-yielding of the knees. Now we rush out on to the smooth
-surface of the glacier, where there is no jar and no vibration.
-Our feet seem to have vanished, and we lean, as it were, in space,
-with the ice-wind pressed against us. There is no more need
-for balancing, and no thought of falling, so even is the motion
-and so trustworthy the snow. Smoothly our wooden wings bear
-us onwards, and the furlongs lie behind! But the end
-approaches, the slope becomes less steep, the pace slackens, and
-presently we glide gently up the opposite slope of the moraine
-and turn to watch our companions.</p>
-
-<p>Such is the best picture we can give you of a good straight
-glissade on ski; but there is not the slightest reason, friend
-novice, why you yourself should not enjoy the reality ere long.
-You must, however, learn to walk before you can run, and we
-would have you make your first attempts on some quite easy
-slope, removed if possible from the public gaze. A few obstacles,
-such as trees, scattered about do not matter, as you are not in
-the least likely to run into them, and they serve to accustom
-the eye to their presence. If possible, let there be a gradual
-outrun at the bottom of the hill. Practise there awhile, and
-as soon as you can run down without a fall move on somewhere
-else to a place where the ground is steeper and more uneven.</p>
-
-<p>To start on steep ground is a little difficult at first. Stand
-horizontally to the direction of the slope. Then <i>as quickly as</i>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">63</span>
-<i>possible</i> lift round first the lower and then the upper ski. Lean
-forward and off! If you are quick and lean forward, the ski
-will not bolt from under you; if you are slow and hang back,
-they will.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig018" src="images/fig018.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 18.</span>&mdash;<i>Gliding on ski.</i>&mdash;1. Correct position; 2 and 3. Dangerous and
-incorrect.</p></div>
-
-<p>The correct position for descending a hill is that shown in
-<a href="#fig018">Fig. 18</a> (1) above. Keep the ski parallel and <i>as close together
-as you can</i> (touching if possible), advance one foot about twelve
-inches, and let the main weight of the body rest on the ball of
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">64</span>
-the “hind” foot; feel your way, so to speak, with the front
-foot. <i>Lean forward. Bend the knees slightly, and be as free
-and as elastic about them as possible.</i> Practise with either foot
-leading. Avoid any affected and ridiculous pose. Do not, for
-example, if you are running without a stick, hold the arms
-straight out from the body as though you were walking a tight-rope.
-To do so may slightly assist the balance, but you cannot
-run like this with a stick in your hand, and it is far better not
-to get into bad habits. No. 3 in the diagram (p. 63) is a very
-common attitude, but it is as bad as bad can be. The wide
-spoor is a cause of instability, the <i>extreme</i> bending of the knee
-is a source of weakness, and there is a very fair chance of the
-runner (if he falls forward) knocking out his front teeth against
-his stick. Hold that article <i>clear of the ground</i> in a safe position
-as shown (No. 1, p. 63), and practise sometimes without it.
-<i>Above all things, do not lean backwards on to the pole</i>, for the
-consequence of so doing is that the upper part of the body is
-retarded in its speed, and, being thus left further and further
-behind, a spill on lumpy ground becomes inevitable. There is
-a right way of using the pole for braking and turning, which
-will be explained further on, but until some little skill in simple
-straight glissading is gained it is best not to trouble about this.
-We strongly advise you in the meanwhile not to use the stick at
-all, but, for reasons previously stated (see pp. 44 and 45), to
-practise with it held in the hand clear of the ground.</p>
-
-<p>Double sticks should be held up one in each hand or trailed
-behind.</p>
-
-<p>The position shown in <a href="#fig018">Fig. 18</a> (1) is the safest position for
-running over unbroken snow, for by advancing the foot one
-lengthens the running surface and so glides more easily over
-any inequalities, and by holding the ski together one is less
-disturbed by any lateral irregularities. But on an icy road it
-will be found easier to run with the feet more level and somewhat
-apart, for there another disturbing factor, side slip, comes
-into play.</p>
-
-<p>So, again, when changes of the snow’s surface are likely to
-occur, causing the ski at one time to run freely and at another
-to stick, it will be found better to crouch close down to the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">65</span>
-ground, for by doing so one lowers the centre of gravity, and is
-less likely to be pitched forward when entering the slow snow.
-And there will be other occasions when the runner will find it
-necessary to more or less modify the position shown in
-Fig. 18 (1). Nevertheless, this attitude may safely be considered
-the <i>normal</i> one for descending hills on ski, and the
-beginner is recommended to study it carefully, and to adhere
-to it as closely as circumstances will permit.</p>
-
-<h4 id="FALLING_AND_GETTING_UP">FALLING AND GETTING UP.</h4>
-
-<p>As to the former, we beg to offer Mr. Punch’s advice
-to those about to marry&mdash;“don’t.” Every ski-runner falls
-more or less, the beginner very much, the expert very
-rarely. But most novices are apt to throw themselves
-down far oftener than there is any occasion for. Do not,
-therefore, give up simply because you lose your balance a
-little; very frequently if you try hard you will be able to keep
-upright. If you make up your mind to “stand” down a
-difficult hill, the chances are that you will succeed in doing so;
-but if you are nervous and hang back, you are almost certain
-to come to grief. It is specially true of ski-running that
-fortune favours the brave. When, however, a fall cannot be
-avoided, we would advise you, if possible, to cast yourself down
-sideways and backwards; but if the whole affair is beyond your
-control, then relax every muscle in your body and let yourself
-go. Make no attempt to save yourself or stop rolling. Then
-there will be no snapping of tense sinews.</p>
-
-<p>You will generally find out the easiest way of getting up for
-yourself, but two little artifices may here be mentioned. One
-is to get on to the back of your ski in deep snow; and the other
-is to bring the ski below you on a steep slope and to place them
-at right angles to the gradient before attempting to rise.</p>
-
-<h4 id="SLIGHT_CHANGES_OF_DIRECTION">SLIGHT CHANGES OF DIRECTION.</h4>
-
-<p>Slight changes of direction can be made by leaning the body a
-little this way or that. This is very easy, and requires no
-explanation.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">66</span></p>
-
-<h4 id="SKATING">“SKATING.”</h4>
-
-<p>Another way of steering is to lift one of the ski and
-place it down in the direction in which one wishes to go,
-at the same time striking out with the other foot as in skating.
-This accomplishment is not exactly pretty, but it is very useful.
-One can thus help the ski round a bend in a road or thread
-one’s way down a gentle slope amongst trees without losing
-speed. It is, however, impossible to execute a very rapid turn
-in this manner. A good way of practising “skating” is to do
-a sort of “inside edge” on any firm surface (<i>e.g.</i>, a snow-covered
-lake) on the level. One strikes out with the ski in the same
-manner as with skates on ice.</p>
-
-<h4 id="BRAKING_WITH_THE_STICK">BRAKING WITH THE STICK.</h4>
-
-<p>This method of controlling the speed has been the subject of a
-good deal of discussion. The objections to it are (1) that it is a
-less powerful method than any of the others to be mentioned later
-on; (2) that it requires greater strength; (3) that the stick is liable
-to break and leave the runner helpless; (4) that <i>its constant
-use is conducive to a bad style of running, spoiling the balance,
-and making the learning of the other movements more difficult</i>.
-Nevertheless, we doubt whether even the cleverest novice will
-be able to stop quickly by means of the “Telemark” or
-“Christiania” swings for at least a month or two, and most
-people will take far longer to learn to do them even moderately
-well. How, then, are the poor things to manage in the meantime?
-“By snow-ploughing and by stemming,” you reply. Certainly,
-but the fact is that with these methods when no stick is used it
-is quite impossible, when travelling very fast, to stop suddenly,
-though with the help of the stick it is easy to do so.</p>
-
-<p>But we will here go a step further and assert that there are
-places and conditions of snow where the use of the stick becomes
-imperative even to the expert, as, for example, when traversing
-a steep and crusted slope with a precipice below it. We propose
-therefore, to deal with the proper way of managing it
-before proceeding further.</p>
-
-<p><i>The important thing to remember in using the stick is to hold
-it quite short</i>, and <i>as far in front as possible</i>. Do not let it
-drag behind.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">67</span></p>
-
-<p>The accompanying diagrams illustrate a right and a wrong
-method. Note that in (1) the left forearm and hand of the
-runner should rest against the inside of the shin of his left
-(advanced) leg. The left hand serves as a fulcrum, the long end
-of the lever being held in the right. Considerable power may be
-obtained in this manner, but it is not always feasible on lumpy
-ground. You must use your own judgment as to when to employ
-it, bearing in mind the above principle. But, above all things,
-do not assume the position depicted in (2). Here, even though
-the entire weight of the body rests on the stick, its braking
-value (owing to the angle at which it touches the snow) is very
-slight. In this position the ski gradually slide further and
-further ahead, leaving the stick, with the runner clinging to it,
-further and further behind; all balance and all control are
-lost, and as soon as a little inequality is met with a spill occurs.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig019" src="images/fig019.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 19.</span>&mdash;<i>Braking with the stick.</i>&mdash;1. A right way; 2. A wrong way.</p></div>
-
-<p>There exists a way of sitting with the <i>thigh</i> on the pole (<i>not</i>
-with the junction of the legs) for braking on narrow, steep, and
-icy roads, where all other means are simply out of the question
-(<a href="#fig020">see Fig. 20</a>); and for the successful execution of this manœuvre
-it is necessary to note the following points very carefully.
-Assuming one wishes to sit on the left thigh, then the left hand
-grasps the end of the pole which protrudes below. Let this
-hand be close to the seat, and let the part of the stick between
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">68</span>
-hand and point be as short as possible. The right hand <i>rests
-on the right knee</i>, and seizes the upper end of the pole. This
-is important, for it is the use of the knee as a support for the
-upper hand which gives rigidity to the whole arrangement and
-allows one to hold out over long distances. The leg&mdash;the one
-on which one sits (in the example to the left)&mdash;is stretched out in
-front, and by shifting the weight from the ski to the point of
-the pole one can stop instantly, even on clear ice.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig020" src="images/fig020.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 20.</span>&mdash;<i>Correct stick riding.</i></p></div>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig021" src="images/fig021.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 21.</span>&mdash;<i>Snow ploughing.</i>
-Showing a method of using the stick.</p></div>
-
-<h4 id="SNOW_PLOUGHING">SNOW-PLOUGHING.</h4>
-
-<p>We now come to a better method of stopping and
-braking. Snow-ploughing is used for reducing the pace and
-stopping <i>when running straight down</i>. In principle it is
-very simple, and it is quite easy to learn. The heels of the
-ski are pressed apart, and the toes held together, by which means
-a V-shaped kind of plough is formed, the friction of which
-against the snow causes one to stop. The wider the angle of the
-V the greater, of course, will be the braking power. The weight
-is distributed evenly between the two ski, and when the snow
-is hard both are turned slightly on to their inner edges. When
-the snow is soft it is best to hold them flat. The method is
-particularly serviceable on a hard road, and under such conditions,
-even when travelling fast, it can be employed quite
-suddenly without fear of accidents. But on soft snow any
-attempt to use it when running fast will result in the ski crossing
-and a fall forwards. Under such conditions nobody has
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">69</span>
-strength enough to hold the ski apart. One must accordingly
-stop (by some other means) and then, if one wishes to proceed
-slowly, place the ski in the V-shaped position and restart.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_069" src="images/i_069.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Reconnoitring.</span> Half-way up Piz Nier.</p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by E. C. Richardson.</i></p></div>
-
-<p>The stick is a useful adjunct to snow-ploughing, and <a href="#fig021">Fig. 21</a>
-shows a serviceable way of holding it.</p>
-
-<h4 id="SIDE_SLIPPING">SIDE-SLIPPING.</h4>
-
-<p>On <i>very</i> steep slopes, especially if such be icy, it is
-sometimes necessary to slip down sideways. This is simply
-accomplished by holding the ski at right angles to the
-fall of the slope and keeping them <i>flat</i> on the snow (or ice-crust)
-instead of edging them. The stick is held in the snow
-above the runner, and assists him in preserving his balance,
-for the motion is necessarily somewhat irregular. Side-slipping
-is, however, nothing but a method of descending a dangerous
-slope where snow-ploughing, “stemming,” &amp;c. (see <i>infra</i>), are
-out of the question. It is not amusing or pretty, but merely
-occasionally useful.</p>
-
-<h4 id="STEMMING">STEMMING.</h4>
-
-<p>Stemming is akin to snow-ploughing, and by some German
-writers the stemming position is termed the half-snow-plough
-position. It is a most valuable way of reducing the speed when
-<i>traversing</i> a slope which one does not desire to, or cannot,
-descend straight, and it is also of great service for turning and
-stopping under all circumstances. Whilst of ancient origin and
-known to all good Norwegian runners, stemming is but little
-used in Norway. The chief reasons for this are that the ground
-in that country is not in general steep enough to necessitate
-traversing, and that most Norwegians are from early childhood
-familiar with the more difficult Telemark and Christiania
-swings. On the Continent, however, the ground is usually
-steeper and the skill of the runner less, and there stemming has
-been found to be very useful. We have no hesitation in recommending
-the beginner to learn it at this stage if he wants to
-tour as soon as possible, and eventually to become a good all-round
-ski-runner.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">70</span></p>
-
-<p>At Lilienfeld, a small village near Vienna, stemming was hit
-upon, quite independently, by a Herr Zdarsky (an Austrian
-gentleman to whom we have already referred), who turned
-a philosophical mind to its scientific development. The
-description which we give of it is practically the same as that
-given in his book. Herr Zdarsky recommends the use of his own
-special binding, and employs a shortish, smooth-bottomed ski
-with a bluff entrance. We have found, however, that the movements
-can be made with any good firm binding and with any
-ski, though they are undoubtedly easier, both to learn and to
-accomplish, on a flat-bottomed short ski, than on a relatively
-long and grooved ski. (<a href="#Page_32">See p. 32</a>.)</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig022" src="images/fig022.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 22.</span>&mdash;<i>Stemming.</i></p></div>
-
-<p>In learning stemming one distinguishes between the “glider”
-(the sliding ski) and the “braker” (the stemming ski). On a
-hillside the glider is the upper of the two. The glider must
-point in the direction in which one wishes to go. The lower ski,
-the braker, is kept a little behind the other, so as to prevent
-the glider crossing it, and is held in the position shown in the
-above diagram (<a href="#fig022">Fig 22</a>). In order to ensure smooth and
-accurate progress it is highly important to remember to <i>keep
-both ski flat on the snow</i>.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">71</span></p>
-
-<p>Begin by running obliquely across and down a good steep
-slope in this position, <i>keeping all the weight of the body on the
-glider, and merely brushing the snow lightly with the braker</i>.
-Choose a gradient of sufficient steepness to keep you moving at a
-rate of, say, three or four miles an hour, and endeavour to run
-smoothly and to keep in a straight line.</p>
-
-<p>In practising this you will discover that by pressing more or
-less on the braker you can turn up-hill, stop, or go slow, just as
-you please. We accordingly formulate directions for so doing.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">To Turn Up-hill.</span>&mdash;Press lightly on the braker, edging it into
-the snow.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">To Stop.</span>&mdash;Press hard, and turn the body up-hill. You will
-find yourself come round with a swing. This method of stopping
-can, of course, be used anywhere&mdash;<i>e.g.</i>, on the level after running
-straight down, where, if one wishes to stop by (say) a turn to
-the right, one stems with the left ski, at the same time turning
-the body to the right.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">To Slightly Reduce the Speed.</span>&mdash;Press a little on the braker
-without altering your direction.</p>
-
-<p>Practise these three things patiently, constantly remembering
-the injunctions: Glider flat! Weight on glider! (or on braker,
-to stop!) Lean forward! Heels apart! Points together!
-(which latter means that one must keep the tip of the braker
-close to the <i>side</i> of the glider, and about a foot behind its tip).</p>
-
-<p>On hard snow both ski will have to be edged so as to afford a
-grip on the impenetrable surface and to prevent side-slip. And
-between the extremes of the softest and the hardest snow the
-runner will discover many instances where he may have to edge
-the braker a little while going. But let him, all the same,
-interpret these remarks as absolutely as he can, and always try
-hard to hold the ski <i>as flat as possible</i>.</p>
-
-<p><i>Practise on steep ground</i>, because there mistakes are more
-easily discovered, and the correct way soon proclaims its
-advantages.</p>
-
-<p>Fig. 23 illustrates the proper position for the ski in stemming.
-The arrow “s” is the fall of the slope, for the reader is looking
-straight at the mountain; “d” is the direction in which the
-runner wishes to go obliquely across this slope. This direction
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">72</span>
-is on the whole that of the glider “g.” The braker “b”
-brushes the snow with its entire length, thus producing a <i>broad</i>
-track, the direct evidence of the braking power&mdash;<i>i.e.</i>, friction.
-Therefore, weight <i>off</i> the braker for going, <i>on</i> for stopping. The
-steeper the slope the wider must be the angle formed by the two
-ski. The little circle “p” shows whereabouts the point of the
-pole should be&mdash;that is, a little behind the upper foot.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig023" src="images/fig023.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 23.</span>&mdash;<i>Position for the ski in stemming.</i></p></div>
-
-<p>The pole may be used to facilitate balance when executing
-these movements, its point lightly furrowing the snow. It will
-also be found to considerably assist a sudden stop, for by pressing
-it into the ground and throwing all the weight on to the braker
-the glider becomes entirely disengaged, and there is less chance
-of its crossing the braker, as is otherwise apt to happen when
-running very fast. Hold the pole fairly short, do not lean back
-on it, and do not use it more than is really necessary.</p>
-
-<h4 id="TO_MAKE_A_DOWN_HILL_CURVE">TO MAKE A DOWN-HILL CURVE.</h4>
-
-<p>The foregoing section gave the beginner directions for turning
-quickly up-hill, but how shall he, when crossing a steep slope,
-turn quickly down-hill and, without stopping, continue his
-traverse in the opposite direction?</p>
-
-<p>To do this is evidently a most valuable accomplishment, for if
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">73</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">74</span>
-the runner cannot achieve it he is obliged at the end of his
-traverse to stop and turn as described on p. 55 before he can
-start off again on the other tack.</p>
-
-<table>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="w50">
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 24.</span></p>
-
-<p><i>A circular curve to the left.</i></p>
-
-<p>(<b>O</b> represents the <b>pole</b>.)</p>
-
-<p>This is the fall
-of the Slope.</p>
-
-<p><b>1.</b>&mdash;You are coming obliquely
-from above, in the direction of
-the arrow “<i>d</i>.” First give a
-vigorous stem with the lower
-ski “<i>b</i>.” Then</p>
-
-<p><b>2.</b>&mdash;Let your body sink forward
-to the left; pull heels
-more apart.</p>
-
-<p><b>3.</b>&mdash;Now you are looking
-straight down the slope. Just
-before this moment you had
-time to change your stick over.
-<i>Both ski flat. Weight on ski
-nearest this print.</i> Note the
-position for the pole.</p>
-
-<p><b>4.</b>&mdash;Coming into stemming
-“right.”</p>
-
-<p><b>5.</b>&mdash;<i>Done.</i> Continuing your
-way stemming “right.”</p></td>
-    <td class="w50"><img id="fig024" src="images/fig024.jpg" alt="" /></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>Here is the easiest way to learn.</p>
-
-<p>First reduce the speed by a vigorous “stem,” <i>taking care not
-to turn up-hill</i> in so doing. Then, keeping <i>both</i> ski rigidly <i>flat</i>
-and holding the heels far apart and the points of the ski close
-together, turn the body down-hill. <span class="smcap">Lean forward, and throw
-all the weight on to the outside (lower) ski.</span></p>
-
-<p>You will then, if you have followed these directions <i>in every
-particular</i>, come round with a delightful swish and find yourself
-starting off comfortably in the other direction.</p>
-
-<p>Change the stick to the other side of the body when about
-half round, because at that instant one is almost stationary for
-half a second or so.</p>
-
-<p>The more one pulls the heels apart the shorter and neater the
-curve will be.</p>
-
-<p>If success does not follow, it is due to some mistake, such as
-not leaning forward (one will then sit down), or edging the ski
-(they catch in the snow and overthrow the runner), or not
-tearing the heels sufficiently apart and throwing the weight on
-to the lower ski (which causes one to go off at a tangent instead
-of completing the arc).</p>
-
-<p>The words of command for the curve are, then: Lean forward!
-Ski flat! Heels apart! Weight on the lower ski!</p>
-
-<p>The diagrams pp. 73 and 75 should be of assistance in enabling
-the beginner to understand what is meant. On a really steep
-hill it requires a considerable amount of nerve to make up one’s
-mind to plunge for an instant headlong downwards. One’s
-natural inclination is to hang back and lean inwards, but this is
-precisely what one must not do.</p>
-
-<p>The stick will be found to be of considerable assistance in
-making this curve, a little touch with it in the snow just as one
-is coming round being a great help to the balance. When shifting
-it across as above described, hold it rather short and place it
-in the snow well <i>in front of you</i>. This will assist you in leaning
-forward. Do not, however, attempt to spin round leaning on it;
-to do so throws the weight inside, which is quite fatal. It is, of
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">75</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">76</span>
-course, perfectly possible to make the turn without a stick at all,
-but to do so is difficult on very steep ground. Practise on a
-moderate slope to begin with; when you become proficient move
-on to steeper and yet steeper places; but, of course, look out
-for avalanches!</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig025" src="images/fig025.jpg" alt="" />
-<p><span class="smcap">Fig. 25.</span>&mdash;Positions 1-5 arranged on a curve. It must, however, be
-remembered that in nature the movements follow so closely that the ski on the
-drawing would have to overlap. The sweep of a well-made curve clears a
-semi-lunar space with a wall of snow at its lower rim.</p></div>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig026" src="images/fig026.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 26.</span> Shows this.</p></div>
-
-<p>Coming down a long and complicated slope one joins one
-curve to another without a break, thus dodging the trees and
-rocks. On a steep incline, if there are obstacles in the way of a
-straight descent, the S-track, as it is called, affords a safe
-reduction of speed and a prolongation of the pleasurable
-slide.</p>
-
-<p>The ski-runner who has reached this stage enjoys himself
-wherever there is snow, even if there be little of it, for he can
-circumvent the patches where it has melted away. The photograph
-on the opposite page shows what can be done after a single
-winter’s patient practice. It is a “snake-line” made in the winter
-of 1903 by one of the writers of this chapter, and by no means
-an accomplishment requiring more than ordinary skill or talent.
-The slope in question descends from Alp Laret, near St. Moritz,
-to the valley in which lies the world-famed Cresta toboggan run.
-The gradient is between 40 deg. and 50 deg. (55 deg. to 60 deg.
-near the top), and the vertical distance from top to bottom
-amounts to exactly 300 metres (1,000ft.). The small avalanche
-about the middle was started by the ski of the runner, and the
-marks and remains of older avalanches on the left give sufficient
-testimony as to the steepness of the spot. The length of the run
-must be at least half a mile, and the entire distance was covered
-without a single fall or stumble. May the beginner draw the
-proper conclusion: that where there’s a will there’s a way, and
-that both in this case are within the reach of the ordinary
-individual who can walk, row, shoot, ride, play tennis, cricket, or
-football.</p>
-
-<p>What is it that makes the votary of the slender plank count
-the shortening days, and greet with boyish glee the slowly
-falling flakes? What makes him tremble with excitement at the
-sight of the whitening hills? It is the memory of past delights,
-the impatience to taste them again. He sees himself on the
-top of the mountain. From his feet a vista of stately firs on
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">77</span>
-a slope of dazzling white stretches away into the valley a
-thousand feet below. Above, the clear blue sky. Off he goes!
-For ten minutes the swish of the spurting snow is sweet music to
-his ears; for ten minutes he scorns the soaring albatross, as he
-feels himself buoyed by the feathering ski, swaying from curve
-to curve. The excitement of the start has left him, and though
-ten minutes may seem a short time he enjoys them to the full,
-for he is calm, and glides easily, without a show of strength,
-without effort or strain. He feels the mighty power of the rush,
-the living force which is gathering as he flies, which drives him
-along, but which is nevertheless under his absolute control. He
-toys with the weight that impels him; by small movements
-of his ski he steers and directs the energy within. He can
-make the snow yield like water, or resist like steel. He is
-swung from turn to turn, irresistibly, but with safe and stately
-motion, by the force which he commands; he feels himself
-rocking softly, like the petrel on the waves.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_076" src="images/i_076.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">The Snake of Laret.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by W. R. Rickmers.</i></p></div>
-
-<p>Then comes the end; the stream at the bottom is near. A
-sudden twist; a swirling cloud of white, and, as the crystals
-settle glittering in the sun, there one sees him firm and erect,
-the ruler of the mountain, the master of the snow and ski!</p>
-
-<h4 id="THE_TELEMARK_SWING">THE “TELEMARK” SWING.</h4>
-
-<p>We now come to other more rapid, more brilliant, and
-more difficult methods of turning and coming to a sudden
-standstill. The stemming turn can hardly be performed
-quickly when running very fast without the aid of the
-stick, especially when long grooved ski are used. But with
-the “Telemark” and “Christiania” swings, about to be
-described, a good runner can stop suddenly almost anywhere
-when travelling much faster. It is indeed a worthy sight to see
-such a one come sailing past, his every sinew as pliable and
-strong as the good ash beneath his feet, yielding to each dip, as a
-smart racing vessel yields to the waves. Twenty-five miles an
-hour he is travelling, and not a furlong less. To stop suddenly
-at such a speed seems impossible. But, swish! and he is round
-as easily and as quickly as you can read these words. How was
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">78</span>
-it done? It was all so rapid you could not follow. You saw a
-little sinking on one knee&mdash;perhaps not even that. The snow
-hid nearly everything. You slide up to our friend and ask him
-to show you what he did. He will be most polite and most
-anxious for you to learn&mdash;especially if he be a Norwegian, as
-will almost certainly prove to be the fact. You will be shown
-just how to place your feet, and just how to bend the knees, and
-just how to lean the body. And you will start off and fail hopelessly
-again and again. By and by, however, especially if your
-teacher be an intelligent man who has had previous experience
-with beginners, you will begin to understand the knack of the
-movement, and by the end of the afternoon you should be
-rewarded by some measure of success.</p>
-
-<p>But perhaps you may not be fortunate enough to meet with
-such a runner, or, what is by no means improbable, it may be
-that, though a clever performer on ski, he is not a good
-instructor. He makes the swing, but knows not himself how he
-does it. And small blame to him, for how many people trouble
-to analyse the things they have learnt as children?</p>
-
-<p>We venture to offer our services. But is it possible to learn
-these subtle manœuvres from a book? Most certainly it is; but
-you must either take it with you into the field, or else (what is
-as good, or better) have some preliminary practice in your bed-room,
-where you will have only your looking-glass for an
-audience, and no small boy in the immediate neighbourhood to
-point the finger of scorn. If you do this, we are sure that you
-will learn very quickly, or if you fail, then our instructions must
-be wrong. If, however, you simply glance through what we have
-written without making practical experiments, book in hand, we
-can accept no responsibility. These turns are really not at all
-hard to make fairly well, which is all that we can pretend to
-teach; but to make them with certainty requires long practice.
-And that is, of course, entirely your own affair.</p>
-
-<p>We propose to deal with the “Telemark” first&mdash;not because
-it is easier or more useful, for in this respect there is little to
-choose between them, but because it is customary to do so.
-Besides, the Telemark is a much prettier swing than the
-“Christiania,” and it will make a greater impression on your
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">79</span>
-admiring friends should you be so lucky as to succeed in making
-one when showing off.</p>
-
-<p>You will not find your stick (on which we trust you are not
-in the habit of riding) of the slightest assistance to you in
-<i>learning</i> either of these swings. It <i>may</i> help you a little to
-<i>make</i> the Christiania once you have acquired the knack of it,
-but we are very doubtful even about that, and we strongly advise
-that from now on you do not use it at all. Hold it in your hand,
-except when jumping, as previously recommended (p. 45), but
-make no attempt to use it.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig027" src="images/fig027.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 27.</span>&mdash;The Telemark swing.</p></div>
-
-<p>Each of these swings can be made in two directions&mdash;to right
-or to left; and each has its special use for special occasions.
-Apart, therefore, from being a graceful accomplishment and from
-the excellent practice it affords, it is of considerable practical
-value to be able to make all four of them. Nevertheless, most
-people are content with one of each kind&mdash;a Telemark to the
-left and a Christiania to the right&mdash;which enables them under
-ordinary conditions to turn in either direction without changing
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">80</span>
-the foot (see <i>infra</i>). But the best runners can make all four
-swings, and we recommend you to emulate their example.</p>
-
-<p>The Telemark swing is easiest in loose snow, where there is
-little side slip. We find it rather easier on the level than the
-Christiania (<i>e.g.</i>, to stop after making a jump), but it is more
-difficult to make quickly on a hillside, and in general it is not
-quite so rapid as the Christiania.</p>
-
-<p><a href="#fig027">Fig. 27</a> (<i>a</i>) shows the position in which the body and limbs
-are held throughout a Telemark swing to the left. It is convenient
-to call this position the Telemark position. <a href="#fig027">Fig. 27</a> (<i>b</i>)
-shows the position which the ski assume after the swing is over.</p>
-
-<p>The following directions are for making a Telemark swing to
-the left.</p>
-
-<p>The directions for making a Telemark swing to the right are
-identically the same, substituting left for right and right for left
-throughout.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">To Make a Telemark Swing to the Left.</span>&mdash;(<i>a</i>) From the
-normal position for running down (<a href="#Page_63">see p. 63</a>) advance the right
-ski till the right ankle is opposite the bend of the left ski. Raise
-the heel of the left foot off the left ski, bend the left knee, and
-throw all the weight forward on to the right foot. (This is what
-we mean by “the Telemark position.”) (<i>b</i>) Place the right ski
-slightly on its left edge and turn and lean the whole body to the
-left.</p>
-
-<p>If these directions are correctly carried out, the runner will
-come round with a sweep, the sharpness of which will depend
-upon the force with which he turns his body as advised in (<i>b</i>).</p>
-
-<p>An excellent way of learning this turn is to practise running
-straight down hill in the Telemark position. Note especially to
-raise the heel of the left foot as shown. This is highly important,
-and is, in fact, the key to the whole affair, for if the runner
-raises his heel he is almost compelled to throw the weight
-forward on to the right foot, and if he can once succeed in doing
-this everything else is comparatively easy. So remember to
-<i>raise the heel of the left foot and to kneel well down on the left
-ski</i>. Cultivate as narrow a spoor as possible, and as soon as you
-can run straight like this at a moderate speed try turning the
-body ever such a little. <i>Look the way you wish to go.</i> You
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">81</span>
-will be delighted to discover what a small amount of turning
-will cause you to come round very quickly.</p>
-
-<p>To compensate for the centrifugal force exercised by the turn
-on the upper part of the body, you will have to lean inwards; in
-fact, after you begin to get the knack of the thing, you are pretty
-certain to be thrown outwards once or twice. But do not
-trouble about that too much; <i>do not at first make any conscious
-effort to lean inwards</i>, or you will probably fall in that direction;
-you will very soon begin to compensate for the outward throw
-quite unconsciously.</p>
-
-<p>Do not try to turn too quickly when learning, but rather take
-matters easily; <i>speed will come by and by</i>&mdash;in which connection
-note that both the “Telemark” and the “Christiania” are
-<i>swings</i> and <i>not jerks</i>, and that, however rapidly they be performed,
-the body should be turned <i>crescendo</i> and <i>not</i> (to continue
-the music metaphor) <i>sforzando</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Another capital way of practising is to stand on some level
-space at the edge of a steep hill in the position shown in
-Fig. 27 (<i>a</i>) and then to slip over the edge and instantly to begin
-to swing. This method will allow you to practise a great number
-of swings in a short time without the trouble of walking a long
-way up-hill in order to gain speed. The following diagram
-shows graphically how to do so:&mdash;</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig028" src="images/fig028.jpg" alt="" />
-<p><span class="smcap">Fig. 28.</span>&mdash;A C B is the edge of a steep slope falling in the direction of the
-arrow. Stand at the point C. Slip over the edge, and at once make a swing to
-the left, stopping at E. Walk up the dotted line to O, turn (<i>see</i> p. 55) and return
-to C. Then make a swing to the right, stopping at D, and returning to C <i>via</i> L.
-Next, run a little further down, and swing to G, &amp;c., &amp;c. In this manner the
-difficulty of the swing is gradually increased.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">82</span></p></div>
-
-<p>The “Telemark” swing can also be used to make down-hill
-turns in the manner described above, p. 72, and the principles
-there given hold good here, except that the “Telemark”
-position, instead of the stemming position, is held throughout.</p>
-
-<p>A succession of S turns made in this way looks very pretty,
-but on a very steep hill their execution becomes rather uncertain,
-for the snow, unless perfect, is apt to slip irregularly,
-and with a true “Telemark” the stick is no use to help matters
-out. We have found, however, that a sort of half-stemming,
-half-“Telemark” position plus a little stick is useful in inducing
-long ski to come round.</p>
-
-<h4 id="THE_CHRISTIANIA_SWING">THE “CHRISTIANIA” SWING.</h4>
-
-<p>The “Christiania” swing differs materially from the “Telemark”
-swing in this, that in making it the normal position
-of the ski is retained, and the turn is effected in the direction of
-the advanced foot&mdash;that is to say, to the right if the right foot is
-leading, and to the left with the left foot in front. It is easiest
-on hard snow and on steep hills, where the ski are liable to skid,
-on which ground the “Telemark” is especially difficult.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig029" src="images/fig029.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 29.</span>&mdash;The Christiania swing.</p></div>
-
-<p>The term “Christiania” swing for this movement appears to
-be a misnomer. For we are assured on very high authority that
-it was in common use in Telemarken long before the inhabitants
-of the capital acquired any skill in the art of ski-running. We
-are inclined to suspect that the name is of Continental origin,
-for, though we practised the “Christiania” years ago in Norway,
-we never there heard it called by any other name than “Telemarking.”
-Be this, however, as it may, the turn in question is
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">83</span>
-a perfectly distinct one, and well deserves a name of its own,
-and, as it is known all over Switzerland, Germany, and Austria
-as the “Christiania,” we have not dared to take upon us to
-alter the name.</p>
-
-<p>Besides being easier in shallow snow and on hillsides than the
-Telemark, the Christiania is considerably the more rapid swing
-of the two, and a skilful runner can by means of it stop suddenly
-when travelling at almost any speed.</p>
-
-<p><a href="#fig029">Fig. 29</a> shows the position which the ski usually assume
-<i>after a swing to the right is over</i>, but diagrams are, in
-describing this turn, of very little value, for the great secret of
-success is to endeavour to hold the ski in the normal position
-(<a href="#Page_63">see p. 63</a>) throughout.</p>
-
-<p>Here are formal directions for making the swing to the right.
-To make it to the left all that is necessary is to substitute left
-for right and right for left throughout.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">To Make a “Christiania” Swing to the Right</span>:&mdash;(<i>a</i>) hold
-the ski in the normal position (<a href="#Page_63">see p. 63</a>), <i>press the feet close
-together</i> and distribute the weight evenly on both ski. Bend
-both knees a little. (<i>b</i>) Gently <i>swing</i> the whole body, but
-especially the region about the hips, round to the right, at the
-same time leaning in that direction, throwing the weight on to
-the <i>heels</i> and edging both ski.</p>
-
-<p>You will, when you have mastered the knack of the movement,
-be astonished how quickly you will come round. The ski will
-assume the position above shown, and the weight will of itself
-fall almost entirely on to the right foot. This latter fact
-accounts, we believe, for the directions commonly given for
-making this turn&mdash;viz., to swing almost entirely on the inner
-(here the right) foot and to place the ski as shown. This was
-also the description given in the first edition of this book, but a
-closer analysis and more experience in teaching have induced us
-to alter it. We have found that any conscious effort to swing on
-the right foot and to place the ski in the position shown invariably
-results in the left ski rushing off at a tangent. To avoid
-this it is necessary to press the ski tightly together throughout
-and to <i>begin</i> the turn with the weight evenly distributed on
-both.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">84</span></p>
-
-<p>Beginners will find that the great difficulty in this swing is to
-get it started. It involves a peculiar kind of catch of the back
-part of the ski in the snow, which is very difficult to explain.
-Perhaps it will assist you to arrive at the sort of “feel” of the
-movement if you place a chair in front of you and then (standing
-before it in the normal position, and without moving the
-feet) endeavour to sit down on it.</p>
-
-<p>In this turn also the precepts given above as to swinging
-easily and not jerking, and leaving the lean inwards to take care
-of itself, apply.</p>
-
-<p>It may also be practised after the manner shown in <a href="#fig028">Fig. 28</a>.</p>
-
-<p><i>As a substitute for stemming a little of the swing is very
-useful for braking when traversing a steep slope.</i> To practise
-this select a steep hill and run straight for a short distance
-obliquely down and across it; then make a little of the swing,
-reducing the pace; then run straight again; and so on. This is
-also a very good way of learning the turn itself.</p>
-
-<p>There seems to be no reason why one should not make S turns
-by means of the “Christiania” swing, though to do so must be
-rather difficult.</p>
-
-<p>In order to save time in changing the foot, skilful runners
-when threading their way through a wood (for example) usually
-make their turns by the “Telemark” for one direction and the
-“Christiania” for the other.</p>
-
-<p>In the above description we have advised the beginner to
-learn the “Christiania” swing in the normal position with one
-foot leading, but it can also be made with the feet perfectly
-level. We well remember our delight and astonishment on one
-occasion when we saw a first-class Norwegian runner, after
-making a 70ft. jump, and when travelling at a great speed, avoid
-colliding with a friend and two trees by making with wonderful
-rapidity three “Christiania” swings&mdash;left, right, and left.</p>
-
-<p>There are, of course, other ways of combining these various
-methods of turning which an expert employs quite unconsciously.
-Indeed, it is highly probable that your Norwegian friends will
-never even have heard of a “Stemming turn” or a “Christiania
-swing,” any more than a South Sea islander has heard of a verb
-or an adjective. This does not, however, prevent the Norwegian
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">85</span>
-from being an expert on ski or the coloured gentleman from
-being a fluent speaker. Nor has it any bearing on the fact that
-you as a foreigner will find a grammar of assistance in learning
-Kanaka. It is our hope that the classification we have adopted
-may similarly prove of assistance to you in becoming a proficient
-ski-runner.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">86</span></p>
-
-<h2 id="JUMPING">JUMPING.<br />
-
-<span class="large">By <span class="smcap">E. C. Richardson</span>.</span></h2>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<p>So many strange and perverted ideas prevail in England and on
-the Continent as to what ski-jumping is, that it is, perhaps,
-excusable to begin by mentioning a few of the things which it
-is not. To begin with, there are people who think that ski are
-a sort of seven-league boots on which one may fly across the
-snow planes as fast as an express train, jumping any minor
-obstacles, such as houses or trees, which happen to be in the
-way. This is not so. Four or five miles per hour is very good
-going on the level, and it is impossible to jump upwards from
-the level over anything higher than a small gooseberry bush.
-Again, one frequently hears that Norwegians are born on ski,
-and jump before they can walk; but, though the writer of this
-article has made every inquiry, he has, so far, failed to authenticate
-a single case in point. The truth is that Norwegians of all
-ages are fond of ski-running and jumping, but, owing to such
-things as the melting of the snow in summer, extreme youth
-and old age, business and the like, only a comparatively small
-number are worthy to be called real experts. Further, it is not
-the fact that a special exercise place, with an elaborately built
-take-off, is essential. On most hills it is possible to build, in a
-few minutes, a jump which will give entertainment both to the
-skilful and unskilful; and it frequently happens in the course of
-a tour that a little natural drop presents itself, from which one
-may skim through the air for several yards before again touching
-the snow. True that in Norway hills are specially prepared
-and elaborate takeoffs built, but these are chiefly used for
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">87</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">88</span>
-competitions, where long and difficult leaps and spectacular effect
-are required. It cannot be too strongly insisted that the sport is
-wholly independent of such things, and that, whilst the jump
-affords by far the best means of judging the skill of a ski-runner,
-its enjoyment is by no means dependent on elaborate construction
-or mere competition.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_087" src="images/i_087.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Solberg Hill.</span></p>
-
-<p>A successful leap. The jumper’s cap thrown off in flight may be seen behind him.</p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by D. M. M. Chrichton Somerville.</i></p></div>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig030" src="images/fig030.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 30.</span>&mdash;The Solberg Hill
-(near Christiania.)</p>
-
-<table class="toc2col">
-  <tr>
-    <td />
-    <td>Metres.</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>Length from start (A) to take off (B)</td>
-    <td>  =  82</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>Length from take-off to bottom of hill</td>
-    <td>  =  80</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td />
-    <td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td style="text-align: right">Together</td>
-    <td> = 162</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>Fall from A to B</td>
-    <td> =  23</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>Fall from B to bottom</td>
-    <td> =  32</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td />
-    <td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td style="text-align: right">Together</td>
-    <td> =  55</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>The steepness of the hill in degrees is
-marked below the outline.</p></div>
-
-<p>Like other great sports, ski-jumping calls forth the qualities
-of courage, skill, and endurance; a good jumper must have a
-cool head, a quick eye, and, above all, a nice sense of balance;
-but, given these things, it is open to all to succeed in some
-measure, be they old or young, born near the north pole or the
-equator.</p>
-
-<p>These misapprehensions having been removed, it is expedient
-to give a detailed description of what ski-jumping really is,
-detailed instructions following later. Your attention is directed
-to <a href="#fig030">Fig. 30</a>, p. 87.</p>
-
-<p>This represents the section of an exceptionally suitable hill.
-The jumper starts from the point A, and slides down to B, where
-he leaps. The impetus gained from his journey from A to B,
-coupled with the leap, sends him like a cannon ball through the
-air to C, where he alights, and continues his course to D. Here
-he usually stops himself by a Telemark or Christiania swing.
-The distance from B to C is the measure of the length of the
-jump, which may be anything up to 134ft. (the record to 1903),
-according to the condition of the snow; shape, length, and
-steepness of the hill; and the skill of the performer.<a id="FNanchor_8" href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">8</a></p>
-
-<p>It will be seen from this that the jump is not a jump <i>up</i>, but a
-jump <i>down</i>; and it can readily be guessed that the difficulty lies
-not so much in attaining great length as in retaining an upright
-position on alighting. It takes considerable practice to make a
-jump of 10ft. and stand, whilst anybody, provided the hill be
-sufficiently steep, can jump 100ft. and fall.</p>
-
-<p>Formerly, in Norway, the take-off used to be so placed that
-the jumper alighted on the level, instead of on the hill side, and,
-at first sight, such an arrangement might be thought to make
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">89</span>
-matters easier. This is, however, very far from being the case.
-A jump of anything over a few yards on the level involves a
-considerable shock on alighting, which is not only unpleasant,
-but renders “standing” a much more difficult matter, whilst,
-in the event of a fall, serious injuries may result. On the other
-hand, a jump downhill is attended by little or no shock on
-alighting, which makes “standing” much easier, and falling
-nothing more serious, in the vast majority of cases, than a long
-roly-poly, broken by the snow.</p>
-
-<p>Assuming, then, that the slope and snow are suitable, the
-chief requisites to success are a sense of balance and great daring.
-The bolder, almost rasher, one is, the better. The outlook from
-the top of a ski-jump of any magnitude is indeed alarming; for
-note that the slope above the take-off is usually, and properly,
-less steep than that below; and this means that a man of
-ordinary stature standing at the point A (see diagram) sees
-nothing of the slope B C, and his sensations, at least at first, are
-as of one about to launch himself into a vast abyss. The danger
-is, however, very largely imaginary, and a bold, coolly-calculated
-spring vastly increases the chances of standing.</p>
-
-<p>But to proceed from these general remarks to details. The ski
-used for jumping should be suited to the runner in accordance
-with the table given (p. 34). It is not easy to jump on ski
-shorter than this, but they may very well be a trifle longer.
-They should be rather on the heavy side, so as not to flutter
-about in the air, and in order to withstand the strain to which
-they are put on landing.</p>
-
-<p>Any good firm binding may be used which permits of vertical
-control over the ski.</p>
-
-<p>No other special equipment is necessary.</p>
-
-<p>The best snow for jumping is that which has been down for
-some days, and which has been trodden by ski into a fairly firm
-mass. The temperature of the air should be below freezing
-point. On such a surface the ski will glide swiftly and at an
-even rate of speed, sinking in about an inch or so&mdash;<i>i.e.</i>,
-sufficiently to avoid side-slip. Sticky snow is dangerous, for the
-reason that it is apt to occasion a nasty fall forwards, due to the
-checking of the ski on alighting. For a similar reason, very
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">90</span>
-deep soft snow is to be avoided, but it should be noted that
-freshly fallen snow will often cease to stick after it has been
-trodden down, especially should the temperature of the air be
-low.</p>
-
-<h4 id="HOW_TO_SELECT_AND_PREPARE_THE_HILL">HOW TO SELECT AND PREPARE THE HILL.</h4>
-
-<p>As above mentioned, we frequently come across natural jumps
-when on tour which require little or no preparation. On most
-hill-sides there are places where sudden little dips occur. Give a
-kick or two with the ski just below such a dip, so as to make the
-step (see B, <a href="#fig030">Fig. 30</a>) more pronounced, and scrape together a
-little snow on the top of it to raise it somewhat. Then with
-half a minute’s stamping about the spot where you intend to
-alight your preparations will be complete. Or, again, a stone
-lying on a steep hill-side may be pressed into service after the
-manner shown below.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig031" src="images/fig031.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 31.</span>&mdash;<i>Spraet hop</i>, made by piling snow above a stone lying on the hill-side.</p></div>
-
-<p>Care must, of course, be taken that the top of the stone be
-covered with snow. This sort of jump, the point of which turns
-upwards, is called a <i>spraet hop</i> in Norwegian. It has the
-effect of throwing the runner high into the air and is excellent
-practice.</p>
-
-<p>Edges of cornices (not, of course, large, dangerous ones),
-stumps of trees, buried fences, &amp;c., &amp;c., can often be used for
-take-offs, and the runner when on tour should keep his eyes open
-for such, as they cause very amusing variations to ordinary
-going.</p>
-
-<p>But, though when a little skill has been acquired one should
-practice on all sorts and kinds of places, it is probably best to
-begin on something very easy, in order to gain confidence.</p>
-
-<p>Choose, then, a good steep hill with a fair out-run at the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">91</span>
-bottom. The gradient should be not less than 20 degrees, but
-if it be steeper, all the better. It is a great mistake to begin on
-too gentle a slope; a steep hill is far easier and far safer.</p>
-
-<p>If you can find a hill with a little dip in it, well; but, if not,
-never mind.</p>
-
-<p>First select the place for building your take-off. This will
-usually be at the edge of the dip, supposing you have found one.
-If, however, the slope below this point is less than about double
-the length of jump you contemplate, or, say, 20 yards in all, you
-must place the take-off somewhat back from the extreme edge,
-as shown in <a href="#fig030">Fig. 30</a>. But very likely you may not be able to
-find any suitable hill with a dip in it. Never mind; a smooth
-hill will do quite as well, or perhaps at first even better. Choose
-a point on it 20 yards or so above the bottom, and build a long
-take-off there in the shape shown below.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig032" src="images/fig032.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 32.</span>&mdash;A long take-off built on a smooth hill.</p></div>
-
-<p>This is the form of hill on which you should practise for some
-time. Do not at first let there be too much change between the
-slope of the take-off and of the hill below, for the greater this
-difference the more difficult will be the jump.</p>
-
-<p>In choosing a hill it is, of course, desirable to select one as
-smooth and free from difficulties as possible. In Nature, however,
-such are seldom to be found, and one generally has to be
-content with something less perfect. <i>It is, however, to be noted
-that smoothness of surface and regularity of snow, whilst everywhere
-desirable, are of special importance for a distance of ten</i>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">92</span>
-<i>yards above the spot selected for the take-off, and for about a
-similar length below the point of alighting.</i></p>
-
-<p>So, having chosen your hill, stand down it once or twice to
-ascertain the best lie for the track. Then stamp the snow well
-down with your ski at the two important places above mentioned,
-making lanes down them about nine feet broad, and
-filling up any hollows with good firm snow.</p>
-
-<p>Then construct the take-off.</p>
-
-<p>This may conveniently be done by making a little fence of
-tree branches to the height of a foot or so, at right angles to
-the track, and then filling up the space above them with layers
-of snow and more tree branches placed flat. The structure
-should be made as firm as possible, especially at the edge, and it
-should combine with the hill above it, so as not to leave any
-sudden angle at the join.</p>
-
-<p>Begin with quite a little drop&mdash;about 1½ft. should be sufficient&mdash;and
-as soon as you can “stand” over that build higher and
-higher.</p>
-
-<p>It is not <i>necessary</i> for practice to make a very wide take-off&mdash;2ft.
-or 3ft. should be amply sufficient. And in general do not
-waste valuable time which might be spent in jumping in building
-a very elaborate affair.</p>
-
-<p>The case is, of course, quite different if the hill is intended for
-a competition. In this event too much care cannot be taken to
-give every competitor an equal chance. <a href="#fig030">Fig. 30</a> shows an outline
-of the Solberg jumping hill, near Christiania, which may
-be taken as an example of what a hill ought to be. The snow on
-a competition hill should be thoroughly stamped down with ski
-<i>some hours before</i> the intended jumping. The take-off should
-be 3 or 4 yards wide, and there should be plenty of men
-both above and below the take-off armed with rakes to keep the
-snow in order. The spectators should not be allowed to approach
-too closely to the track. The illustrations opposite pp. 9 and 87
-show how this is arranged in Norway.</p>
-
-<h4 id="HOW_TO_JUMP">HOW TO JUMP.</h4>
-
-<p>First study closely the figures in the diagram (<a href="#fig033">Fig 33</a>),
-then read the following instructions, referring back from time
-to time.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">93</span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig033" src="images/fig033.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 33.</span></p>
-
-<p>Showing position of limbs and body when jumping.</p>
-
-<p>N.B.&mdash;Many good ski-runners bring their ski quite level when
-assuming the crouched position before jumping.</p>
-
-<p>The ski are omitted for the sake of clearness.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">94</span></p></div>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">The Approach.</span></h5>
-
-<p>Imagine yourself, then, standing some 20 or 30 yards above
-the take-off. (The precise distance will, of course, depend on
-the steepness of the hill and the speed which you wish to
-attain; but as regards speed do not attempt too much at first;
-it is difficult, of course, to give an exact measure, but a rate
-of about 5 yards per second when approaching the edge of
-the jump should be sufficient to begin with.) See that your
-ski-fastenings are in order, and polish your ski a little on
-the snow, or on some fir branches or other twigs, to remove any
-lumps adhering to the bottom of them. <i>Be altogether without
-fear</i>, and start.</p>
-
-<p>Hold the ski close together, with one of them somewhat in
-advance&mdash;say, with the heel of the one foot about in line with
-the toe of the other.</p>
-
-<p>About 15 yards or so before reaching the edge of the take-off
-bend down, leaning a little forward (<a href="#fig033">see Fig. 33</a>). N.B.&mdash;About
-this point many good jumpers bring their feet quite level.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">The Sats.</span></h5>
-
-<p><i>Some few yards before reaching the edge swing the body
-evenly forwards, at the same time straightening up.</i></p>
-
-<p>This movement is termed the “sats.”</p>
-
-<p>Note particularly that no attempt must be made to <i>lift</i> the
-feet as in ordinary jumping. The body should be swung evenly
-forwards, and at the same time straighten up from the crouched
-to the erect position. The movement, if made vigorously, does,
-in fact, cause a slight rising from the ground, but it is best not
-to be too vigorous at first. <i>Unroll</i> yourself, so to speak, with an
-easy sweep, avoiding all stiffness and jerking.</p>
-
-<p>It may perhaps help you to understand what is meant if you
-make an <i>attempt</i> to rise on the toes. You should not, indeed,
-actually rise, but just at first, if you make an effort in that
-direction, it will probably assist you to arrive at the knack of
-the thing.</p>
-
-<p>Another very important point is the timing of the movement.
-The body should be nearly straight just as the take-off is left.
-Therefore, as the movement itself takes time, the greater the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">95</span>
-speed at which you are travelling the earlier you must begin.
-Whilst, on the other hand, the more vigorous the straightening
-you intend to make the later you can defer it. You are, however,
-advised to take things easily, especially at first, and to
-aim rather at accuracy and elegance of style than at mere length.
-Accordingly it will be necessary for you to begin the straightening
-movement rather early. Remember when you first learnt to
-shoot how often the tails of the rabbits and pheasants suffered.
-For very similar reasons most beginners make the <i>sats</i> too late.</p>
-
-<p>It follows from the above that the object of the <i>sats</i> is two-fold&mdash;firstly,
-to increase the length of the jump, and, secondly,
-to bring the body into the proper position for alighting. The
-former is achieved by the straightening movement, and the
-latter by the swing forward.</p>
-
-<p>“But,” you ask, “why swing forward at all, why not keep
-quite still?” The reason is that in descending all hills on
-slippery things like ski the body must be kept quite straight
-over them&mdash;or, in other words, at about right angles to the
-slope on which they are travelling. This is sufficiently obvious.
-But observe that in jumping the slope below the take-off is
-considerably steeper than that above (<a href="#Page_93">p. 93</a>). The body
-must accordingly be brought forward when passing from one to
-the other, or a fall backwards will result. And such is, indeed,
-the common fate of the beginner, whose tendency is invariably
-to hang back!</p>
-
-<p>Now look at the <i>spraet hop</i>, shown in <a href="#fig031">Fig. 31</a>. Here the
-take-off itself is turned upwards, and the difference between its
-direction and that of the slope below becomes greater than ever.
-On such a jump it is especially necessary to swing well forwards,
-for which reason it is the very best practice, for once
-one has learnt to do that everything else is easy.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">Position in the Air.</span></h5>
-
-<p>The whole body should be straight and erect. So do not check
-the straightening of the knees and thighs if you have not quite
-finished your spring when you leave the take-off.</p>
-
-<p>You will feel a compelling necessity to wave your arms round
-and round when in the air. Everybody does so more or less,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">96</span>
-but, of course, your object should be to be reasonable in this.
-Frantic waving looks very ugly. Endeavour to keep your ski
-parallel to the slope below. There is always a tendency for the
-toes to fly up and the heels to drag, which should be checked as
-far as possible by pressing down the toes.</p>
-
-<h5><span class="smcap">On Alighting.</span></h5>
-
-<p>Slide one foot forwards and the other backwards, relieving any
-shock by a slight bending of the knees. This extending of the
-feet is of great assistance in preserving the balance, and with a
-little practice becomes almost instinctive.</p>
-
-<p>Resume as soon as possible the normal position&mdash;<i>i.e.</i>, ski close
-together, one foot slightly in advance, body slightly crouched.
-As soon as possible after reaching the level stop yourself by
-making a Telemark or Christiania swing.</p>
-
-<p><i>Points to be remembered</i>:&mdash;</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>1. <i>Don’t be frightened.</i><br />
-2. <i>Ski close together.</i><br />
-3. <i>Swing forward, “unroll.”</i><br />
-4. <i>Extend ski on alighting.</i><br />
-</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>Pay great attention to your “form,” which is all important,
-as in rowing. Think of nothing else, and you will soon succeed.
-At competitions the prize is not necessarily awarded to the
-competitor who jumps furthest, even if he “stood” after alighting.
-For if the jump was made in bad style assuredly it was a
-fluke, and will seldom be repeated. All ski-jumpers fall more
-or less, but it is equally a matter of surprise if the awkward
-should “stand,” or the elegant and correct should fail.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>The style of jumping above recommended is that known in
-Norway as the <i>Svæve</i>&mdash;one swoops motionless through the
-air. It is certainly the prettiest, as well as the easiest to
-learn. Another method, however, exists, known as the
-<i>Trække op</i>, in which the leaper draws up his legs during his
-flight, the object being to cover a longer distance. This, however,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">97</span>
-however, looks rather ugly (according, at least, to most people’s
-ideas), and it is questionable whether one comes so much further
-with it, after all.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_096" src="images/i_096.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Leif Berg Jumping 90 Feet, at Glarus, ’05.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by E. Jeanrenaud.</i></p></div>
-
-<p>But there is yet another point which it is far more difficult to
-decide. Shall the runner jump with feet perfectly level or
-shall he advance one of them as shown in <a href="#fig033">Fig. 33</a>? As will be
-seen from the above description, the writer has not ventured to
-speak positively as to this. On the one hand he has the
-authority of one of the Holmenkollen judges for asserting that
-it is best for the beginner to keep one foot in advance, whilst
-on the other the general practice of many (if not, indeed, most)
-first-class performers undoubtedly is to keep the feet quite level.
-The advocates of the advanced foot contend that extreme steadiness
-is of vital importance in taking the <i>sats</i>, and that, inasmuch
-as the advanced foot position is admittedly steadier than the
-other for glissading, it should also be adopted at this stage. In
-addition to which they argue that, after the flight through the
-air, when the runner first touches ground the advanced foot is
-the more stable position of the two. On the other side, those
-in favour of the “level-footed” style contend:&mdash;Firstly, that
-to jump with one foot forward looks ugly (and the writer is
-inclined to agree with them in this), and, secondly, that it
-defeats its own ends, for it involves leaning forward on to
-one foot, and accordingly jumping chiefly with it. And
-this (they say) is conducive to a crooked flight through the air.
-It is not, however, apparent how this is a necessary consequence,
-for in ordinary long-jumping the spring is taken almost entirely
-with one leg without the balance being in any way upset.</p>
-
-<p>These are, however, theoretical matters, as to which the reader
-interested may well be left to work out conclusions for himself,
-whilst those who do not care for argument can console themselves
-with the reflection that whichever style they like to adopt
-they have excellent authority for their choice.</p>
-
-<p>Is it possible that this is another question like that of the
-bindings and that perhaps it does not matter so very much, after
-all? Or may not both sides be right? May it not, for
-example, be best to jump with level feet when the track is
-smooth and easy, but with one foot forward when it is irregular
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">98</span>
-and difficult? On the Continent rough jumping on tour has
-hardly yet “caught on,” everything being regarded, so to speak,
-through competition spectacles. And perhaps this is why the
-level-footed style is there so much insisted on. He, however,
-who limits himself to jumping at competitions and on elaborately
-prepared tracks will never be a really clever ski-runner,
-and will miss a vast deal of the possibilities and pleasures of
-this branch of the sport.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">99</span></p>
-
-<h2 id="SKI_MOUNTAINEERING">SKI MOUNTAINEERING.<br />
-
-<span class="large">By <span class="smcap">W. R. Rickmers</span>.</span></h2>
-
-<p>It is quite impossible to define exactly what constitutes mountaineering
-as apart from strolling and short excursions, but its
-chief characteristics are distance from human dwellings and
-human help, and the presence of special dangers. The term
-“mountaineering” comprises a multitude of rules which teach
-how to overcome the difficulties and how to avoid the dangers
-of rising ground. Mountaineering is a science admirably expounded
-in a series of classical text-books, the result of the
-experience of thousands of climbers, and the essence of a literature
-of over 10,000 volumes. From a subjective point of view
-mountaineering begins when a wanderer, approaching a hill or
-mountain, is conscious of the fact that he will meet with special
-conditions which demand a special knowledge. And the
-minimum required of a man who wishes to be called a “mountaineer,”
-a good mountain climber, an expert, is that as to the
-theory he should have “Dent” at his finger-ends (C. T. Dent,
-Mountaineering, Badminton Library); and as to the practice, he
-must be a man who can be trusted to attempt any peak in the
-world without endangering the lives of his companions.</p>
-
-<p>Now, it would be absurd to try to teach mountaineering in a
-chapter of this book, for it takes ten years at least to make a
-mountaineer. Still less dare I insult the mountaineer by advising
-him how to behave in his element, for he will not go high
-and far until he feels at home on the planks. By the time he
-has mastered the technicalities of ski-ing, he knows everything
-about the outfit which suits him best, and about his line of
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">100</span>
-conduct on any expedition he may plan. My remarks on the
-subject in hand cannot, therefore, be anything but a series of very
-general reflections and impressions, simply intended as a loud
-warning to ski-runners that they should study “Alpinism,” and
-as a gentle reminder to mountaineers, that ski-running is a
-somewhat tricky complication of their art. Why should I tell
-the latter what type of ski to take on long tours, seeing that he
-knows on which kind he travels best; why should he ask me
-about his ice-axe when he is sure to take one or not according
-to the object in view?<a id="FNanchor_9" href="#Footnote_9" class="fnanchor">9</a></p>
-
-<p>Ski-runners, unless they are climbing experts, or accompanied
-by such, must confine themselves to the usual practice-grounds
-and safe excursions, for only a mountaineer can decide on the
-spot whether hill craft is necessary or not. To explain how he
-arrives at this decision would mean a very thick volume. The
-ski-runner, therefore, who wishes to form a correct opinion of
-his own should make up his mind to learn from amateurs, guides,
-and books how to look about, think, and behave when he leaves
-the beaten track where multitudes are accustomed to go unthinking
-and unadvised. My random observations are to impress
-him with that necessity, and for the mountaineer they shall be
-an epitome of familiar principles.</p>
-
-<p>In the winter the problem of the avalanche eclipses all others.
-The rule to go only with guides or experienced friends disposes
-of the general advice respecting glaciers, crevasses, slips, strategy,
-and discipline, for in these things a man must train himself
-during many seasons. The rule that only good ski-runners dare
-aspire towards high peaks saves a long repetition of detail as to
-outfit.<a id="FNanchor_10" href="#Footnote_10" class="fnanchor">10</a> The ski-runner-mountaineer ought always to be a man
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">101</span>
-who, during his apprenticeship, knew something of cold, hunger,
-slow companions, and broken ski. To have no spare gloves and
-no provisions, to fall where one ought to stand, to step on a
-hollow, or to risk a dashing slide, may have merely disagreeable
-results two miles from home; but the same omissions and commissions
-can be suicidal, nay, even criminal, when ten miles
-from the nearest human habitation. If you wish to kill, go
-alone, and kill yourself, for every party of mountaineers suffers
-for the thoughtlessness of each of its members, while the greatest
-skill or ability of one of them is as nothing in the balance of
-fate when the whole has to bear the inadequacy of the lowest
-unit.</p>
-
-<p>Extreme suspicion and wariness are the only correct attitude
-towards the mountains in their winter garb. The number of
-factors which combine to prepare or prevent an avalanche is
-truly bewildering, and any single one of them may be the prime
-mover or the reliable safeguard in a given instance. And this
-one was perhaps overlooked in weighing the evidence. <i>The
-secret of the avalanche is the breaking strain and snapping
-point of an unseen tension.</i> Avalanches owe their growth and
-collapse to some or all of the following indications: The
-angle of the slope; the surface of the ground; the quantity
-of the snow; the snow of a month ago, of yesterday,
-and to-day; the temperature and the wind of a month ago,
-yesterday, and today, while the snow fell, or before it fell, or
-after it had fallen. And to consummate or prevent the catastrophy
-there are, in conjunction with the above, the temperature
-at the time of our arrival on the spot, the weight of the party,
-its methods of walking or ski-ing, and sundry other accidents.
-So many possibilities produce tantalising doubt rather than
-definite conviction, and more often than not a slope, which
-presents all the visible elements of danger, may be perfectly
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">102</span>
-harmless. On the other hand, well-known guides have walked
-into mouse-traps because one exceptional condition had altered
-the internal character of a particular slope which, throughout
-their lives, they had known as perfectly safe. A strong sense
-of human weakness is therefore the proper frame of mind towards
-the mysterious and overwhelming power of the snow.</p>
-
-<p>The mountaineer must condense the theory of avalanches into
-a few comprehensive rules of thumb, and when in doubt he
-must give the benefit to himself and not to the avalanche.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Suspicious.</span>&mdash;Every open slope of about 25 deg. or steeper,
-and <i>all new snow in warm weather</i>. A thaw after a heavy fall
-of snow is the most common cause of the thick and heavy slides
-known as ground avalanches.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Dangerous.</span>&mdash;Every heavy accumulation of snow at an angle
-of 40 deg. or more, on long open slopes, and in gullies. At lesser
-angles all snow which lies on a hard and smooth surface (grass,
-earth, old snow, crust, ice, &amp;c.). Hard snow under the lee of
-ridges. This is liable to crack and to become suddenly transformed
-into what looks like a huge waterfall of lumps of sugar.
-Therefore, one ought to cross such slopes as high up as possible.
-The cornice which overhangs the ridge is more dangerous to
-those who walk <i>on</i> it than to those <i>under</i> it.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Safe.</span>&mdash;All slopes under 25 deg; all slopes evenly dotted with
-trees or rocks; almost every perfectly homogeneous snow not
-deeper than 2ft. which lies on a rough surface (screes, &amp;c.).</p>
-
-<p>More cannot be said without conjuring up a flood of detail.
-This experience and acquired instinct must fill in. The tourist
-can find almost daily an opportunity of making experiments on a
-small scale, though he should not forget that a cubic yard of
-snow can dislocate his arm or break his leg.</p>
-
-<p>As an instance, showing the effect of surface, I may mention
-that, in the Alpine spring, the grass slopes send down in huge
-avalanches the solid layer accumulated and consolidated during
-the winter. At the same time the firm, wet snow of exactly
-the same texture which lies on screes remains perfectly safe, and
-affords splendid ski-ing. It never slips off, but gradually melts,
-evaporates, and vanishes as the summer draws near.</p>
-
-<p>The only exact method of dealing with avalanches would be to
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">103</span>
-make “avalanche maps” of popular centres. In these maps
-the slopes and gullies which are always bad are coloured, let us
-say, red. A blue slope would be dangerous under such and such
-conditions; a green slope becomes threatening in the spring, &amp;c.
-On these maps all those expeditions should be marked which
-can be guaranteed as safe.</p>
-
-<p>The fear of the avalanche must always be before the ski-runner’s
-conscience. All the rest is a matter of well-defined
-dogma, of strict attention to well-known precautions, which
-belong to the routine of every mountaineer deserving of the
-name.</p>
-
-<p>(1) Never go alone; three is the minimum.</p>
-
-<p>(2) One man at least must be an Alpine climber of experience.</p>
-
-<p>(3) All members of the party must be equal in skill.</p>
-
-<p>These three commandments are the essence. Let a few comments
-suffice.</p>
-
-<p>(1) The solitary mountaineer is a fool. This is an article of
-faith. Permissible exceptions are rare.</p>
-
-<p>(2) The experienced leader will tell his friends all about the
-crevasses, outfit, provisions, the importance of an early start,
-the duty of keeping together, and the courage to turn back
-before the approach of the night or bad weather. He will ask
-if everyone has his goggles, spare gloves, provisions, snow-helmets,
-repairing tools. He will take from everyone the promise
-to be strictly obeyed.</p>
-
-<p>(3) This is a necessary complement to 1 and 2. Ten stumblers
-of equal proficiency are a good party, for they will generally get
-as far as they deserve. Nine good men and one stumbler are
-bad, for they will probably make that one poor man feel worse
-than he is.</p>
-
-<p>On long tours only persons can go who do not fall when they
-have the will not to fall. He is not a fit companion for difficult
-expeditions who is not sure that he can keep on his feet throughout
-the day. A mountaineer never has a spill unless he forgets
-himself, his companions, or his surroundings.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="small">
-<p><span class="smcap">Note.</span>&mdash;In our experience by far the commonest form of winter avalanche
-occurs when a ski-runner crosses (or some other influence disturbs) a long
-steep slope of <i>freshly-fallen</i> snow. The weight of the runner is the last
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">104</span>
-straw which causes the slenderly coherent mass to snap. It does so with
-a curious report, something like the cracking of thick ice on a frozen
-lake. Below the dividing line, which may be half a mile long, the snow
-slides off the hill-side much as it slides off the roof of a house, forming
-itself into thick slabs like paving stones which accumulate one on top
-of the other, and which ultimately overwhelm the runner. The snow
-usually breaks only a short distance above the runner, and consequently, in
-the event of an accident, search should first be made in that part of the
-mass which is highest up the hill.</p>
-
-<p>Freshly-fallen snow is accordingly quite the most serious danger of ski-running,
-and, inasmuch as it usually affords but poor going, it is seldom
-worth while venturing far on very steep ground after a recent fall. After
-a few days of fine weather, however, the snow settles down, the avalanches
-run off, and what remains becomes firmer and more crystalline in structure.
-Under the pressure of its own weight, and owing to the peculiar property of
-<i>regelation</i> which solid water possesses, the new fall attaches itself to the
-old crusts, and the conditions become, comparatively speaking, safe.</p>
-
-<p>It is a common saying amongst the Swiss that it is unsafe to venture
-above the tree-line, as long as any snow is left clinging to the trees on
-the sunny side of the valleys. This rough test we have found to be a very
-useful one.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Ed.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_104" src="images/i_104.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Broad Peak, Kashmir.</span></p>
-
-<p class="caption">Ski in foreground at a height of 20,000 feet.</p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by Dr. Guillarmod.</i>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">105</span></p></div>
-
-<h2 id="ODDS_AND_ENDS">ODDS AND ENDS.<br />
-
-<span class="large"><span class="smcap">By E. C. Richardson.</span></span></h2>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<h4 id="ANTIDOTES_TO_STICKING">ANTIDOTES TO “STICKING” AND AIDS TO
-CLIMBING.</h4>
-
-<p>In warm weather snow is apt to stick to the bottom of the ski
-(see page 22). It accumulates there in large watery clods, and
-renders progress very slow and laborious. Under such circumstances
-the advice commonly given is not to go out at all, and unless there
-is a prospect of better things, either in the shade or higher up, it
-is certainly best to stop at home. Nevertheless, the boundary line
-between sticking and not sticking is an extremely narrow one, and,
-moreover, one is not always sitting comfortably indoors when the
-trouble begins. It is therefore important to consider what is to be
-done to avoid or cure it.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><b>Waxing the ski</b> is the simplest plan, and proves effective in the
-great majority of cases. It is true that with waxed ski hill-climbing
-may become a matter of considerable difficulty, for the
-wax is apt to carry matters too far, and to make the surface
-unduly slippery. But anything is better than carrying all that
-dead weight of snow, and by using only a little wax under the foot
-(where the sticking chiefly occurs), by choosing an easy gradient,
-and by side stepping, &amp;c., one can generally manage to get along
-somehow.</p>
-
-<p>Various kinds of wax are sold for this purpose, and all are more
-or less efficacious. There is, however, a difficulty with the solid
-kinds in inducing them to “bite” when the ski are cold and
-wet, and the writer prefers the semi-liquid variety sold in tubes.
-A tube of wax, plus its attendant piece of rag, takes up very little
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">106</span>
-room in the pocket or rucksack, and its weight is in no way commensurate
-with that of the lumps of snow which it is not infrequently
-its office to prevent.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><b>Sealskin.</b>&mdash;From time immemorial seal’s (or elk’s) skin has
-been attached to the bottom of the ski. The hairs, set towards
-the heel serve the double purpose of preventing the ski slipping
-backwards, and of keeping the surface free from sticky
-snow. Until quite recently it has been usual to fix the skin
-permanently; but whilst this works fairly well for certain
-purposes, it is open to many objections. The hair is a very
-serious impediment, both down-hill and on the level, for it not
-only reduces the speed, but, owing to its inherent “wobbliness,”
-it renders steering and balancing much more difficult. Then,
-again, the hair soon wears out, a day of hard snow being sufficient
-to quite spoil it; or it tears, or, being wet, the weather turns colder
-and it freezes solid. But perhaps the most serious objection of all
-is the nasty <i>feeling</i> of a skin-clad ski. There is a certain cleanness
-and crispness about the movement of the plain wood through the
-snow which one learns to love, and which one sorely misses.
-Besides which there is much art in getting up-hill to the best
-advantage on uncovered ski, and this keeps one’s mind busy, and
-greatly alleviates the labours of the climb; whereas with the skin
-any duffer can get along, and climbing becomes pure drudgery.
-It is, however, certain that, given a long and steep ascent where
-much zig-zagging is necessary, or even an only moderately steep
-slope and hard snow, one can with the skin arrive far more quickly
-and easily at the top than without it. It will, therefore, either
-when attached permanently or when detachable as about to be
-described, be found to be of great value for long and arduous
-mountain tours on steep Alpine ground. But even in the Alps,
-under all ordinary circumstances, where ski-running, and not the
-ascent of any particularly difficult summit, is the object in view, and
-where it is of no consequence whether one arrives an hour sooner or
-later, there is no sense in encumbering oneself with unnecessary
-gear and spoiling the pleasant “feel” of the bare ash.</p>
-
-<p>On undulating ground, where one can usually go straight up and
-down hill (as in most parts of Norway), nobody nowadays dreams
-of using skin in any shape or form.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">107</span></p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><b>Detachable Sealskin</b> is quite a recent invention, and is vastly
-preferable to the fixed article. For it can be used for a long climb,
-and removed when the summit is reached.</p>
-
-<p>Thus a strip of the material mounted on webbing can be attached
-to the bottom of the ski by means of a loop over the point, a strap
-at the heel end, and a few transverse straps. But the plan is open
-to the objection that the skin is apt to slip about sideways, and that
-the fixing of it is troublesome, and takes time.</p>
-
-<p>The latest method of fixing is that invented by Messrs. Sohm
-and Madlener, and is highly recommended by those who have
-tried it. But it involves boring two holes through each ski&mdash;an
-unpardonable sacrilege in the eyes of some people. Surely, however,
-if we are going to commit the outrage of using sealskin at all
-we may just as well be hanged for a sheep as for a lamb, and bore
-holes or do anything else which may assist us in our fell (joke!)
-design.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><b>The detachable skin of Herren Sohm and Madlener</b> is sewn
-on to stout webbing, and is only about half as long as the ski themselves.
-It is attached to the ski immediately in front of the foot, and
-reaches from there to the back end. The arrangements for fixing
-it are extremely ingenious, and permit of its being attached or
-removed with great rapidity. The photographs and drawings
-(p. 108) show exactly what they are.</p>
-
-<p>A hole is bored in the ski just in front of the binding; and
-another about halfway between it and the heel end of the ski.
-Through each of these holes a bolt passes, the bottom of which is
-shaped like a flat sort of button. The bolt sticks up through the
-ski; and it is threaded and fitted with a wing-nut. (See Fig. <i>a</i>.)
-When not required the button is screwed by means of the wing-nut
-into a recess cut for its reception in the bottom of the ski.</p>
-
-<p>The front part of the skin is buttoned to the front bolt, the middle
-part to the second bolt, whilst the heel end has a strap sewn on to
-it by means of which the whole is first stretched perfectly taut,
-and then secured by passing the strap round the heel of the ski,
-and fixing it to a catch on the top of the ski. The strap is fitted
-with eye-holes, and the catch is of the simple, but ingenious construction
-shown in Fig. <i>b</i>, and in the photos.</p>
-
-<p>The front part of the skin, of course, requires protection. This
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">108</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">109</span>
-is afforded by soldering two pieces of sheet brass together so as to
-form a sharp tent-shaped <span class="v">V</span>.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_108" src="images/i_108.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 34.</span>&mdash;The Sohm-Madlener Detachable Sealskin.</p>
-
-<div class="hang">
-
-<p>(<i>a</i>) Bolt with button and wing-nut. Two are needed for each ski.</p>
-
-<p>(<i>b</i>) Catch for securing strap leading from back end of skin. The photos showing catch
-half open and shut.</p>
-
-<p>(<i>c</i>) Lower side of front edge of skin, showing sharp brass entrance.</p>
-
-<p>(<i>d</i>) Upper side of front edge of skin, showing button-hole on brass entrance.</p>
-
-<p>(<i>e</i>) Lower side of middle of skin, showing rivets for button-hole. There should be six
-rivets instead of only four, as shown.</p>
-
-<p>(<i>f</i>) Upper side of middle of skin, showing button-hole.</p></div>
-
-<p class="copy">The measurements, when not otherwise stated, are in millimètres.</p></div>
-
-<p>The skin, mounted on its webbing, is placed between the jaws of
-the <span class="v">V</span> which are then closed and secured by a couple of copper
-rivets. (See Figs. <i>c</i> and <i>d</i>.) The “button-holes” on the skin are
-not, of course, of the ordinary kind. The front one is shown in
-Fig. <i>d</i>. The second one in Fig. <i>f</i>.</p>
-
-<p>The front “button-hole” is cut out of the upper part of the
-tent-shaped brass <span class="v">V</span> as shown in Fig. <i>d</i>.</p>
-
-<p>The second “button-hole” (Fig. <i>f</i>) allows the button to slide
-backwards and forwards in it so as to permit of the skin being
-pulled quite taut. This “button-hole” is made by simply cutting
-a hole and slot in another piece of sheet brass, and attaching it to
-the skin by means of rivets. (See Figs. <i>e</i> and <i>f</i>.) N.B.&mdash;Only
-four rivets are shown in this drawing, but probably it is better to
-make the slot a little longer and to add another rivet at each side.</p>
-
-<p>In fitting this kind of detachable skin to a pair of ordinary ski,
-it is probably best to fill up the customary groove cut in the bottom
-of the ski. The ski will then be devoted exclusively to steep mountain
-work where it is in any case advantageous to dispense with the
-groove. (See page 33.) If, however, it is desired to retain the
-groove it will be advisable to make the button holes extra strong,
-or else to make them up so as to fit close against the wood.</p>
-
-<p>It will be observed (as was mentioned above) that the skin only
-covers about half the under surface of the ski. To prevent snow
-sticking to the uncovered part in warm weather, a liberal coating of
-wax may be applied, or else (as Herr Sohm advises) the whole of
-the bottom of the ski may be painted with smooth and hard
-enamel. This gives a very fast surface for running on, and of
-course no slipping back need be feared when walking up-hill with
-the skin attached.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><b>Climbing Irons.</b>&mdash;Herr Sohm recommends the use of
-climbing irons invented by him in combination with his
-detachable skin. The object of the irons is to prevent slipping on
-very steep icy slopes. The writer has had no experience of
-these, and, as criticism without practical knowledge is seldom
-of much value, he prefers to leave the reader to try them or leave
-them alone, just as he pleases. This much may, however, be safely
-assumed that these appliances (like the skin itself) can only
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">110</span>
-be of value to the skilled ski mountaineer desirous of making long
-and difficult excursions in the high Alps. They are (as Herr Sohm
-himself insists) quite unnecessary on ordinary ground, and are
-certainly not for the beginner.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="fig035" src="images/fig035.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 35.</span>&mdash;Sohm’s Climbing Irons.</p>
-
-<p>The measurements are in millimètres. See also the photos, <a href="#Page_108">page 108</a>.</p></div>
-
-<p>The climbing irons are made of some strong metal unaffected by
-rust, and their shape and the method of fixing them in conjunction
-with the skin is shown clearly in the accompanying diagrams.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><b>Tying a piece of rope to the bottom of the ski</b> is resorted
-to by some in order to help them to get up-hill. The writer has,
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">111</span>
-however, never found this to be of much use. It is true that if
-plenty of rope is used, and if it is properly fixed (no easy matter
-by the way), it largely obviates slipping back; but it also seriously
-hinders slipping forwards, and necessitates a lifting or heavy
-dragging of the ski at every step. Snow is very apt to stick to the
-rope, and of course no glissading with it is possible. The net
-loss seems therefore to be greater than the gain, though possibly
-there may be occasions when the reader may find something of the
-sort useful. The plan has at least the merit of cheapness.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="i_111" src="images/i_111.jpg" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">In Nordmarken, near Christiania.</span></p>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Photo by H. Abel.</i></p></div>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><b>Dipping part of the ski into water</b> is also recommended
-by some in order to help climbing, the idea being to form a lump
-of ice on the bottom, which may be removed when the summit is
-reached. But this, too, is open to much the same objections as the
-rope, and is scarcely worth while. If it is to be adopted, it is well
-to be provided with a metal paper-knife, or something of the kind,
-to scrape off the ice, and, incidentally, it may be here mentioned
-that some sort of scraping appliance will always be found useful;
-for cleaning one’s ski with the stick or an ordinary knife takes a
-long time, besides being apt to injure both the wood and the
-blade.</p>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<h4 id="COMMON_FAULTS_AND_FAILINGS">COMMON FAULTS AND FAILINGS</h4>
-
-<p>(Mostly dealt with already, but repeated here to impress the beginner).</p>
-
-<p>I.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Kit.</span></p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>(1) Too heavy clothes. Woolly clothes. Have light, wind-proof,
-smooth materials.</p>
-
-<p>(2) Tight boots with thin soles. Have large strong boots
-which won’t pinch the toes, even with three pairs of socks
-on, and which won’t buckle in the middle of the sole.</p>
-
-<p>(3) Ski brittle, of bad shape, or of great weight. Get some
-one who knows good ski to choose for you, or, if this is
-impossible, send to a good maker for his best.</p>
-
-<p>(4) Too short gloves. Have long gloves to draw over the
-sleeves of your coat.</p></blockquote>
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">112</span></p>
-
-<p>II.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Condition of the snow.</span></p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>(1) Abusing the snow. The better the ski-runner the less
-he complains, and <i>vice versâ</i>. Notice how the good men
-manage.</p>
-
-<p>(2) Continuing a tour when danger may be expected.
-Only greenhorns and fools do so. Turn back, and try
-another day.</p>
-
-<p>(3) Waxing ski when snow is <i>just</i> binding. Best not. The
-slight clinging will help you up, and won’t interfere
-seriously with the run. Probably, too, it will be
-colder higher up.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>III.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Technique.</span></p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>(1) Short waddling steps on the level. Lean forward.
-Slide.</p>
-
-<p>(2) Can’t get up hill. Raise front of ski and stamp.
-Don’t go too steeply. Go slowly, but keep at it.</p>
-
-<p>(3) Rushing up in front of others when on tour. Don’t
-show off. Probably you are one of the worst of
-the party; in any case, you are only annoying the
-others.</p>
-
-<p>(4) Side stepping, ski cross. Raise heel of lower ski.
-(See p. 60.)</p>
-
-<p>(5) Can’t start down hill. Be quick about it, and then
-you can.</p>
-
-<p>(6) Legs apart and feet level. Keep legs close together
-and one foot forward.</p>
-
-<p>(7) Leaning back on stick. Practise without one.</p>
-
-<p>(8) Falling inwards when making a down-hill curve. Lean
-forward! Throw the weight on to the lower ski.</p>
-
-<p>(9) Telemark swing. Can’t get round. Raise heel of the
-back foot.</p>
-
-<p>(10) Christiania swing. Ski runs off at a tangent. Hold
-ski together. Swing on both of them.</p>
-
-<p>(11) Not learning to turn to both right and left. Don’t keep
-on practising that which you can already do.</p>
-
-<p>(12) Dropping over a jump without sats, or recklessly hurling
-yourself over. Both forms of funking. Keep cool and
-think of your form.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">113</span></p>
-
-<p>(13) Jumping too late. Don’t go quite so fast, and begin to
-straighten up earlier.</p>
-
-<p>(14) General stiffness. Don’t get into any fixed style of
-running. Keep on changing your ground and trying
-new things.</p></blockquote>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<h4 id="SKI_RUNNING_ETIQUETTE">SKI-RUNNING ETIQUETTE.</h4>
-
-<p>Introductions are very informal on the snow.</p>
-
-<p>You may ask anybody for advice, and be certain of receiving a
-polite answer, provided that you yourself are polite, and that your
-question is not idiotic.</p>
-
-<p>If you contemplate joining a touring party, you should ask
-somebody who is going, and who has already made a tour with you,
-whether you are likely to be welcome. If he hesitates, don’t go.
-If he assents, go by all means, even though you may be doubtful
-whether you are up to the work in hand.</p>
-
-<p>You should not instantly rush to the assistance of a lady who
-may have fallen. Do not let your gallantry get the better of your
-common sense.</p>
-
-<p>In Norway ladies put on their own ski, and manage their own
-bindings, and it is not good manners to offer to assist them.
-Would that the custom extended to Switzerland!</p>
-
-<p>However amusing your conversation may be, you should refrain
-from chattering during a long climb. Not everybody’s wind or
-everybody’s temper is perfect.</p>
-
-<p>You will not add to your popularity on tour by continually
-accepting hospitality at the hands of others, especially if your
-water-bottle be small, and you carry no repairing outfit.</p>
-
-<p>You should pay up punctually, and without demur, to the man
-who finances a touring party; it is at least ten to one that he
-is out of pocket, anyway.</p>
-
-<p>It is a gross breach of manners to tread on the back of another
-man’s ski. You should at once apologise and fall back five yards.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">114</span></p>
-
-<p>You should not come plumping over a jump which others have
-been at some pains to construct, without first asking their leave,
-and it is always your solemn duty to repair as well as possible any
-damage you may occasion to the track.</p>
-
-<p>Unless you are really a very good runner, it is better not to
-imitate too closely the Norwegian style of dress. People may be
-disappointed.</p>
-
-<p>Always be polite in your dealings with foreigners, and you will
-seldom have cause to complain of their want of manners.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">115</span></p>
-
-<h3 id="SOME_USEFUL_FIGURES">SOME USEFUL FIGURES.</h3>
-
-<table class="figures">
-  <tr>
-    <td>1 inch</td>
-    <td>= ·0254 metres</td>
-    <td>1 metre</td>
-    <td>= 39·370 inches<a id="FNanchor_11" href="#Footnote_11" class="fnanchor">11</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1 foot</td>
-    <td>= ·3048 metres</td>
-    <td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">″</span></td>
-    <td>= 3·280 feet</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1 yard</td>
-    <td>= ·9144 metres</td>
-    <td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">″</span></td>
-    <td>= 1·0933 yards</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1000 metres</td>
-    <td>= 3280 feet</td>
-    <td>1 kilometre</td>
-    <td>= 1093·3 yards</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1000 feet</td>
-    <td>= 304·8 metres</td>
-    <td>8 kilometres</td>
-    <td>= 4·969 miles</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td />
-    <td />
-    <td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">″</span></td>
-    <td> = 5 miles, less 50 yards</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<table class="figures">
-<caption><span class="smcap">France and Switzerland and Italy.</span></caption>
-  <tr>
-    <td>£4</td>
-    <td>= 100 francs</td>
-    <td>100 francs</td>
-    <td>= 80 /-</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>4-</td>
-    <td>= 5 francs</td>
-    <td>5 francs</td>
-    <td>= 4/-</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1/-</td>
-    <td>= 1·25 francs</td>
-    <td>1 franc</td>
-    <td>= -/9½ about</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<table class="figures">
-<caption><span class="smcap">Norway, &amp;c.</span></caption>
-  <tr>
-    <td>£1</td>
-    <td>= 18·2 kroner</td>
-    <td>1 krone</td>
-    <td>= 1/1¼ about</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<table class="figures">
-<caption><span class="smcap">Germany.</span></caption>
-  <tr>
-    <td>£1</td>
-    <td>= 20·4 marks</td>
-    <td>1 mark</td>
-    <td>= -/11¾ about</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<table class="figures">
-<caption><span class="smcap">Austria, &amp;c.</span></caption>
-  <tr>
-    <td rowspan="2">£1=</td>
-    <td>{ 24 kronen</td>
-    <td>1 krone</td>
-    <td>= -/10</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="br">{ 10·2 florins or gulden</td>
-    <td style="border: none">1 florin or gulden</td>
-    <td>= 1/11½</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p class="caption">
-1 kilogramme = 2·2046 pounds avoirdupois.<br />
-In trade 1 kilogramme is reckoned 10 per cent. more than 2lb.<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">11lb. = 5 kilogrammes.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p class="caption">
-<i>Temperature falls about</i><br />
-<br />
-1° Fahrenheit for every 300ft. rise<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">or, say,</span><br />
-1° Cent. for every 200 metres.<br />
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">116</span></p>
-
-<h4>THERMOMETER.</h4>
-
-<p class="copy"><i>Comparison between Scales of Fahrenheit, Réaumur, and the Centigrade.</i></p>
-
-<table>
-  <tr>
-    <th><span class="smcap">Cent.</span></th>
-    <th><span class="smcap">Fah’t.</span></th>
-    <th><span class="smcap">Rmr.</span></th>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <th>°</th>
-    <th>°</th>
-    <th>°</th>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>100B.</td>
-    <td>212B.</td>
-    <td>80B.</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>99</td>
-    <td>210·2</td>
-    <td>79·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>98</td>
-    <td>208·4</td>
-    <td>78·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>97</td>
-    <td>206·6</td>
-    <td>77·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>96</td>
-    <td>204·8</td>
-    <td>76·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>95</td>
-    <td>203</td>
-    <td>76</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>94</td>
-    <td>201·2</td>
-    <td>75·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>93</td>
-    <td>199·4</td>
-    <td>74·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>92</td>
-    <td>197·6</td>
-    <td>73·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>91</td>
-    <td>195·8</td>
-    <td>72·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>90</td>
-    <td>194</td>
-    <td>72</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>89</td>
-    <td>192·2</td>
-    <td>71·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>88</td>
-    <td>190·4</td>
-    <td>70·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>87</td>
-    <td>188·6</td>
-    <td>69·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>86</td>
-    <td>186·8</td>
-    <td>68·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>85</td>
-    <td>185</td>
-    <td>68</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>84</td>
-    <td>183·2</td>
-    <td>67·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>83</td>
-    <td>181·4</td>
-    <td>66·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>82</td>
-    <td>179·6</td>
-    <td>65·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>81</td>
-    <td>177·8</td>
-    <td>64·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>80</td>
-    <td>176</td>
-    <td>64</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>79</td>
-    <td>174·2</td>
-    <td>63·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>78</td>
-    <td>172·4</td>
-    <td>62·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>77</td>
-    <td>170·6</td>
-    <td>61·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>76</td>
-    <td>168·8</td>
-    <td>60·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>75</td>
-    <td>167</td>
-    <td>60</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>74</td>
-    <td>165·2</td>
-    <td>59·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>73</td>
-    <td>163·4</td>
-    <td>58·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>72</td>
-    <td>161·6</td>
-    <td>57·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>71</td>
-    <td>159·8</td>
-    <td>56·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>70</td>
-    <td>158</td>
-    <td>56</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>69</td>
-    <td>156·2</td>
-    <td>55·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>68</td>
-    <td>154·4</td>
-    <td>54·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>67</td>
-    <td>152·6</td>
-    <td>53·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>66</td>
-    <td>150·8</td>
-    <td>52·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>65</td>
-    <td>149</td>
-    <td>52</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>64</td>
-    <td>147·2</td>
-    <td>51·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>63</td>
-    <td>145·4</td>
-    <td>50·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>62</td>
-    <td>143·6</td>
-    <td>49·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>61</td>
-    <td>141·8</td>
-    <td>48·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>60</td>
-    <td>140</td>
-    <td>48</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>59</td>
-    <td>138·2</td>
-    <td>47·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>58</td>
-    <td>136·4</td>
-    <td>46·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>57</td>
-    <td>134·6</td>
-    <td>45·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>56</td>
-    <td>132·8</td>
-    <td>44·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>55</td>
-    <td>131</td>
-    <td>44</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>54</td>
-    <td>129·2</td>
-    <td>43·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>53</td>
-    <td>127·4</td>
-    <td>42·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>52</td>
-    <td>125·6</td>
-    <td>41·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>51</td>
-    <td>123·8</td>
-    <td>40·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>50</td>
-    <td>122</td>
-    <td>40</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>49</td>
-    <td>120·2</td>
-    <td>39·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>48</td>
-    <td>118·4</td>
-    <td>38·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>47</td>
-    <td>116·8</td>
-    <td>37·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>46</td>
-    <td>114·8</td>
-    <td>36·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>45</td>
-    <td>113</td>
-    <td>36</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>44</td>
-    <td>111·2</td>
-    <td>35·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>43</td>
-    <td>109·4</td>
-    <td>34·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>42</td>
-    <td>107·6</td>
-    <td>33·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>41</td>
-    <td>105·8</td>
-    <td>32·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>40</td>
-    <td>104</td>
-    <td>32</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>39</td>
-    <td>102·2</td>
-    <td>31·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>38</td>
-    <td>100·4</td>
-    <td>30·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>37</td>
-    <td>98·6</td>
-    <td>29·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>36</td>
-    <td>96·8</td>
-    <td>28·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>35</td>
-    <td>95</td>
-    <td>28</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>34</td>
-    <td>93·2</td>
-    <td>27·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>33</td>
-    <td>91·4</td>
-    <td>26·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>32</td>
-    <td>89·6</td>
-    <td>25·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>31</td>
-    <td>87·8</td>
-    <td>24·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>30</td>
-    <td>86</td>
-    <td>24</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>29</td>
-    <td>84·2</td>
-    <td>23·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>28</td>
-    <td>82·4</td>
-    <td>22·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>27</td>
-    <td>80·6</td>
-    <td>21·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>26</td>
-    <td>78·8</td>
-    <td>20·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>25</td>
-    <td>77</td>
-    <td>20·0</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>24</td>
-    <td>75·2</td>
-    <td>19·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>23</td>
-    <td>73·4</td>
-    <td>18·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>22</td>
-    <td>71·6</td>
-    <td>17·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>21</td>
-    <td>69·8</td>
-    <td>16·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>20</td>
-    <td>68</td>
-    <td>16</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>19</td>
-    <td>66·2</td>
-    <td>15·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>18</td>
-    <td>64·4</td>
-    <td>14·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>17</td>
-    <td>62·6</td>
-    <td>13·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>16</td>
-    <td>60·8</td>
-    <td>12·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>15</td>
-    <td>59</td>
-    <td>12</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>14</td>
-    <td>57·2</td>
-    <td>11·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>13</td>
-    <td>55·4</td>
-    <td>10·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>12</td>
-    <td>53·6</td>
-    <td>9·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>11</td>
-    <td>51·8</td>
-    <td>8·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>10</td>
-    <td>50</td>
-    <td>8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>9</td>
-    <td>48·2</td>
-    <td>7·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>8</td>
-    <td>46·4</td>
-    <td>6·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>7</td>
-    <td>44·6</td>
-    <td>5·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>6</td>
-    <td>42·8</td>
-    <td>4·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>5</td>
-    <td>41</td>
-    <td>4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>4</td>
-    <td>39·2</td>
-    <td>3·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>3</td>
-    <td>37·4</td>
-    <td>2·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>2</td>
-    <td>35·6</td>
-    <td>1·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1</td>
-    <td>33·8</td>
-    <td>0·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>Zero</td>
-    <td>32</td>
-    <td>Zero</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>1</td>
-    <td>30·2</td>
-    <td>0·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>2</td>
-    <td>28·4</td>
-    <td>1·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>3</td>
-    <td>26·6</td>
-    <td>2·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>4</td>
-    <td>24·8</td>
-    <td>3·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>5</td>
-    <td>23</td>
-    <td>4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>6</td>
-    <td>21·2</td>
-    <td>4·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>7</td>
-    <td>19·4</td>
-    <td>5·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>8</td>
-    <td>17·6</td>
-    <td>6·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>9</td>
-    <td>15·8</td>
-    <td>7·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>10</td>
-    <td>14</td>
-    <td>8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>11</td>
-    <td>12·2</td>
-    <td>8·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>12</td>
-    <td>10·4</td>
-    <td>9·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>13</td>
-    <td>8·6</td>
-    <td>10·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>14</td>
-    <td>6·8</td>
-    <td>11·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>15</td>
-    <td>5</td>
-    <td>12</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>16</td>
-    <td>3·2</td>
-    <td>12·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>17</td>
-    <td>1·4</td>
-    <td>13·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>18</td>
-    <td>&mdash;</td>
-    <td>14·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>19</td>
-    <td>2·2</td>
-    <td>15·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>20</td>
-    <td>4</td>
-    <td>16</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>21</td>
-    <td>5·8</td>
-    <td>16·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>22</td>
-    <td>7·6</td>
-    <td>17·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>23</td>
-    <td>9·4</td>
-    <td>18·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>24</td>
-    <td>11·2</td>
-    <td>19·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>25</td>
-    <td>13</td>
-    <td>20</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>26</td>
-    <td>14·8</td>
-    <td>20·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>27</td>
-    <td>16·6</td>
-    <td>21·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>28</td>
-    <td>18·4</td>
-    <td>22·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>29</td>
-    <td>20·2</td>
-    <td>23·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>30</td>
-    <td>22</td>
-    <td>24</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>31</td>
-    <td>23·8</td>
-    <td>24·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>32</td>
-    <td>25·6</td>
-    <td>25·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>33</td>
-    <td>27·4</td>
-    <td>26·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>34</td>
-    <td>29·2</td>
-    <td>27·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>35</td>
-    <td>31</td>
-    <td>28</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>36</td>
-    <td>32·8</td>
-    <td>28·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>37</td>
-    <td>24·6</td>
-    <td>29·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>38</td>
-    <td>36·4</td>
-    <td>29·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>39</td>
-    <td>38·2</td>
-    <td>31·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>40</td>
-    <td>40</td>
-    <td>32</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>41</td>
-    <td>41·8</td>
-    <td>32·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>42</td>
-    <td>43·6</td>
-    <td>33·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>43</td>
-    <td>45·4</td>
-    <td>34·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>44</td>
-    <td>47·2</td>
-    <td>35·2</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>45</td>
-    <td>49</td>
-    <td>36</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>46</td>
-    <td>50·8</td>
-    <td>36·8</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>47</td>
-    <td>52·6</td>
-    <td>37·6</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>48</td>
-    <td>54·4</td>
-    <td>38·4</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>49</td>
-    <td>56·2</td>
-    <td>39·2</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">117</span></p>
-
-<div class="ads">
-
-<hr />
-
-<table>
-  <tr>
-    <td class="w50" style="font-size: 500%">Outfit</td>
-    <td class="tdc w50">FOR EVERY<br />
-    SPORT.</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<div class="hang table">
-
-<p><b class="large">SKI</b> from all the best makers in Norway, Germany, Austria,
-and Switzerland.</p>
-
-<p><b class="large">FASTENINGS</b> of every description, including the “Alpine”
-and the “Ellefsen.”</p>
-
-<p><b class="large">CLOTHING</b> of the best quality and design, ready made or
-to order.</p>
-
-<p><b class="large">BERCOLIN</b> (in tubes), the best ski-wax, and other lubricants.</p>
-
-<p><b class="large">EVERYTHING</b> required by ski-runners, mountaineers, tobogganers,
-skaters, and tourists.</p></div>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<table>
-  <tr>
-    <td>E. DETHLEFFSEN &amp; CO.,</td>
-    <td><b>BERNE</b>,</td>
-    <td><span class="smcap">Christoffelgasse 7</span>.</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>BERR &amp; CO.,</td>
-    <td><b>VIENNA</b>,</td>
-    <td><span class="smcap">Mariahilfer Str. 1c</span>.</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>H. SGHWAIGER,</td>
-    <td><b>MUNICH</b>,</td>
-    <td><span class="smcap">Wein Str.(Rathaus)</span>.</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<table class="w100">
-<tr>
-<td><i>Three Names.</i></td>
-<td class="tdc"><i>Three Countries.</i></td>
-<td class="tdr"><i>One Quality.</i>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">118</span></td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2 class="xx-large"><i>J. Dege &amp; Sons</i>,<br />
-
-<span class="small smcap">Established 1865</span>,<br />
-
-<span class="large">Military and Sporting Tailors
-and Breeches Makers.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large">LEATHERS AND ALL HUNTING SPECIALITIES.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span style="text-align: left" class="medium table">Messrs. J. Dege &amp; Sons beg to announce
-to the readers of this Manual that they have,
-after the most careful inquiry as to the requirements
-of that most attractive and exciting sport
-<span class="smcap">Ski-Running</span>, perfected an Outfit best suited for
-the purpose.</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span style="text-align: left" class="medium table">It consists of a Snowproof Suit suitable
-for the Sport, which at the same time is
-porous; and our Special Ski Cap of the same
-material.</span>
-
-<img src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" /></h2>
-
-<table class="small toc2col">
-  <tr>
-    <td>Telegraphic Address:</td>
-    <td>Telephone:</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td>HARK FORWARD, LONDON.</td>
-    <td>6440 GERRARD.</td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="large table">13, CONDUIT STREET.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">119</span></p>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>
-<img src="images/a03a.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-
-DOWIE &amp; MARSHALL<br />
-
-<small>MAKE</small><br />
-
-<span class="large left table">
-“LAUPAR SKO”<br />
-MOUNTAINEERING<br />
-AND ALL KINDS OF<br />
-PRACTICAL AND<br />
-COMFORTABLE BOOTS.</span><br />
-
-<span style="text-align: left;" class="medium">Special lasts are made and reserved exclusively
-for each customer.</span><br />
-
-<img src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="small table">New customers who cannot favour D. &amp; M. with a personal interview should
-send outlines of their feet taken standing, or a pair of old boots, as a guide
-for fitting.</span><br />
-
-<img src="images/a03b.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-
-<small><i>Illustrated Catalogue Gratis.</i></small><br />
-
-<img src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium table"><span class="xx-large">DOWIE &amp; MARSHALL,</span><br />
-455, WEST STRAND, LONDON.<br />
-<i>ESTABLISHED 1824.</i></span><br />
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">120</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>
-<span class="medium">Sportsmen visiting Norway may procure all</span><br />
-<span class="large">Sporting Requisites</span><br />
-<span class="medium">OF</span><br />
-<span class="x-large">Ludv. TORGERSEN &amp; CO. Ltd.,</span><br />
-<span class="medium">STORTHINGSGADEN 4, CHRISTIANIA.</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium table">MANUFACTURERS OF<br />
-Ice Axes <small>(Norwegian Pattern)</small>, Ski and Accessories,<br />
-Ski Staffs, Socks, Laupar (Ski) Boots, Mitts,<br />
-Lanterns, Coasters, Steering Poles,<br />
-Haversacks.</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">SELECTED STOCK OF BREECHLOADERS AND RIFLES.</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">ELEY’S AMMUNITION.</span><br />
-
-<span class="small table">Cartridges loaded to order with English Gunpowders and<br />
-Newcastle Chilled Shot.</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">Large Assortment of FISHING TACKLE suitable for Fishing in Norway.</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>CARL JOHANS GADE 5, CHRISTIANIA.<br />
-
-<span class="large smcap">Larsens Vaabenforretning.</span><br />
-
-<span class="table">
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell w50"><img src="images/a04.jpg" alt="" /></span>
-
-    <span class="tcell medium w50">
-    MANUFACTURERS OF<br />
-    <b>SKI</b>,<br />
-    <b>SKATES</b>,<br />
-    AND<br />
-    <b>COASTERS</b><br />
-    <small>(TOBOGGANS)</small>,<br />
-
-
-    <span style="text-align: left"><small>With their accessories of<br />
-    best quality. (The above<br />
-    always kept in stock.)</small></span>
-
-    <span class="large table"><b>ENGLISH GUNS.<br />
-    FISHING RODS and<br />
-    TACKLE.</b></span></span>
-  </span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="medium">Eley’s and Kynoch’s Ammunition.</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">121</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><i><span class="xx-large">Snow Shoes &amp; ‘Ski’</span></i><br />
-
-<span class="table">
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell w33">
-    <img src="images/a05a.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-    </span>
-
-    <span class="medium tcell w33">
-    <span class="large">Trade-Mark<br />
-    REINDEER HEAD.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-    <span style="text-align: left" class="table left">Made out of the<br />
-    toughest German Ash,<br />
-    in accordance with the<br />
-    best designs and with<br />
-    various bindings (only<br />
-    first-class material<br />
-    used).</span>
-    <span class="small">Direct from the Factory.</span></span>
-
-    <span class="tcell w33"><img src="images/a05b.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-    <span class="small">Schutz-Marke.</span></span>
-  </span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="figcenter"><img src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" /></span><br />
-
-JOSEPH FISCHER,<br />
-
-<span class="x-large">Freiburg i. B.</span><br />
-
-<span class="table">
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell w33">
-    <span class="small table">The “Davos” Model<br />
-    High Form,<br />
-    Pattern “E,” Mounting “L,”<br />
-    Length 90 c.m.<br />
-    <img src="images/a05c.jpg" alt="" /></span></span>
-
-    <span class="tcell x-large w33">
-    SNOW-SHOE<br />
-    <span class="large">AND</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" /></span>
-
-    <span class="tcell w33">
-    <span class="small table">The “Davos” Model,<br />
-    Low Form,<br />
-    Pattern “PP,” Mounting “M,”<br />
-    Length 90 c.m.<br />
-    <img src="images/a05d.jpg" alt="" /></span></span>
-  </span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="x-large">TOBOGGAN FACTORY.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="table medium">Wood bent by Steam on the Premises&mdash;A speciality for the
-last 15 years.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large">RETAILERS RECEIVE A SUITABLE DISCOUNT.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="table small">Goods supplied to the German South-pole Expedition, to Home and<br />
-Continental Military Authorities, and to Post and Forest Officials.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="table medium">MY GOODS BEAR, WITHOUT EXCEPTION, THE ABOVE TRADE-MARK<br />
-(REINDEER HEAD).</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">122</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><span class="xx-large">L. H. HAGEN &amp; CO.,</span><br />
-
-<span class="table">
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell"><img src="images/a06a.jpg" alt="" /></span>
-
-    <span class="tcell w50">
-    <span class="large">KIRKEGADEN 19,</span><br />
-    <span class="x-large">CHRISTIANIA, NORWAY.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-    <span class="small table"><i>Largest Assortment of Firearms<br />
-    and Sporting Requisites in<br />
-    Scandinavia.</i></span><br />
-
-    <span class="large"><b>SKI</b>,</span> <span class="small">of various patterns, have all been<br />
-    awarded Gold Medals.</span><br />
-
-    <span class="large"><b>FASTENINGS</b>,</span> <span class="small">which have obtained<br />
-    the highest possible awards.</span><br />
-
-    <span class="large"><b>SKI OUTFITS</b>,</span> <span class="small">and all requisites<br />
-    connected with Ski-ing, supplied.</span>
-  </span>
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell"><img src="images/a06b.jpg" alt="" /></span>
-  </span>
-</span></span>
-
-<span class="large"><b>SKATES</b>, </span> <span class="small">of Hagen’s celebrated and universally known pattern.</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">COASTERS, TOBOGGANS, SLEDS.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="small"><i>Awarded Eleven Gold Medals. Two Grand Prix.</i></span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="x-large">L. H. HAGEN &amp; Co.</span>
-</h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2 class="xx-large">TH. HANSEN,<br />
-
-<span class="table x-large">
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell">  .  </span>
-    <span class="tcell">SKI MANUFACTURER.</span>
-    <span class="tcell">  .  </span>
-  </span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="large">HAMMERSTADG, 5. Telephone, 8589 CHRISTIANIA.</span></h2>
-
-<p class="table w50">Ski of his own pattern: Awarded 1st prize. Exporter
-of Ash and Hickory Ski (varnished or coloured). Ski
-of best quality always in stock. Maker of the well-known,
-highly recommended Wax “Record,” to
-preserve the ski and prevent balling.</p>
-
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><span class="xx-large">ASCHEHOUGS BOGHANDEL,</span><br />
-
-<span class="table x-large">
-<span class="tcell">  .  </span>
-<span class="tcell">BOOKSELLER.</span>
-<span class="tcell">  .  </span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="large table">English and Foreign Books, Magazines,<br />
-Periodicals, and Journals.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large table">43, CARL JOHANS GADE, CHRISTIANIA.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">123</span></span>
-</h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>
-<img src="images/a07a.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-
-<span class="x-large">THE SWISS SKI.</span><br />
-
-<small>Made by</small><br />
-
-<span class="xx-large">RICHARD STAUB,</span><br />
-<span class="large">ZURICH.</span><br />
-
-<span class="table">
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell"><i>TRADE<br />
-    MARK.</i></span>
-
-    <span class="tcell">
-    <img src="images/a07b.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-    <span class="small">MARKE<br />
-    Tödi<br />
-    MARQUE DÉPOSÉE</span></span>
-
-    <span class="tcell"><i>TRADE<br />
-    MARK.</i></span>
-  </span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="large table">THE SKI are light and elastic, and are made
-from the celebrated Swiss mountain ash.</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium table"><b>THE SKI</b> are fitted with either “Ellefsen’s,” or “Huitfeidt’s.” or the
-“Model C driving belt” bindings.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium table"><i>Maker of the original Davos Toboggan, Bandy (ice-hockey) Clubs, &amp;c.</i></span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="table">
-<span class="trow">
-<span class="tcell x-large"><i><b>LONDON DEPOT</b></i>:</span>
-<span class="tcell large">With Messrs. A. W. GAMAGE,<br />
-<i>HOLBORN</i>.</span></span></span>
-
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">124</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><span class="xx-large">W. C. MÖLLER,</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large">DRAMMEN, NORWAY,</span><br />
-
-<span class="large table"><i>FURRIER and MANUFACTURER of REINDEER HAIR
-LIFEBUOYS for YACHTS</i>.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large">CONTRACTOR TO POLAR EXPEDITIONS.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium left table">
-<span class="large"><b><i>EQUIPPED</i></b></span><br />
-The National Antarctic Expedition.<br />
-Duke of Abruzzi’s, The, Arctic Expedition.<br />
-Ziegler’s Arctic Expedition.<br />
-Baron Toll’s Arctic Expedition.<br />
-Drygalski’s Antarctic Expedition.<br />
-Argentine Government’s Antarctic Expedition.<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 8em;">&amp;c., &amp;c.</span><br />
-</span>
-
-<span class="medium left table">
-<span class="large"><b><i>SUPPLIES</i></b></span><br />
-Ski-Boots, Socks, Finn Mocassins, Fur Gloves,<br />
-Leather Jackets, Sleeping Bags, and every kind<br />
-of Fur Clothing and Requisite for Winter wear,<br />
-or travelling in cold climates.</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large">AWARDED 6 GOLD and 2 SILVER MEDALS.</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><span class="xx-large smcap">The Austrian Alps for the Winter Months.</span></h2>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>Skating</b>, <b>Tobogganing</b>, <b>Ski-ing</b>, <b>Sleighing</b>, in short every
-winter sport, <i>par excellence</i>.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>Innsbruck.</b> Seat of an English colony. Headquarters of winter
-sports. Climate highly recommended by the medical profession.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>Kitzbuehel.</b> Renowned winter resort.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>St. Anton</b> (Arlberg). Excellent Ski-ing centre.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>Gossensass.</b> Every Winter sport.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>Cortina d’Ampezzo.</b> Eminently suitable for winter sojourn.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>The Semmering</b>, near Vienna. Highly recommended for winter
-sports.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>Meran.</b> The pearl of Austrian health resorts.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>Salzburg.</b> Capital and Dukedom. Excellently suited for the winter.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>Bozen-Gries</b>, <b>Trent</b>, <b>Rovereto</b>, <b>Arco</b>, <b>Riva</b>, &amp;c. Excellent places
-for winter sojourn.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>WINTER TOURS TO THE AUSTRIAN ALPS.</b> For particulars
-and pamphlets (free) write or call:&mdash;</p>
-
-<p class="large table">
-THE AUSTRIAN TRAVEL &amp; INFORMATION BUREAU, 86, PICCADILLY, LONDON, W.
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">125</span></p>
-
-<hr />
-<h2>WILSON LINE.<br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="xx-large">WINTER SPORTS IN NORWAY.</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">REDUCED WINTER FARES.</span><br />
-
-<span class="small">(From 1st October, 1905 to 30th April, 1906.)</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium">
-<small>FROM</small> <b>HULL</b> <small>TO</small><br />
-<b>CHRISTIANSAND</b>.<br />
-.  AND  .<br />
-<b>CHRISTIANIA</b>.</span><br />
-
-<span class="small left table">
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell">First-class,</span>
-    <span class="tcell">Single</span>
-    <span class="tcell">£3</span>
-    <span class="tcell">3s.</span>
-    <span class="tcell">0d.</span>
-  </span>
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span style="margin-left: 2.5em;" class="tcell">”</span>
-    <span class="tcell">Return</span>
-    <span class="tcell">£5</span>
-    <span class="tcell">5s.</span>
-    <span class="tcell">0d.</span>
-  </span>
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell">Second-class,</span>
-    <span class="tcell">Single</span>
-    <span class="tcell">£2</span>
-    <span class="tcell">10s.</span>
-    <span class="tcell">0d.</span>
-  </span>
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span style="margin-left: 2.5em;" class="tcell">”</span>
-    <span class="tcell">Return</span>
-    <span class="tcell">£4</span>
-    <span class="tcell">0s.</span>
-    <span class="tcell">0d.</span>
-  </span>
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell">Victualling</span>
-    <span class="tcell">included.</span>
-  </span>
-</span>
-</h2>
-
-<p><b><i>Intended Sailings</i></b>...</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>From HULL every FRIDAY evening.</p>
-
-<p class="hang">From CHRISTIANIA every FRIDAY, 10 a.m., calling at
-CHRISTIANSAND Friday night.</p>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<p class="table"><i>For further information apply to</i></p>
-
-<p class="hang">Messrs. The UNITED SHIPPING Co., Ltd., 108, Fenchurch Street,
-LONDON, E.C.</p>
-
-<p class="hang">Messrs. T. COOK &amp; SON, Ludgate Circus, LONDON, E.C. or to</p>
-
-<p class="hang">Messrs. THOS. WILSON, SONS, &amp; Co., Ltd. HULL.</p></blockquote>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>BEFORE PURCHASING SOUVENIRS<br />
-<span class="medium">BE SURE TO VISIT</span><br />
-BENNETT’S<br />
-<span class="xx-large">Photograph and Curiosity Stores.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium table">Unrivalled Stock of Photos, Silver, Fancy Articles,<br />
-Guide Books, Maps, Books on Norway, Tauchnitz<br />
-Edition, &amp;c.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="x-large">TRAVELLING AND HOTEL COUPONS ISSUED.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<small>Every Information furnished relative to Travelling in Norway. Money Exchanged.</small><br />
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-<span class="x-large">THOS. BENNETT &amp;. SONS,</span><br />
-<span class="large">CARL JOHANS GADE 35, CHRISTIANIA.</span><br />
-<small><i>By Special Appointment, Dealers to Her Majesty Queen Alexandra.</i></small><br />
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">126</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><span class="xx-large smcap">William Schmidt</span>,<br />
-
-<span class="large">41, CARL JOHANS GADE,<br />
-CHRISTIANIA.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="x-large">GENTLEMEN’S OUTFITTERS.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="table">
-<span class="tcell">SPORTING</span>
-<span class="tcell">  .  </span>
-<span class="tcell">REQUISITES</span>
-<span class="tcell">  .  </span>
-<span class="tcell">AND</span>
-<span class="tcell">  .  </span>
-<span class="tcell">CLOTHING.</span>
-</span><br />
-
-<span class="table bbox">
-<span class="xx-large">H. HORN &amp; Co.</span><br />
-<small>Egertorvet,</small><br />
-<span class="large">CHRISTIANIA.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="x-large">GENTLEMEN’S OUTFITTERS.</span><br />
-</span>
-
-<span class="table">
-<span class="tcell x-large"><b>GRAN HOTEL</b>,</span>
-<span class="tcell medium">BOLKESJÖ,<br />NORWAY.</span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="medium">Proprietor, M. HAFSTEN.</span><br />
-
-<small>First-class accommodation. Moderate terms.</small><br />
-
-<span class="medium table">Beautifully situated in Telemarken. Most suitable
-quarters for Ski-ing and Winter Sports. Eight hours
-from Christiania&mdash;rail to Kongsberg, drive thence
-to Bolkesjö. Telephonic communication with all
-parts. Highly recommended.</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">127</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>
-<span class="xx-large">CHAMONIX.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="x-large">WINTER SEASON.</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium table"><i>The Electric Railway from Le Fayet St. Gervais<br />
-to Chamonix is now running the whole year round.</i></span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-GRAND HOTEL PENSION.<br />
-
-<span class="large">COUTTET et du PARC.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="left x-large">SKI-RUNNING,<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 4em">SKATING,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 8em">TOBOGGANING.</span></span><br />
-
-EXTENSIVE ICE RINK IN SUNNY POSITION.<br />
-
-<span class="medium"><b><i>All small Mountain Excursions may be made<br />
-in Winter.</i></b></span><br />
-
-<span class="large table w50">
-<span class="tcell left">CENTRAL HEATING,</span>
-<span class="tcell tdr">ELECTRIC LIGHT.</span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="medium left table">M. COUTTET, who is himself an enthusiastic Ski-Runner,
-and has ascended in Winter on Ski the
-Col du Geant, 11,056ft., the Col du Midi, 11,700ft.,
-and traversed from Chamonix to Zermatt by the
-High Level Route, &amp;c., is able to give all information
-concerning the district.</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium">For full particulars apply to the Proprietors,</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large table">
-COUTTET BROTHERS,<br />
-<span style="padding-left: 2em">Hotel Couttet,</span><br />
-<span style="padding-left: 10em">Chamonix, France.</span><br />
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">128</span></span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>CAUX, ABOVE TERRITET, MONTREUX.<br />
-<span class="medium">Lake of Geneva, Switzerland.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="xx-large">CAUX PALACE &amp; GRAND HOTEL.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium table">Splendid position, with magnificent view of<br />
-the Alps. Central, full south.</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium table"><i>HEATED THROUGHOUT BY STEAM.</i></span><br />
-
-<span class="medium table">Concert three times a day. Grand Balls.<br />
-Magnificent Hall.</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium table">One of the finest Hotels, With first-rate<br />
-Cuisine.</span>
-</h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>GRINDELWALD.<br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="xx-large">HOTELS BEAR <span class="large">AND</span> ADLER.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large">WINTER SPORTS:</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large table">
-SKI-RUNNING, SKATING,<br />
-TOBOGGANING, CURLING.<br />
-</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="x-large">BOSS BROTHERS, Proprietors.</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">129</span>
-</h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><span class="xx-large">DAVOS PLATZ.<br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">IS</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium left table">The best Hotel for Ski Runners, and the headquarters<br />
-of the Davos English Ski Club.</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large">GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">HAS</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium left table">Baths on every floor, and the most modern recently<br />
-installed sanitary arrangements.</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large">GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">IS</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium left table">Close to the big Skating Rink, Where the International<br />
-Skating Competitions are held.</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large">GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">HAS</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium left table">Electric light throughout, private spring water supply,<br />
-central heating, and a rational and well varied cuisine.</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large">GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">IS</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium left table">Close to the Schatz Alp Cable Railway, which takes<br />
-passengers up 1000 feet in a few minutes.</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large">GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">HAS</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium left table">A large Ball Room, where balls, dances, orchestral concerts,<br />
-&amp;c., are given throughout the winter season.</span><br />
-
-<span class="x-large">GRAND HOTEL BELVEDERE<br />
-<span class="large">IS</span><br />
-THE BEST HOTEL IN<br />
-<span class="xx-large">DAVOS PLATZ.</span></span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">130</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>
-AUSTRIAN TIROL,<br />
-<br />
-KITZBÜHEL<br />
-
-<small>(<i>Two hours beyond Innsbruck</i>).</small><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="xx-large">PENSION SCHLOSS LEBENBERG.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium">UNDER ENGLISH MANAGEMENT.<br />
-OPEN ALL THE YEAR. EXCELLENT CUISINE.<br />
-EVERY COMFORT.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium">As a Ski-ing Centre KITZBÜHEL</span>
-<span class="x-large"><i>STANDS UNRIVALLED</i>.</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" /><br />
-
-<span class="table w50">
-<span class="medium left table">Owing to the formation of the slopes, Kitzbühel has been
-pronounced by experts to be one of the finest Ski-ing grounds,
-in Europe.</span>
-
-<span class="medium left table">The position of Lebenberg enables Visitors to start in any
-direction from the Schloss.</span>
-
-<span class="medium left table">The Climate of Kitzbühel is noted for the absence of wind
-and the amount of sunshine. It is therefore</span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="large">AN IDEAL WINTER RESORT.</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium left">Tobogganing and Skating can also be indulged in.</span><br />
-
-<span class="medium">Sleigh races and Ski-ing competitions are held yearly.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<small><i>For Illustrated Prospectus and further particulars apply to the Proprietor</i>,</small><br />
-
-<span class="large"><i>PENSION SCHLOSS LEBENBERG</i>,</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">KITZBÜHEL, AUSTRIAN TIROL.</span>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">131</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>5,000 FEET ABOVE THE SEA.<br />
-
-<span class="table">
-<span class="tcell x-large"><i>Feldberg</i></span>
-<span class="tcell small">in the</span>
-<span class="tcell x-large"><i>Black Forest</i>.</span>
-</span>
-
-<span class="medium table">Nearest and most favourable<br />
-Ski-ing ground for England.</span><br />
-
-<span class="small">Railway Station: TITISEE, via FREIBURG, BADEN.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="left xx-large">HOTEL FELDBERGER HOF.</span><br />
-
-<span class="left medium table">The Hotel contains 150 Rooms, with 200 beds, and has<br />
-two annexes&mdash;The Jaegermattte, with 25 rooms and<br />
-40 beds, and the Turm Hotel, with 28 rooms and<br />
-48 beds.</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">SPLENDID SKI-ING COUNTRY.</span><br />
-
-<span class="left medium">The Hotel has been greatly enlarged and contains every<br />
-modern comfort, including electric light, central heating<br />
-throughout, lift, billiard-room, skittle-alley, beer-room,<br />
-drying-rooms, store-room for ski, two baths in every<br />
-storey, and suites of rooms.<br />
-<br />
-Pension Prices for a six days’ stay.<br />
-<br />
-Tobogganing road to Titisee.</span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium"><b>Post and Telegraph Office on the Premises. Telegraphic Address: “Feldberg,<br />
-Schwarzwald.”</b></span>
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<small>Proprietors:</small><br />
-<span class="x-large">MAYER <small>AND</small> SCHLADERER</span>.<br />
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">132</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>
-<span class="xx-large smcap"><i>Curhaus-Davos</i></span>,<br />
-<span class="large">DAVOS-PLATZ,<br />
-SWITZERLAND.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-INTERNATIONAL HOTEL.<br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium"><b><i>Board and Lodging for 8 shillings and upwards.</i></b></span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>ALPINE SPORT.<br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="large">SKI-ING, TOBOGGANING, SKATING.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="xx-large"><i>DAVOS DORF, SWITZERLAND,<br />
-FLUELA POST AND SPORT HOTEL.</i></span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium">Exclusively reserved for Sportsmen<br />
-and through Travellers.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium">NO ACCOMMODATION FOR INVALIDS.</span><br />
-
-<img class="figcenter" src="images/hr.jpg" alt="" />
-
-<span class="medium">PROSPECTUS WITH TERMS ON APPLICATION.</span><br />
-<span class="author medium"><b>A. GREDIG SON</b>, <small><i>Proprietor</i></small>.</span><br />
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">133</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>“SKI” &amp; “ALPINER WINTERSPORT”<br />
-
-<span class="medium">Edited by H. A. TANNER, Basle, Switzerland.</span></h2>
-
-<p class="hang">“<b>SKI.</b>”&mdash;The illustrated official organ of all the Ski Clubs in
-Central Europe. Correspondence from all parts of the
-world.</p>
-
-<p class="hang">“<b>ALPINER WINTERSPORT.</b>”&mdash;A journal dealing with
-all Winter Sports. Published in English, French, German,
-and Italian, and read by members of the various English
-colonies on the Continent. English correspondence is always
-welcome.</p>
-
-<p class="hang"><b>BOTH PAPERS</b> are forwarded together, and may be obtained
-through every Bookseller and Post-Office; or from the
-Editor in Basle.</p>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2>
-LIGHT AND FIRM.<br />
-<br />
-<span style="font-size: 200%">Ellefsen’s Binding</span><br />
-<br />
-SIMPLE AND STRONG.<br />
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">134</span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><span class="xx-large smcap">Norwegian Winter Sports.</span><br />
-<br />
-<span class="medium left">Direct, convenient, and economical route from
-England to <b>Christiania</b> (the centre for all
-Norwegian winter sports) by the magnificent Mail
-and Passenger Steamers</span><br />
-
-<span class="large">“<b>Sovereign</b>” and “<b>Sterling</b>,”</span><br />
-<br />
-<span class="medium left">sailing from <b>Newcastle</b> (Tyne Dock) every
-Friday evening. Fare £3 3s. 0d. single or £5 5s. 0d.
-return, inclusive of victualling.</span><br />
-
-<span class="small">FOR FURTHER PARTICULARS APPLY TO THE AGENTS:&mdash;<br />
-<span class="large">P. H. MATTHIESSEN &amp; CO., NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.</span><br />
-<i>Telegraphic Address: “Matthiessen.”</i></span></h2>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2><span class="xx-large">SHEW CAMERAS.</span><br />
-
-<span class="table">
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span style="width: 80%" class="tcell"><img src="images/a18a.jpg" alt="" /></span>
-    <span class="tcell">
-    <span class="large">- THE -<br />
-    TELE-XIT.</span><br />
-    <span class="small left table">A Half-plate
-    Camera which
-    can be carried
-    without fatigue,
-    opened without
-    complications,
-    closed as a <b>box,
-    measures
-    only 8 by 5
-    by 2 ins.</b>, and
-    perfectly rigid
-    at full extension.</span>
-  </span></span>
-
-  <span class="trow">
-    <span class="tcell">
-    <span class="small">The Pocket XIT. 4¼ by 3¼ ins.        from £6 6s.</span><br />
-    <span class="medium">“For SIMPLICITY, LIGHTNESS, and RANGE
-    OF SUBJECTS for which it can be used, I
-    think the XIT cannot be beaten.”</span><br />
-    <span class="small">
-    SEE NEW LIST FOR 1906 FREE OF:&mdash;</span>
-
-<br />
-<span class="large"><b>J. F. SHEW &amp; Co.</b></span>,   Manufacturers and Patentees<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 12em;">of Specialities in Photographic</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 12em;">Appliances.</span><br />
-<span class="medium"><b>NEWMAN ST.</b>, 4 Doors off Oxford St., <b>LONDON, W.</b><br />
-</span></span>
-<span class="tcell"><img src="images/a18b.jpg" alt="" /></span>
-</span></span>
-</h2>
-</div>
-
-<hr />
-
-<div class="footnotes">
-
-<h2>FOOTNOTES:</h2>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1" class="label">1</a>
- <i>Ski</i> is really the same word as the English <i>skid</i>, meaning a slide, or
-something to slide upon, the affinity being even greater in the Swedish term
-<i>skid</i> (plural, <i>skidor</i>), meaning slides or skates. Originally it doubtless
-springs from the Finnish <i>subsi</i> or <i>suksi</i>, by which appellation the ski were
-probably known long before their introduction to Scandinavia.</p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2" class="label">2</a>
- “W.T.,” <i>T.P.’s Weekly</i>, p. 226, Feb., 1904.</p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3" class="label">3</a>
- Scandinavian <i>skrïde</i> = to slide, glide, slip.</p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4" class="label">4</a>
- The names of the best known of these Telemarkings were, Knut Olafsen
-Haugen, Aasmund Brække, Sveinung Svalastoga, and the “Hemmestvedt
-gutter” (Torjus and Mikkel Hemmestvedt).&mdash;<span class="smcap">Ed.</span></p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5" class="label">5</a>
- Probably also on most of our own mountains.</p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6" class="label">6</a>
- To judge by the number of utterly foolish bindings on the market, this
-is a point which usually escapes the inventor-novice.</p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7" class="label">7</a>
- Look at the frontispiece for an example of first-class level-running.</p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8" class="label">8</a>
- In competitions the jump is measured from the point where the runner
-leaves the ground to the middle of the deepest part of the impression which
-his ski make on alighting.</p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9" class="label">9</a>
- The ski which are suitable for ordinary excursions on undulating
-ground are not necessarily equally useful for long mountain climbs.
-In the one case ski-running pure and simple is the object in view, in the
-other the ski are merely a means to an end&mdash;the ascent of some difficult
-summit or pass. Some remarks as to the kind of instrument which may
-be found serviceable for the latter purpose are to be found at p. 34, and in
-the chapter on “Aids to Climbing.”&mdash;<span class="smcap">Ed.</span></p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10" class="label">10</a>
- This, perhaps, scarcely goes far enough. The outfit suitable for undulating
-wooded ground on which a runner may attain to great skill is not
-equally serviceable high up. In particular, a cap covering most of the
-face and neck, smoked glasses or the simple arrangement described on
-p. 50, a light wind-jacket of some sort, extra-thick gloves, extra-thick
-socks, and extra-stout nailed boots are essential. The runner should
-accustom himself to carrying a large heavy rucksack, which is a disagreeable,
-but, alas! an indispensable, companion on a long mountain
-tour.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Ed.</span></p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_11" href="#FNanchor_11" class="label">11</a>
- The exact figures are not as yet settled, and are given&mdash;39·37043196
-39·37079, 39·37008, &amp;c.</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<div class="transnote">
-<h3>Transcriber’s Note:</h3>
-
-<p>The Contents reference to "Side stepping ... Page 69" erroneously refers to "SIDE-SLIPPING" on Page 69.</p>
-
-<p>Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation are as in the original.</p>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Ski-running, by 
-David M. M. Chrichton Somerville and Willi Rickmer Rickmers and Ernest Cushing Richardson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SKI-RUNNING ***
-
-***** This file should be named 55472-h.htm or 55472-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/4/7/55472/
-
-Produced by Anita Hammond, Wayne Hammond and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
-  are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-  Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
-  works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-  receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
-    Chief Executive and Director
-    gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a03a.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a03a.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 23b6e45..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a03a.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a03b.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a03b.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e3eadc..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a03b.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a04.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a04.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f14da98..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a04.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a05a.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a05a.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 57a2066..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a05a.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a05b.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a05b.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d212c4e..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a05b.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a05c.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a05c.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e925a0a..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a05c.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a05d.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a05d.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ff54442..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a05d.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a06a.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a06a.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fb64822..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a06a.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a06b.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a06b.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index adcfa2f..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a06b.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a07a.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a07a.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 588f002..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a07a.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a07b.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a07b.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a8ed2c..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a07b.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a18a.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a18a.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 97c6128..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a18a.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/a18b.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/a18b.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a787508..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/a18b.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 295543c..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig001.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig001.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index af444cd..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig001.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig002.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig002.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 27309c6..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig002.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig003.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig003.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c10fba..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig003.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig004.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig004.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fd2491..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig004.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig005.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig005.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 84c1707..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig005.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig006.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig006.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1098c62..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig006.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig007.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig007.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9536f46..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig007.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig008.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig008.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c118e79..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig008.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig009.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig009.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 321f0d4..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig009.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig010.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig010.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c4885a..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig010.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig011.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig011.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 272e746..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig011.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig012.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig012.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b644ee7..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig012.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig013.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig013.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c0698f..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig013.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig014.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig014.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 70681f6..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig014.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig015.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig015.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index cd86a57..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig015.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig016.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig016.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e324ae2..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig016.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig017.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig017.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b67aee..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig017.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig018.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig018.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 124a676..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig018.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig019.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig019.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ce94d4..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig019.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig020.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig020.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ffcf2e5..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig020.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig021.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig021.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 91a986d..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig021.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig022.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig022.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ae3c00b..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig022.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig023.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig023.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 142b104..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig023.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig024.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig024.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1699651..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig024.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig025.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig025.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 53f8ec7..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig025.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig026.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig026.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5216f09..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig026.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig027.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig027.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 36e05a3..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig027.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig028.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig028.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b8da90..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig028.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig029.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig029.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 01dd4cb..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig029.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig030.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig030.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 60acaaa..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig030.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig031.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig031.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 14f1890..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig031.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig032.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig032.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c5fb97c..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig032.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig033.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig033.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e08a2a7..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig033.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/fig035.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/fig035.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f1fc1b..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/fig035.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/frontis.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e3b3497..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/hr.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/hr.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index dcee969..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/hr.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_009.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_009.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d7bcf3a..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_009.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_017.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_017.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fecbbc..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_017.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_024.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_024.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e5fc944..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_024.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_032.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_032.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fd13010..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_032.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_037.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_037.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d84fe39..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_037.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_044.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_044.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d9f849..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_044.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_050.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_050.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d5b503..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_050.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_057.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_057.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5002cc2..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_057.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_060.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_060.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f89b1f..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_060.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_069.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_069.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a8a2613..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_069.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_076.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_076.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 42d5a25..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_076.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_087.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_087.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ad8d97..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_087.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_096.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_096.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index aea8f5d..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_096.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_104.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_104.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index dca1c92..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_104.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_108.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_108.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d92722..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_108.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/55472-h/images/i_111.jpg b/old/55472-h/images/i_111.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e7494c..0000000
--- a/old/55472-h/images/i_111.jpg
+++ /dev/null